DCS-Mirror
/
ne_gl_ne_obs-tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/ne_gl/ne_obs-tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Created 'tn_OBS.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

This commit is contained in:
madhurirana 2022-03-15 06:33:02 +00:00
parent dd2b99e2f6
commit 23e65c858b
1 changed files with 2318 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

2318
tn_OBS.tsv Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2318 @@
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
1:0 i6lj title The Creation 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the world” or “How did God make the world?”
1:1 lm48 the beginning 1 This could mean ‘the beginning of all things,’ before anything existed except God.
1:1 qyk4 created 1 This term here means that God made it from nothing.
1:1 l2hb the universe 1 This includes everything that God created on the earth and in the heavens, both visible and invisible things.
1:1 zd15 the earth 1 The word **earth** refers to the whole world that people live on.
1:1 uzic dark 1 It was completely dark. There was no light at all, since God had not yet created light.
1:1 zwj2 empty 1 God had not yet created anything except for the bare earth covered by water.
1:1 ffdv he had not yet formed anything in it 1 There were no distinguishing features–just water covering everything.
1:1 lr8g God’s Spirit 1 The Spirit of God, sometimes called the Holy Spirit, was present in the beginning, moving freely over the earth in order to create all that he had planned to do.
1:2 n2rx God said 1 God created light by means of a simple verbal command.
1:2 zzmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God said, “Let there be light!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said that there should be light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:2 ux0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Let there be light! 1 The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “There shall be light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:2 pudg light 1 This was a special light that God created. The sun was not created until later.
1:2 q7zf was good 1 This phrase is often repeated through the Creation story, and emphasizes that each stage of creation was pleasing to God and accomplished his plan and purpose.
1:2 dtu0 creation 1 This word is used here to refer to the six-day period during which God brought into being everything that exists.
1:3 miua the second day 1 God’s work of creation was orderly, purposeful, and sequential. The things he created each day built upon and depended on the acts of the previous days.
1:3 h418 Let there be an expanse above the waters 1 God created the sky by speaking a command.
1:3 htqa sky 1 This term refers to all of the space above the earth, including the air we breathe and the heavens.
1:4 mbj9 the third day 1 The next in the series of orderly days in which God prepared the earth for life
1:4 hpg8 Let the water come together in one place and the dry land appear 1 God created the dry land by speaking a command.
1:4 sozb earth 1 This word is used here to refer to dirt or soil, which is what dry land is made of.
1:4 htvi created 1 This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
1:5 oefy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God said, “Let the earth produce all kinds of trees and plants.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said that the earth should produce all kinds of trees and plants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1:5 pvo1 God said 1 God created all vegetation by speaking a command.
1:5 a4rn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Let the earth produce all kinds of trees and plants 1 The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “The earth will produce all kinds of trees and plants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:5 wdj7 all kinds 1 The many different species, or types, of plants and trees.
1:5 bnyk created 1 This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
1:5 bjnw was good 1 This phrase is often repeated through the Creation story, and emphasizes that each stage of creation was pleasing to God and accomplished his plan and purpose.
1:6 hmg5 the fourth day 1 the next in the orderly series of days in which God created
1:6 ef9m Let there be lights in the sky 1 God created the sun, moon, and stars by speaking a command.
1:6 aagi light 1 Shining objects in the sky now provided light for the earth.
1:6 bcr2 day and night, seasons and years 1 God created different lights to mark days, nights, seasons, and years. He divides time periods which are indicated by the positions of the lights. These periods are cyclical and continue until the end of time.
1:6 ag3s created 1 This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
1:7 z7k7 the fifth day 1 God continues his orderly progression of creation that he started during the previous four days.
1:7 jwbj Let living things fill the waters, and birds fly in the sky 1 God created water creatures and the birds by speaking a command.
1:7 cgug everything that swims 1 God not only made fish, but every kind of living thing that lives in the waters. Every one exists because God chose to create it.
1:7 qe0j all the birds 1 God did not make just one kind of bird, but all of the amazing variety of shapes, sizes, colors, and kinds of birds.
1:7 nzlf it was good 1 This phrase is repeated throughout creation to show that every step went exactly according to God’s wise plan and purpose.
1:7 qkab blessed them 1 God speaks his desire that they would prosper and that things would go well for them in the world in which he had placed them.
1:8 m1wk the sixth day 1 the next event in a continuing, orderly progression of days and creative acts
1:8 z88y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Let there be all kinds of land animals! 1 The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “There will be all kinds of land animals!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:8 bsl8 all kinds 1 This indicates a great variety, but also order.
1:8 fcd8 land animals 1 Every kind of animal that lived on the land, as opposed to the birds, or animals that live in the seas.
1:8 bm27 farm animals 1 The kinds of land animals that commonly live peacefully with people—as in tame, or domesticated, animals.
1:8 q9wj crawled on the ground 1 This probably includes reptiles and possibly insects.
1:8 g7tg wild 1 The kinds of animals that do not normally live peacefully with people, usually because they are afraid of people, or dangerous to them.
1:8 r43q it was good 1 This phrase is repeated throughout creation to show that every step went exactly according to God’s wise plan and purpose.
1:9 f0bf Let us make 1 This indicates God’s deliberate, willful decision to create man in a particular way for a particular purpose. You could translate this as: “We will make.”
1:9 a4xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns us & our & us 1 The Bible teaches that there is one God, but the Old Testament word **God** is a plural form, and God uses plural pronouns when speaking to himself. Some understand this as a special way of speaking that expresses God’s majesty, and others understand this as God the Father speaking to the Son and the Spirit, who are all God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1:9 uie7 in our image 1 An image is a physical representation of someone or something. Humans were made in such a way that we display or represent some of the qualities or traits of God.
1:9 aobv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet in our image to be like us 1 The two phrases, **in our image** and **like us** are a doublet. They means almost the same thing. Together, they emphasize that man was to be very much like God, although not exactly the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:9 f3ao like us 1 Humans share some of God’s characteristics, but not all of his qualities. This phrase should be translated with words that show man is similar to God, but not equal with him, nor the same as he is.
1:9 ou4z rule over 1 God gave people the right and power to manage, guide, and control how the earth and the animals will be used.
1:10 f4fq took some soil 1 God made man from the dust, or dry soil from the ground. This word should probably be different from the general word used for earth.
1:10 qdg7 formed it 1 This word expresses that God personally fashioned the man in the same way that a person shapes something with his hands. Make sure that a different word from ‘create’ is used. Note that this is very different from how he created everything else through a simple spoken command.
1:10 kun5 a man 1 Only the man was made at this time; the woman was made later by a different method.
1:10 imbt breathed life 1 This phrase expresses God’s very personal, intimate action as he transferred life from himself into Adam’s body, comparing this to how a human being breathes out air.
1:10 uygx life 1 In this event, God breathed both physical and spiritual life into the man.
1:10 xjtq Adam 1 Adam’s name is the same as the Old Testament word for ‘man,’ and similar to the word for **soil**, the substance from which he was formed.
1:10 s198 a large garden 1 An area of land planted with trees and plants for a purpose–usually to produce food or to provide beauty.
1:10 mvxv to care for it 1 To maintain the garden by preparing soil, planting, tending, and harvesting.
1:11 xsie In the middle 1 The central location emphasizes the importance of the two trees.
1:11 vm7z the garden 1 An area of land planted with trees and plants for a purpose–usually to produce food or to provide beauty.
1:11 om44 the tree of life 1 Anyone who ate fruit from this tree would never die.
1:11 zu2s the tree of the knowledge of good and evil 1 The fruit of this tree could enable a person to know both good and evil.
1:11 wfp2 knowledge 1 To know or understand by personal experience.
1:11 gq8y good and evil 1 **Evil** is the opposite of **good**. Just as **good** refers to what is pleasing to God, **evil** refers to everything that is not pleasing to God.
1:11 h8ge would die 1 In this instance, he would die both physically and spiritually.
1:12 p35k not good 1 This is the first time that anything in creation was not good. It means it was ‘not yet good’ because God was not finished with the creation of humans.
1:12 i11y alone 1 Adam was the only human, with no possibility of a relationship with another person, and unable to have children and multiply.
1:12 tvrl Adam’s helper 1 There was no one who was similar enough to Adam to join with him to accomplish the task that God gave to him. None of the animals could do this.
1:13 zd38 a deep sleep 1 This was a deeper sleep than normal.
1:13 t80l took one of Adam’s ribs and made 1 The verbs indicate God’s very personal act of removing the rib from Adam and shaping it into a woman.
1:13 n5pj a woman 1 She was the first woman, the female version of human beings that was missing until now.
1:13 cw50 brought her to him 1 God personally introduced them. He presented the woman to Adam, almost like offering a special gift.
1:14 i8wl At last! 1 Adam’s exclamation indicates that he had been waiting for something like the woman.
1:14 hd8k like me 1 The woman was the same type of being as Adam, even though there were important differences between them.
1:14 svub Woman 1 This word is the feminine form of the word ‘man.’
1:14 f23l made from Man 1 The woman was formed directly from Adam’s own body.
1:14 zupn a man leaves 1 This is stated in the present tense to indicate what would become the normal situation in the future. Adam did not have a mother or father, but all other men would.
1:14 k1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom becomes one 1 The husband and wife will share an intimate bond of unity and a commitment to one another that will surpass their relationships to anyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:15 liky God made 1 God formed the man and the woman in a very personal way.
1:15 d9xu in his own image 1 An image is a physical representation of someone or something. God made people to display or represent some of his qualities and traits, but not to be equal to him.
1:15 tljk very good 1 More intense than the **it was good** statements on previous days. **Very good** refers to all of creation, not just the man and the woman. Everything was exactly as God intended it to be.
1:15 hk84 creation 1 This word is used here to refer to the six-day period during which God made everything that exists.
1:16 toy1 the seventh day 1 The next day after the six days of creation were completed.
1:16 cpxu finished all the work that he had been doing 1 Specifically, God finished the work of creation. He still performs other work.
1:16 rit2 blessed the seventh day 1 God had a special, positive plan for the seventh day, and for every seventh day to follow.
1:16 lrdv made it holy 1 That is, God ‘set apart’ the day as a special day. It was not to be used in the same way as the other six days of the week.
1:16 gxw7 the universe 1 This includes everything that God created on the earth and in the heavens, both visible and invisible things.
1:16 qqac A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2:0 vna2 title Sin Enters the World 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how people began to sin” or “How did people begin to sin?”
2:1 q9wd the beautiful garden 1 This refers to a special collection of trees and plants that God prepared for Adam and Eve to enjoy and from which to eat. This should be the same word that was used in [01:11](01/11). See how you translated it there.
2:1 con5 shame 1 the feeling that comes with knowing we have sinned or that we fall short in some way
2:1 sjyf talked with God 1 The word for **talk** should be the same as would be used to refer to talking to a human being. God may have taken a physical form to talk to the man and the woman since the text indicates that they talked to him face-to-face.
2:2 s5fb a snake 1 This refers to an elongated, legless creature that now moves by wiggling on its belly. Although later on in the story it is revealed that Satan spoke through the snake, this should not be said here in this frame.
2:2 qe44 crafty 1 clever and sly, with the intent to deceive
2:2 y2xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He asked the woman, “Did God really tell you not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He asked the woman if God had really told her not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:2 y9sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did God really tell you not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden? 1 This is a rhetorical question. The snake asked the woman whether God actually said not to eat from any of the trees in the garden. But he was only pretending that he didn’t know what God had said because he wanted to create doubt in the woman’s mind. He wanted her to question God’s goodness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:2 o0ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. God had given this command to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2:2 cdlk the fruit from any of the trees 1 This refers to all of the various types of fruit from each of the different trees in the garden.
2:3 qnrf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The woman answered, “God told us we could eat the fruit of any tree except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. God told us, ‘If you eat that fruit or even touch it, you will die.’” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The woman answered that God had told them that they could eat the fruit of any tree except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, and that if they ate that fruit or even touched it, they would die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:3 wh7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns If you eat that fruit or even touch it, you will die 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. God had given this command to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2:3 vqgx the fruit 1 We don’t know what kind of fruit this was. We only know that it grew on this tree. If possible, it is best to use a general word for fruit here, and not a word for a specific kind of fruit.
2:3 bv1c the tree of the knowledge of good and evil 1 The woman correctly understood that they were not allowed to eat from this one tree that would enable them to understand evil as well as good.
2:3 wgfj you will die 1 Use your ordinary word for death, for a person’s physical life to end. Don’t avoid the term just because the thought of death sounds too harsh.
2:4 vja6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The snake responded to the woman, “That is not true! You will not die. God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The snake responded to the woman that this was not true! They would not die. God just knew that as soon as they ate it, they would be like God and would understand good and evil like he does.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:4 hdre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns You will not die. God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. Satan was speaking about what would happen to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2:4 kid5 like God 1 The man and the woman were already made in the likeness of God. The snake is suggesting that the woman would be more like God if she understood evil. However, God never intended for her to have this knowledge.
2:4 hrsk will understand good and evil 1 To know from personal experience what things are good and what things are bad, or being able to know whether something is good or bad.
2:4 papn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism good and evil 1 This is a merism. **Good** and **evil** are two extremes that represent everything in between them. Satan is saying that they would understand everthing about what is right and wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2:5 nslb wise 1 The woman wanted to have insight and understanding like the snake seemed to have, and like God has.
2:5 p91r who was with her 1 This is important information because it shows that the man was present when the woman made the decision to eat the fruit.
2:6 z7qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom their eyes were opened 1 This expression means they now understood something for the first time. This could be translated as: “they saw things differently.” In your language, there may be an expression with similar meaning that you could use to translate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:6 gd3c they realized they were naked 1 After the man and the woman disobeyed God, they felt ashamed that they were naked. That is why they used leaves to try to cover their naked bodies.
2:6 r99s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit They tried to cover their bodies 1 The man and the woman tried to cover their bodies in order to hide from God because they were ashamed that they were naked. You may want to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “They were ashamed that they were naked, and tried to cover their bodies to hide from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:7 xro8 God walking 1 It seems that God regularly came to the garden to walk and talk with the man and the woman. We do not know what this looked like. If it is possible, it is best to use the same word that would be used to talk about a person walking.
2:7 fe8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God called to the man, “Where are you?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God called to the man and asked him where he was.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:7 x7xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Where are you? 1 This is a rhetorical question. God already knew the answer to this question. The purpose of the question was to force the man and the woman to explain why they were hiding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:7 o87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the singular form. God was speaking only to the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2:7 a8g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Adam replied, “I heard you walking in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked. So I hid.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Adam replied that he heard God walking in the garden, and was afraid because he was naked. So he hid.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:8 nqmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God asked, “Who told you that you were naked? Did you eat the fruit I told you not to eat?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God asked who told Adam, that he were naked, and it he had eaten the fruit that God told him not to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:8 pt3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who told you that you were naked? 1 Or, “How did you find out that you were naked?” God already knows the answer to all of his questions. By asking this question and the following question, he was giving Adam the opportunity to admit his sin of disobedience. Being naked was not a sin. God created them that way. Their knowledge of their nakedness was the problem. Their shame showed that they had sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:8 sxm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did you eat the fruit I told you not to eat? 1 This is a rhetorical question. God already knew that Adam had eaten the fruit that God had told him not to eat. This can be translated as: a statement: “You ate the fruit that I told you not to eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:8 zo01 she gave me the fruit 1 The man blamed the woman rather than confessing his disobedience and accepting responsibility for disobeying God.
2:8 vapd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God asked the woman, “What have you done?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God asked the woman what she had done.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2:8 w2ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What have you done? 1 Or, “Why have you done this?” God already knew the answer to this question. By asking this question, he was giving the woman the opportunity to admit her guilt. He was also implying that she should not have done what she did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2:8 w9bi The snake tricked me 1 The snake deceived or misled her. He lied to her. Don’t use a word that indicates that he cast a spell on her or bewitched her. The woman blamed the snake rather than confessing her disobedience and accepting responsibility for disobeying God.
2:9 k8av You are cursed! 1 This could also be translated as: “I curse you!” or “Great harm will come to you.” Do not use a word that implies magic.
2:9 gklw will hate each other 1 The woman would hate the snake and the snake would hate the woman. The women’s descendants would also hate the snake’s descendants, and the snake’s descendants would hate them.
2:9 hh3x The woman’s descendant 1 Refers to one of her descendants in particular.
2:9 rz9x will crush your head 1 The descendant of the woman will destroy the descendant of the snake.
2:9 nqqe will wound his heel 1 The descendant of the snake will wound the descendant of the woman.
2:10 rw36 childbirth very painful 1 Some languages may need to express this as a verb. You could say: ‘I will cause you to have much more pain when you give birth to children.’
2:11 ym34 the ground is cursed 1 As punishment for Adam’s disobedience, the earth would no longer be fruitful. Adam would have to work very hard to raise enough food to eat.
2:11 ac2q you will die 1 The ultimate punishment for their disobedience was death. Spiritual death is our separation from God. Physical death is our separation from our body.
2:11 obty will return to soil 1 God created Adam from the soil and gave him life. As a result of sin, his life will be taken from him and his body will decompose and become soil again.
2:11 s5su Eve, which means “life-giver,” 1 God gave life to Adam and Eve, and it is passed on to every person through childbirth.
2:11 hs6x the mother of all people 1 This means that she would be the female ancestor of all people. Some languages might say ‘she would be the grandmother of all people.’
2:12 jqaw like us by knowing good and evil 1 Here, this phrase points to a new way that Adam and Eve would be like God. Because they had sinned, they were aware of evil and could experience it. You could say: “because now they knew both good and evil.”
2:12 qg82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns like us 1 The Bible teaches that there is one God, but the Old Testament word ‘God’ is a plural form, and God uses plural pronouns when speaking to himself. Some understand this as a special way of speaking that expresses God’s majesty, and others understand this as God the Father speaking to the Son and the Spirit, who are all God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2:12 ay4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism good and evil 1 This is a merism. **Good** and **evil** are two extremes that represent everything in between them. God is saying that they would understand everything about what is right and wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2:12 ehcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they must not be allowed 1 This can be stated in active form: “we must not allow them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:12 whfk the fruit 1 The specific kind of fruit is not revealed, so it is best to translate this using a general word for fruit.
2:12 syma the tree of life 1 This was an actual tree with fruit (See: [01:11](01/11)). If a person ate this fruit, he would live continually and never die.
2:12 ho60 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
3:0 w76z title The Flood 1 This title can also be translated as: “About God made a great flood” or “What happened when God made a great flood?”
3:1 zqvf After a long time 1 This story happens many generations (hundreds of years) after creation.
3:1 m0vs very wicked and violent 1 It may be more natural to say: “had become wicked and did violent things.”
3:1 b1cx It became so bad 1 It may be clearer to say: “People were behaving in such harmful and evil ways.”
3:1 clwy God decided to destroy 1 This does not mean that the earth would be destroyed completely. Rather God planned to destroy all the people who had rebelled against him and who had caused such evil and violence. This flood would also kill all the land animals and the birds.
3:1 w6ra a huge flood 1 Very deep water that would cover the earth, even in places where the ground was normally dry, and even covering the tops of the highest mountains.
3:2 byxv God was pleased with Noah 1 God was pleased with Noah because he feared and obeyed God. So even though Noah was not sinless, God was gracious to him and made a plan to rescue his family from the devastating flood. Make sure this does not sound like Noah was lucky or that he just happened to escape. Rather, it was God’s choice.
3:2 yqq2 was going to make a big flood 1 God planned to cause deep water to cover the earth by sending a lot of rain. That is, he planned to cause the flood by causing a lot of rain to fall.
3:2 jhhl a big flood 1 See how you translated this in [03:01](03/01).
3:3 rtkd the boat 1 The boat was big enough to carry eight people, two of every kind of animal, and their provisions for almost a year.
3:4 wnd6 Noah warned the people 1 Noah told everyone that God planned to destroy the world because of sin.
3:4 tvfv to turn to God 1 This means that they should stop sinning and start obeying God.
3:6 att5 God sent 1 Noah did not need to find the animals. God sent them to him.
3:6 xg2k used for sacrifices 1 For some languages, it may be better to say something like, ‘animals that were acceptable to sacrifice to God.’ God had decided that people should sacrifice animals to him, but he only permitted them to sacrifice certain kinds of animals.
3:6 dkq8 God himself closed the door 1 This emphasizes that it was God who shut the door.
3:7 ahvc rain, and rain, and rain 1 This emphasizes that there was an unusual, extreme amount of rain. Other languages may have a different way of emphasizing this.
3:7 egbq gushing up 1 This indicates that there was a large amount of water coming out.
3:7 tm18 the whole world was covered 1 This refers to all the earth being covered with water from the flood.
3:9 acyq the rains stopped 1 This could be translated as: “it stopped raining.”
3:9 edq4 the boat rested 1 There was so much water from the rain that it covered the mountains. The ship floated over the mountains, and when the water started to go down, the ship went down with the water and settled on a mountain.
3:9 bdgi After three more months 1 During the next three months, the water continued to go down.
3:9 bdez were visible 1 Other ways to translate this would be “were showing” or “appeared” or “could be seen.” It may be more clear to say: “After three months, the water had gone down enough so that Noah and his family could clearly see the tops of the mountains.”
3:10 xj4c a raven 1 A black bird that flies and eats a variety of plant and animal foods, including the rotting flesh of dead animals.
3:11 co1y a dove 1 A small white or gray flying bird that eats seeds or fruit.
3:11 js7m an olive branch 1 An olive tree’s fruit contains oil which people use for cooking or putting on their skin. If your language does not have a word for **olive branch**, you could translate it as: “branch from a tree called ‘olive’” or “branch from an oil-tree.”
3:11 nzdg The water was going down 1 It may be more natural in your language to say: “the water was going away” or “the level of the water was getting lower.”
3:12 h2gp waited another week 1 You could say: “waited seven more days.” The word **waited** shows that Noah was allowing time for the floodwaters to go down before sending out the dove again.
3:13 z2q4 Two months later 1 This means two months after Noah released the dove from the ark. It may be necessary to say this explicitly if it is not clear.
3:13 b5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said to Noah, “You and your family and all the animals may leave the boat now. Have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Noah that he and his family and all the animals could leave the boat then, and have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
3:13 lurj Have many children 1 To make sure it is clear that this was God’s command and desire, you could say: “You must have many children” or “I want you to have many children.”
3:13 ii8h fill the earth 1 If this is not clear, it may be necessary to say: “and fill the earth with people” or “so that there will be many people living on the earth.”
3:13 v0br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go came out 1 Some languages would say: “went out” instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
3:14 u30w animal that could be used for a sacrifice 1 Another way to say this would be: “that people could use to sacrifice to him.”
3:14 he14 God was happy 1 God was pleased with Noah for sacrificing these animals.
3:15 um5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things that people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God promised to never again curse the ground because of the evil things that people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
3:15 jf5p never again 1 This means ‘not ever again’ or ‘not again at any time’ or ‘truly not again.’ Examples: ‘I will not ever again curse the ground’ or ‘I will not curse the ground again at any time’ or ‘I will truly not curse the ground again.’
3:15 dd21 curse the ground 1 The earth and the other creatures suffered because of man’s sin.
3:15 clt9 the world 1 This refers to the earth and the living creatures that lived on it.
3:15 rsay people are sinful from the time they are children 1 Another way to say this would be: “people do sinful things their entire lives.”
3:16 z8z9 rainbow 1 This is the multicolored arc of light that often appears in the sky after a rainstorm.
3:16 kq3l a sign 1 A sign is something (such as an object or event) that gives a certain meaning or which points to something that is true or will happen.
3:16 c5q4 of his promise 1 In some languages, it may be better to say: “to show that he had promised.”
3:16 gz22 Every time 1 Make sure it is clear that this means every time a rainbow appeared from that time on. It may be necessary to add: “From then on, every time…”
3:16 zrkk what he promised 1 This refers back to the previous frame in which God promised to never again destroy the earth with a flood.
3:16 mcy2 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
4:0 q8f7 title God’s Covenant with Abraham 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made a covenant with Abraham” or “Why did God make a covenant with Abraham?”
4:1 e6dt Many years after the flood 1 Many generations had passed since the end of the flood.
4:1 jyda there were again many people 1 Noah’s family multiplied into enough people to fill a city.
4:1 yif2 the same language 1 This means there was only one language, so they could all understand each other.
4:1 t0yn a city 1 It is best to use a general word for **city** since the text does not give a specific name.
4:2 byba a tall tower that would reach heaven 1 This structure was so tall that its top would be in the sky.
4:2 afks heaven 1 This could be translated as: “sky.”
4:3 ga03 changed their language 1 In an instant, God miraculously gave them different languages to speak so that, suddenly, they were no longer able to understand each other.
4:3 s468 many different languages 1 Instead of one large group of people speaking one language, there were now many smaller people groups each speaking its own separate language.
4:3 hnr7 spread the people 1 When God changed their languages, he caused these groups of people to scatter out on the earth. Each group moved to its own area.
4:3 y07t Babel 1 We don’t know the exact location of this city, other than it was somewhere in the ancient Middle East.
4:3 i23v confused 1 This refers to how the people were confused or mixed-up when they could no longer understand each other after God changed their language.
4:4 kfkk Hundreds of years later 1 This could be translated as: “many generations after the people split into different language groups at Babel.” or “a long time after that happened.”
4:4 avgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told him, “Leave your country and family and go to the land I will show you. I will bless you and make you a great nation. I will make your name great. I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told him to leave his country and family and go to the land he would show him. God would bless him and make him a great nation. He would make his name great. He would bless those who curse Abram and curse those who curse him. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:4 uatd Leave your country 1 This refers to the area where Abram was born and grew up (a region in Central Asia called ‘Ur’). It could be translated as: “native region” or “homeland” or something similar.
4:4 mymp and family 1 God was calling Abram to leave behind most of his relatives. However, God was not telling Abram to abandon the people he was responsible for, including his wife.
4:4 b4ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy make you a great nation 1 Here **great nation** is a metonym that means God would cause Abram to have many descendants, and they would become a large and important nation or country. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:4 ypev will make your name great 1 This means that Abram’s name and family would become well-known throughout the world and people would think well of them.
4:4 hsfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All families on earth will be blessed because of you 1 This can be stated in active form: “I will bless all families on earth because of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:4 gzsw All families on earth 1 Abram’s decision to follow God would affect not only his own family, but also families from every people group on earth.
4:5 mnef He took 1 Some languages would say: “He brought” here. Others would use two different verbs here, such as: “He caused his wife to come with him” or “He brought along all of their servants and possessions.”
4:5 e69m God showed him 1 Somehow God made it clear to Abram where he was to go. The text doesn’t tell how God showed him.
4:5 n4dh the land of Canaan 1 The name of this land was ‘Canaan.’ This could be translated as: “the land called Canaan.”
4:6 zznr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you all this land, and your descendants will always possess it.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Abram to look all around, for God would give to him all this land, and his descendants would always possess it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:6 uf8p all this land 1 If Abram was standing on a mountain, he could have seen a very large area. On several occasions, God promised to give the entire land of Canaan to Abram and his descendants.
4:6 bb0t your descendants will always possess it 1 God promised to give the land to Abram and also to his descendants.
4:6 wtvu Then Abram settled in the land 1 Abram lived there along with all those who had gone there with him.
4:7 nqh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Melchizedek blessed Abram and said, “May God Most High who owns heaven and earth bless Abram.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Melchizedek blessed Abram and asked that God Most High who owns heaven and earth would bless Abram.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:7 sy9j Melchizedek 1 Melchizedek was the recognized religious authority in Canaan who received and presented offerings to God.
4:7 tc6p God Most High 1 The people of Canaan worshiped many false gods. The title **Most High God** explains that the God that Melchizedek worshiped was far superior to all of them, and was the same God that Abram worshiped.
4:8 jgg0 Many years went by 1 A large number of years had passed since God had first promised that Abram would have a son.
4:8 shwl as the stars in the sky 1 This expression means that Abram’s descendants will be so many that no one can count them all.
4:9 z4yk two parties 1 The parties could be two people, two groups of people, or a person and a group of people.
4:9 zcg8 in this case, God made a promise to Abram 1 The promise that God made to Abraham was without conditions. God would do what he promised. It did not depend on what Abram did.
4:9 kapa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “I will give you a son from your own body. I give the land of Canaan to your descendants.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God said he would give Abram a son from his own body, and would give the land of Canaan to his descendants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:9 gmb5 from your own body 1 With his own body, Abram would cause his wife to become pregnant, so that, together, they would have their own, natural son. This was an amazing promise, since Abram and Sarai were very old.
4:9 pfam did not have a son 1 Abram still did not have any descendants who could possess the land.
4:9 wx5y A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
5:0 how2 title The Son of Promise 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God promised Abraham that he would have a son” or “How did God promise to give Abraham a son?”
5:1 temq they still did not have a child 1 Without a child, Abram had no descendants to become a great nation.
5:1 jdn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him, “Since God has not allowed me to have children, and now I am too old to have children, here is my servant, Hagar. Marry her also so she can have a child for me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him that since God had not allowed her to have children and now I am too old to have children, Abram should take her servant, Hagar, and marry her also so she could have a child for Sarai.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:1 dw0n Marry her also 1 Abram would take Hagar as a second wife, but Hagar would not have the full status of a wife as Sarai did. She was still Sarai’s servant.
5:1 ljh2 have a child for me 1 Since Hagar was Sarai’s servant, Sarai would be considered the mother of any children that Hagar bore.
5:2 zq37 married 1 Hagar became Abram’s concubine–a ‘second wife’ of lower status. Hagar was still Sarai’s servant.
5:2 pfsd became jealous of Hagar 1 Sarai was jealous of Hagar because Hagar could have children and Sarai could not.
5:3 gc5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God also told Abram, “You will be the father of many nations. I will give you and your descendants the land of Canaan as their possession, and I will be their God forever. You must circumcise every male in your family.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God also told Abram that Abram would be the father of many nations. God would give him and his descendants the land of Canaan as their possession and would be their God forever. Abram must circumcise every male in his family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:3 vdj7 the father of many nations 1 Abram would have many descendants, and they would have their own lands and rule themselves. They and others would remember that Abram was their ancestor and would honor him.
5:3 b9er I will be their God 1 Another way to say this is: “I will be the God that they will worship.”
5:3 phbf every male in your family 1 This could be translated as: “every boy and man in your family.” This included Abram’s servants and his descendants.
5:4 euvk General Information 1 God continues to speak to Abram.
5:4 trv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations “Your wife, Sarai, will have a son—he will be the son of promise. Name him Isaac. I will make my covenant with him, and he will become a great nation. I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “His wife, Sarai, would have a son—he will be the son of promise. He would name him Isaac. God would make is covenant with Isaac, and he will become a great nation. God would make Ishmael a great nation, too, but his covenant would be with Isaac.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:4 soaz the son of promise 1 Isaac would be the son that God promised to Sarai and Abram. He would also be the son that God would use to give Abram many descendants.
5:4 jcti I will make my covenant with him 1 This would be the same covenant that God made with Abram.
5:4 u89c father of many 1 As God had promised, Abraham would become the ancestor of many people who would even become many nations.
5:4 pdyb princess 1 A princess is a daughter of a king. The names Sarai and Sarah apparently both meant ‘princess.’ But God changed her name to signify that she would be the mother of many nations, and some of her descendants would be kings.
5:5 m26i all the males in his household 1 This means all of the men and boys that Abraham was responsible for, including his male servants, young and old.
5:6 trwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God tested Abraham’s faith by saying, “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God tested Abraham’s faith by telling him to take Isaac, his only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:6 dwja God tested Abraham’s faith 1 God wanted Abraham to show that he was completely submitted to God, that he would obey whatever God told him to do.
5:6 r82o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your only son 1 It is implied that God knows that Abraham has another son, Ishmael. This emphasizes that Isaac is the son that God promised to give Abraham. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “your only son whom I have promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:6 eef5 kill him 1 God did not want human sacrifice. God wanted to see that Abraham loved God more than he loved his son and would obey God even when God told him to give his son back to God.
5:6 aw61 prepared to sacrifice his son 1 Abraham got ready to sacrifice his son. God stopped him before he killed his son.
5:7 jb4k walked to the place of sacrifice 1 God had told Abraham to sacrifice Isaac on a special high hill that was about three days’ walk from where they lived.
5:7 ez0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Isaac asked, “Father, we have wood for the sacrifice, but where is the lamb?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Isaac told his father that they had wood for the sacrifice, but he did not know where the lamb was.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:7 cndz wood for the sacrifice 1 For a sacrifice, normally the lamb was killed and then placed on top of wood so that the wood and the lamb could be burned up with fire.
5:7 e5cy the lamb 1 A young sheep or goat would be the normal animal for a sacrifice.
5:7 qw8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Abraham replied, “God will provide the lamb for the sacrifice, my son.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Abraham replied to his son that God would provide the lamb for the sacrifice.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:7 qmv0 will provide the lamb 1 Abraham may have believed that Isaac was the lamb that God provided, although God fulfilled Abraham’s words by providing a ram to sacrifice in Isaac’s place.
5:8 auut to kill his son 1 God did not want human sacrifice. God wanted to see that Abraham loved God more than he loved his son and would obey God even when God told him to give his son back to God.
5:8 t5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “Stop! Do not hurt the boy! Now I know that you fear me because you did not keep your only son from me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told him to stop, and not to hurt the boy! God now knew that Abraham feared God because he did not keep his only son from him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:8 wy4t you fear me 1 Abraham feared God, which included respect and reverence for God. Because of those things, he obeyed God.
5:8 s1mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your only son 1 Ishmael was also Abraham’s son, but Isaac was the only son of Abraham and Sarah. God’s covenant was with Isaac and it was through Isaac that God would fulfill his promise. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “your only son whom I have promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:9 y8d1 a ram 1 A ram is an adult male sheep.
5:9 oncb God had provided the ram 1 Just at the right moment, God caused the ram to be stuck in the bush.
5:10 pted rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God said to Abraham, “Because you were willing to give me everything, even your only son, I promise to bless you. Your descendants will be more than the stars in the sky. Because you have obeyed me, I will bless all the families of the world through your family.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said to Abraham that because Abraham was willing to give God everything, even his only son, he promised to bless him. His descendants will be more than the stars in the sky. Because Abraham had obeyed him, God would bless all the families of the world through Abraham’s family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
5:10 dk6t your only son 1 See explanation in [05:08](05/08).
5:10 wpgm the stars in the sky 1 See explanation in [04:08](04/08).
5:10 l9k9 all the families of the world 1 Here, **families** refers to the larger distinct groups of people on earth, rather than to each set of parents and children.
5:10 tndw your family 1 Here, **family** refers to the many descendants that Abraham would have. The future generations of the world would be blessed through Abraham’s descendants. The greatest blessing would come many generations later through God’s chosen servant, the Messiah.
5:10 zpnv A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
6:0 ln8a title God Provides for Isaac 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God got a wife for Isaac” or “How did God get a wife for Isaac?”
6:1 stnv sent one of his servants back 1 This could be translated as: “told one of his servants to go back.” The word **back** means that the servant would be going to the same place where Abraham used to live long ago before he came to Canaan. Make sure the translation of this phrase makes that clear.
6:1 ebhn to the land 1 This land was east of where Abraham was now living.
6:1 g10j to bring back a wife for his son, Isaac 1 This could be translated as: “to bring back an unmarried woman for his son, Isaac, to marry.”
6:2 jn75 the granddaughter of Abraham’s brother 1 Specifically, she was the daughter of Abraham’s brother’s son. Her grandfather was Abraham’s brother.
6:3 x2os Rebekah agreed 1 Even though Rebekah’s parents were arranging her marriage, they did not force her to go marry Isaac.
6:4 sl9v God then blessed Abraham’s son Isaac because of the covenant he had made with Abraham. 1 The promises of the covenant that God made with Abraham were not for him only, but also for his descendants.
6:4 bo4d countless 1 This could also be translated as: “very many.” The word **countless** means there would be so many descendants that people would not be able to count them.
6:5 fmvr in Rebekah’s womb 1 This could mean ‘inside her.’
6:6 uj1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Rebekah, “You will give birth to two sons. Their descendants will become two different nations. They will struggle with each other. But the nation coming from your older son will have to obey the nation coming from your younger son.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Rebekah that she would give birth to two sons. Their descendants would become two different nations. They would struggle with each other. But the nation coming from her older son would have to obey the nation coming from her younger son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
6:6 wy0a They will struggle with each other 1 Both the two sons and the nations that will come from them will continually fight with each other. Compare to [06:05](06/05).
6:6 lsbd your older son 1 Even though the babies were twins, the baby that came out first would be treated as the older son.
6:7 qkna Rebekah’s babies were born 1 Some languages have a more indirect way of saying this such as: “when Rebekah saw and took them” or “when Rebekah brought them to light.”
6:7 i86k the older son came out & the younger son came out 1 This could be translated as: “the first son to come out was…the second son to come out was.” Make sure that the way **older** and **younger** are translated still communicates that the boys were twins.
6:7 u3fz red 1 This may mean that his skin was very red or that the hair on his body was red.
6:7 t0ol hairy 1 Esau had a lot of hair on his body. You could say: “the older son’s body was red, with lots of hair.”
6:7 fsqb A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
7:0 mhz1 title God Blesses Jacob 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God helped Jacob” or “What did God do to help Jacob?”
7:1 a5s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background As the boys grew up, Jacob loved to stay at home, but Esau loved to hunt animals 1 This is background information telling how the boys were different from each other, and that their parents each favored one child over the other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:1 vf5f loved to stay at home & loved to hunt 1 Some languages will use a word for **love** here that is different from the one used for, “Rebekah loved Jacob.” For example, this could be translated as: “liked to stay at home…liked to hunt” or “preferred to stay at home…preferred to hunt.”
7:1 kmsg at home 1 This expression refers to the area around the family dwellings. Jacob preferred to stay close to the tents where they lived. Some languages have a special expression for **at home**.
7:1 buit rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Esau loved to hunt animals 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Esau’s love of hunting with Jacob’s love of staying home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:1 l1oe Rebekah loved Jacob, but Isaac loved Esau 1 This could be translated as: “Rebekah was more fond of Jacob, and Isaac was more fond of Esau.” This does not necessarily mean that Rebekah and Isaac did not love the other son, but that each parent had a favorite.
7:1 oxd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Isaac loved Esau 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Isaac’s love of Esau with Rebekah’s love of Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:2 nbce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Esau said to Jacob, “Give me some of the food you have made.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Esau asked Jacob to give him some of the food that Jacob had made.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:2 l1sl Give me some of the food & you will give it all 1 Some languages may prefer to use two different words for **give** here. This would also apply to, “Esau promised to give…Jacob gave” in the last two sentences.
7:2 svny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jacob responded, “First, promise me that everything you should receive because you were born first, you will give it all to me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jacob told Esau to first promise that everything Easu would receive because he was born first, he would give it all to Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
7:2 wznw everything you should receive because you were born first 1 According to their custom, since Esau was the oldest son, he should have been the one to receive twice as much of their father’s wealth when their father died. Jacob thought of a way to take these rights of the oldest son from Esau.
7:3 ss81 give his blessing 1 It was customary for fathers to formally express their desire for good things to happen to their children. Normally, the older son received the best promise. Isaac wanted this extra prosperity to happen to Esau.
7:3 ea6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But before he did 1 The connecting word **But** here contrasts Isaac’s desire to give Esau a blessing with the Rebekah and Jacob’s trick that intervened, preventing him from doing so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:3 of4g tricked him 1 The word **trick** means to do something to deliberately deceive someone. Rebekah came up with a plan to deceive Isaac into giving Jacob the special blessing instead of Esau.
7:3 spr2 pretend 1 The word **pretend** shows how Jacob would deceive his father (who had very poor eyesight in his old age).
7:3 s5we rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Jacob put on Esau’s clothes and put goatskins on his neck and hands. 1 The connecting word **So** here connects the result, Jacob put on Esau’s clothes and goatskin to deceive Isaac, with the reason, Isaac was old and blind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:3 aupu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Esau’s clothes 1 This refers to the clothes that Esau owned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:3 foga goatskins 1 The hairiness of the goatskins would make Jacob feel like Esau.
7:4 o02a Jacob came to Isaac 1 In some languages, it might be more natural to say: “Jacob went to Isaac.”
7:4 w3fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When Isaac felt the goat hair and smelled the clothes, he thought it was Esau and blessed him. 1 This is a sequential clause. The word **When** connects Isaac feeling and smelling Jacob with the resulting action (he believed it was Esau and blessed him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
7:4 rgt4 he thought it was Esau 1 He thought that the person he was touching and smelling was Esau.
7:5 u325 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because Jacob had stolen his rights as oldest son and also his blessing 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason, Jacob stole Esau’s rights and blessing, with the result, Esau hated Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:5 dsks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his rights 1 This refers to the the extra blessing and inheritance that belonged to Esau because he was the firstborn son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:5 y6l9 rights as oldest son 1 Jacob found a way to get the larger portion of their father’s wealth that should have gone to Esau as the older son. See also note on [07:02](07/02).
7:5 sclr his blessing 1 Jacob also tricked their father into giving him the promise of extra prosperity that Isaac intended to give to Esau. See also note on [07:03](07/03).
7:5 apwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So he planned to kill Jacob 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result, Esau planned to kill Jacob, with the reason, Esau hated Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:6 a43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan 1 The connecting word **But** is used in a contrast relationship. It contrasts Esau’s plan to kill Jacob with Rebekah hearing of it and devising a different plan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:6 lm1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Esau’s plan 1 This refers to the plan that Esau had decided to do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\nEsau’s plan was to kill Jacob after his father died.
7:6 a70x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So she and Isaac sent Jacob far away 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result, Rebekah and Isaac sent Jacob far away, with the reason, Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan to kill Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
7:6 zehh she and Isaac sent Jacob far away 1 Rebekah wanted to protect Jacob from Esau, so she talked to Isaac about sending Jacob away.
7:6 gs14 far away to live with her relatives 1 This was the same place where Rebekah was living when Abraham’s servant asked her to be Isaac’s wife. To make this clear, you could add: “in the same land where she used to live.” The land was to the east, several hundred miles away.
7:6 ydz5 her relatives 1 This could also be translated as: “their relatives.” Since Abraham’s brother was Rebekah’s grandfather, her relatives were also Isaac’s relatives.
7:7 nw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Rebekah’s relatives 1 This refers to a social relationship—these people were related to Rebekah as part of her extended family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:7 jbla rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background During that time he married and had 12 sons and a daughter. God made him very wealthy. 1 This is background information about what happened while Jacob was away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
7:7 mgy9 very wealthy 1 This included money, large herds of animals and other possessions.
7:8 naby rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background After 20 years 1 Jacob had lived for twenty years in the land where his mother was from. If that is not clear you could say: “After twenty years living in the land where his relatives were…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
7:8 avqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his family 1 This refers to a social relationship—the people who were his family, those related to him by birth or marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:8 ahpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession all his flocks and herds of animals 1 This refers to ownership—all the groups of animals that belonged to him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
7:8 jb9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown herds 1 A **herd** is a large group of animals. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
7:9 mir9 Your servant, Jacob 1 Jacob was not actually Esau’s servant. But Jacob told his servants to say this because he wanted to show Esau that he was coming to him humbly and respectfully, so that Esau would no longer be angry with him.
7:10 ah4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Esau no longer wanted to harm Jacob 1 The connecting word **But** here contrasts Jacob’s fear of Esau wanting to kill him with Esau no longer wanting to harm Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:10 xaee rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead, he was very happy to see him again 1 The connecting word **Instead** contrasts Jacob’s fear of Esau wanting to kill him with Esau being happy to see Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
7:10 hjkz lived peacefully 1 This refers to the fact that Esau and Jacob were not angry at each other and did not fight with each other.
7:10 hmhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then Isaac died 1 The connecting word **Then** connects the timing of events. Jacob’s return to Canaan and living there were followed by Isaac’s death and Jacob and Esau burying him together. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
7:10 r9uo buried him 1 This could mean that they dug a hole in the ground, placed Isaac’s body in it, and covered the hole with dirt or stones. Or it could mean that they placed Isaac’s body in a cave and covered the opening.
7:10 erbu The covenant promises 1 These were the promises that God made in his covenant with Abraham.
7:10 v9bs passed on from Isaac to Jacob 1 The promises went from Abraham to his son Isaac, and now to Isaac’s son Jacob. Esau did not receive the promises (See: [06:04](06/04)).
7:10 sqs3 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
8:0 mics title God Saves Joseph and His Family 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God took care of Joseph and his family” or “How did God rescue Joseph and his family?”
8:1 ewlu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Many years later, when Jacob was an old man 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:1 ga59 sent 1 This word means that Jacob told Joseph to go and Joseph went.
8:1 tv09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his favorite son 1 This phase refers to a social relationship—the favorite son who was born to him. This could be translated as: “the son he loved more than any of his other children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
8:1 w4fv check on 1 This means that Joseph is to go and see if everything is all right with his brothers. Some languages might say something like: “to see about his brothers’ well-being.”
8:1 c80b his brothers 1 These were Joseph’s older brothers.
8:1 jib8 were taking care of the flocks 1 Since this was several days’ journey away, it may be necessary to say: “who were far away taking care of…”
8:2 mlye rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because their father loved him most, and because Joseph had dreamed 1 The word **because** connects the two reasons Joseph’s brothers hated him (their father loved him most and Joseph’s dream), with the result (they hated him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:2 xh66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When Joseph came 1 The word **When** indicates the order of events. After Joseph came the brothers took him captive and sold him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
8:2 ccu1 came to his brothers 1 Another way this could be translated is: “reached the place where his brothers were.”
8:2 ub5h took him captive 1 They took him against his will. It was not right for them to do this.
8:2 bnu4 slave traders 1 These were people who made a business of buying people from one owner and selling them as slaves to another owner.
8:3 c6d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Before Joseph’s brothers returned home 1 The connecting word **Before** indicates the order of events. Joseph’s brothers tore his robe and dipped it in blood. Then they returned home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
8:3 cfim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession goat’s blood 1 This connects the blood with the goat, of which it was a part. The brothers wanted Jacob to think that the blood on the clothes was Joseph’s blood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
8:3 lly0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he would think that a wild animal 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (showing Jacob the torn robe dipped in blood), with the desired result (Jacob thinking a wild animal killed Joseph). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:4 ta81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River. 1 This is background information about the country of Egypt where the slave traders took Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:4 gtsr a wealthy government official 1 This was a person who was part of the Egyptian government. Another way to say this would be: “a leader in Egypt’s government.”
8:4 b739 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Joseph served his master well, and God blessed Joseph. 1 The connecting word **and** indicates two events that happened when Joseph became a slave. There is no indication of cause and effect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
8:5 tukk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism tried to sleep with Joseph 1 Another way to say this would be: “tried to seduce Joseph to have sex with her.” To **sleep with** is a way of expressing this in order not to be crude or offensive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
8:5 h4jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Joseph refused to sin against God 1 The connecting word **but** indicates a contrast. You would expect that when Joseph’s master’s wife tried to sleep with him, Joseph would agree, but instead he did the unexpected and refused. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
8:5 fqf9 sin against God 1 It is against God’s law for people to have sex together if they are not married to each other. Joseph did not want to sin by disobeying God’s law.
8:5 xvyc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even in prison 1 The connecting word **Even** indicates a contrast. You would expect Joseph to become bitter in prison but, instead, he continued to be faithful and God continued to bless him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
8:5 upxw remained faithful to God 1 Another way to say this would be: “continued to obey God.”
8:6 cpy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background which is what the Egyptians called their kings 1 This is background information about the title, ‘Pharaoh.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:6 s8pl disturbed him greatly 1 This means that the king felt very afraid and confused (because of what he had seen in the dreams).
8:6 tex1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit None of his advisors could tell him the meaning of the dreams. 1 The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. This can be clearly stated: “God did not enable any of his advisors to tell him the meaning of the dreams..’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 jfx5 his advisors 1 These were men with special powers and knowledge who could sometimes tell what dreams meant. Some translations refer to them as ‘wise men.’
8:6 tba9 the meaning of the dreams 1 People in Egypt believed that dreams were messages from the gods telling them about what would happen in the future. God used Pharaoh’s dreams to tell him what would happen.
8:7 zx9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams 1 Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. This can be clearly stated: “God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams in order to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:7 fx3x to interpret dreams 1 To **interpret** is to tell what something means. So Joseph was able to tell people what their dreams meant.
8:7 dx3z had Joseph brought to him 1 Another way to say this would be: “ordered his servants to bring Joseph to him.”
8:7 wx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations and said, “God is going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “and told him that God was going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
8:7 xpky God is going to send 1 God will cause the crops to grow well for seven years, and after that he will cause them to produce very little food so that the people and animals will not have enough to eat.
8:7 wjnf famine 1 The gardens and fields would produce so little food that people and animals would not have enough to eat.
8:8 zbif was so impressed with Joseph 1 Pharaoh was amazed by Joseph’s wisdom and felt respect for him; he trusted Joseph to make wise decisions that would benefit the people. It may be clearer to say: “impressed with Joseph’s wisdom.”
8:8 py9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes how unusual it was for a slave to be so honored by the Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
8:8 kkyi the second most powerful man 1 Pharaoh made Joseph a very powerful and important ruler over all of Egypt. Only Pharaoh was more powerful and important than Joseph.
8:9 hnfl to store up large amounts of food 1 From the abundant harvests, they took food to the cities and stored it there. The food then belonged to Pharaoh.
8:9 h505 famine 1 See how you translated this in [08:07](08/07).
8:10 ehrd The famine was severe 1 The famine was very bad. There was very little food and many people outside of Egypt were starving.
8:10 th80 Egypt, but also in Canaan 1 For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to say: “the country of Egypt, but also in the land of Canaan.”
8:11 j8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So, Jacob sent his older sons to Egypt to buy food. 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (Jacob send his sons to buy food), with the reason (the famine was bad in Canaan). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:11 bzkk his older sons 1 These were Joseph’s older brothers who had sold him into slavery.
8:11 y18i did not recognize Joseph 1 They did not know that the man was Joseph, because now Joseph was much older than when they last saw him, and he was dressed as an Egyptian ruler.
8:11 a07j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Joseph recognized them. 1 The connecting word **But** indicates a contrast relationship. It contrasts Joseph’s brothers not recognizing him with Joseph recognizing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
8:12 u1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After testing his brothers 1 The connecting word **After** begins a sequential clause. Joseph tested his brothers to see if they had changed and then he revealed who he was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
8:12 lj8p testing his brothers 1 Joseph placed his older brothers in a difficult situation to see if they would protect their youngest brother or treat him as badly as they had treated Joseph. When they protected their youngest brother, Joseph knew they had changed.
8:12 fv7u if they had changed 1 Another way to say this would be: “if they were different than they used to be.” Years ago Joseph’s brothers sold him into slavery. Joseph wanted to find out if they would now do what was right.
8:12 s28f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations I am your brother, Joseph! 1 This is a strong statement that Joseph was indeed their brother, even though he knew they would find it very difficut to believe that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
8:12 fb7o Do not be afraid 1 Joseph gave this command to his brothers who were afraid because they had greatly wronged Joseph. Now, as a great ruler, he had the power to punish them. Joseph could refuse to sell them food, or could even put them in prison or kill them. Another way to say this would be: “You do not need to fear any punishment from me.”
8:12 gx2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God used the evil for good! 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Joseph’s brother’s desire to do evil to God’s using it for good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
8:12 z1yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations God used the evil for good! 1 This is a strong statement, because it is surprising that God was able to cause good to happen from the evil thing the brothers did to Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
8:12 lypw evil for good 1 Joseph’s brothers did an evil thing when they sold Joseph as a slave and he was taken to Egypt. But God allowed this so that Joseph could save thousands of people, including his own family, from starving during the famine. This was a very good thing.
8:14 gj6m Even though Jacob was an old man, he moved to Egypt 1 Egypt was a great distance away from Canaan, and it would have been difficult for an elderly man to walk or ride a cart that far.
8:14 pezf Before Jacob died 1 Jacob died in Egypt. He did not get to return to Canaan, the land God had promised to give to him and his descendants.
8:15 i8yn The covenant promises 1 Long ago God made an agreement with Abraham and promised him that he would give him many descendants; they would possess the land of Canaan and become a great nation. God also promised that all peoples would be blessed through Abraham’s line (See: [07:10](07/10)).
8:15 o0rz were passed on to 1 Other ways to say this are: “passed down to” or “given to” or “applied to.” God’s promise to Abraham was also for Abraham’s children, grandchildren and all the rest of his descendants (See: [06:04](06/04)).
8:15 fm78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the 12 tribes of Israel 1 God had promised Abraham, Isaac and Jacob that their descendants would become a great nation. God later changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob’s 12 sons became 12 great tribes. These 12 tribes made up the ancient nation called Israel, which was named by Jacob’s new name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:15 hbyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 12 1 This could also be written in words: “twelve.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:15 z623 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
9:0 kgmw title God Calls Moses 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God called Moses to work for him” or “How did God call Moses to work for him?”
9:1 fe1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Joseph died 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:1 wfof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his relatives 1 This refers to a social relationship—all the people who were related to him by birth or marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
9:1 nqg2 They were called the Israelites 1 The people group that descended from Jacob was called ‘Israel,’ which is the name that God gave to Jacob. The people from that group were called **Israelites**.
9:2 dg1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After hundreds of years 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:2 rjza rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Israelites 1 ‘Israelite people’ or ‘people of Israel’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:2 pl6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Egyptians 1 ‘Egyptian people’ or ‘people of Egypt’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:2 mynm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because there were so many of them 1 The connecting word **because** connects the action (the Egyptians being afraid) with the reason (there were so many Isrealites). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:2 i24t Pharaoh 1 **Pharaoh** is an Egyptian word that refers to their king. This Pharaoh was probably the son of a former Pharaoh who had died, who may have been a descendant of the Pharaoh that Joseph knew.
9:2 y4c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background who was ruling Egypt at that time 1 This is background information about the ruler who was Pharaoh at that time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:2 raal made the Israelites slaves 1 This could mean ‘forced the Israelites to do hard labor against their will and treated them very harshly.’
9:3 a6ud made their lives miserable 1 This means that they suffered terribly because of how harshly they were treated and how hard they were forced to work. They also felt very discouraged.
9:3 itoq God blessed them 1 God took care of them, helping them endure the severe treatment and even caused them to become more numerous by giving them many children.
9:4 gh4z saw 1 Other ways to say this are: “realized” or “knew.”
9:4 r36l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he ordered his people to kill 1 The connecting word **so** connects the result (Pharaoh ordered the people to kill all the Israelite boys), with the reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:5 w9bv as long as she could 1 She hid the baby from the Egyptians until it became too difficult to keep him safely hidden in her home.
9:6 s8ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown reeds 1 A **reed** is a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:7 lmfg took him as her own son 1 She was a princess. When she made him her son, he became a prince of Egypt.
9:7 w8hk to nurse him 1 Another way to say this would be: “to breastfeed him.”
9:8 hmzg had grown up 1 Another way to say this would be: “had grown into a man.”
9:8 szld his fellow Israelite 1 This phrase refers to the Israelite slave. The word **fellow** here indicates that Moses was also an Israelite. Although the daughter of the Egyptian Pharaoh raised Moses, Moses remembered that he was really an Israelite.
9:10 dd4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Moses fled from Egypt 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts Pharaoh trying to kill Moses with Moses escaping into the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
9:10 ygrl the wilderness 1 The wilderness was a large area that was rocky and dry. The land there was not good for growing food and few people lived there.
9:11 j2s7 the wilderness 1 See how you translated this in [09:10](09/10).
9:12 y6if taking care of his father-in-law’s flock of sheep 1 This means he was doing the work of a shepherd to guide the sheep to grass and water, and to protect them. It could be translated as: “tending the sheep that belonged to his father-in-law.”
9:12 dabk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown flock of sheep 1 A **flock of sheep** is a large group of sheep that are owned by someone. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:12 ezhs a bush on fire, burning without being destroyed 1 God made the bush full of fire, but the fire did not damage the bush.
9:12 liep God spoke to him 1 This could be translated as: “God said out loud.” Moses heard God speak, but he did not see God.
9:12 ux6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God spoke to him and said, “Moses, take off your shoes. You are standing on holy ground.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Moses to take off his shoes, because he was standing on holy ground.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
9:12 jin0 take off your shoes 1 God wanted him to take off his shoes to show that he greatly respected God. To make clear the reason for this, you could say: “take off your shoes, because you are on holy ground.”
9:12 v3po holy ground 1 It was holy in the sense that God set it apart from the ordinary land and made it to be a special place where He would reveal Himself.
9:13 d461 the suffering of my people 1 This could be translated as: “the very harsh treatment that my people are experiencing.” Some languages might translate this as: “how the Egyptians are giving my people terrible pain.”
9:13 vsrd my people 1 This refers to the Israelites. God had made a covenant with Abraham and his descendants that he would bless them and make them into a great nation. Through this covenant, the Israelites became God’s own people.
9:13 suxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that you can bring the Israelites 1 The connecting words **so that** connect the result (Moses bringing the Israelites out of their slavery), and the reason (God has seen their suffering). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:13 e7kd can bring the Israelites out of their slavery in Egypt 1 This can be translated as: “can set the Israelites free from being slaves in Egypt” or “can bring the Israelites out of Egypt where they are now slaves.”
9:14 kk01 the people 1 See **my people** in [09:13](09/13).
9:14 dghi I AM WHO I AM 1 This description shows that God can only be defined by himself, not by anything else that we know of, and he cannot be compared to anyone else.
9:14 tgo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Tell them that I AM has sent you to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
9:14 t53d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown I AM 1 This name emphasizes that God is the only one who has always lived and always will live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:14 n79m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Also tell them that I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
9:14 hjln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown Yahweh 1 The name **Yahweh** means ‘HE IS’ and expresses that God exists by his own power—no one created him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
9:14 mrg5 my name 1 The name that God told Moses and all of Israel to use for him is ‘Yahweh,’ which is related to ‘I AM’ and appears to mean ‘HE IS.’
9:15 zky5 was afraid and did not want to go 1 Moses knew that Pharaoh wanted to kill him, and he did not believe that he could do what God wanted him to do.
9:15 i8s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God sent Moses’ brother 1 The connecting word **so** connects the result (God sent Aaron to help Moses), and the reason (Moses thought he could not speak well). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
9:15 jq53 Moses’ brother, Aaron 1 Aaron was Moses’ actual brother from his Israelite mother and father. Aaron would have been at least several years older than Moses.
9:15 sfgu A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
10:0 cl9s title The Ten Plagues 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the Egyptians suffer with the Ten Plagues” or “What happened when God made the Egyptians suffer from the ten plagues?”
10:1 m1ye stubborn 1 This means the Pharaoh would refuse to obey God. You may also want to add: “stubborn and refuse to listen (or obey).”
10:1 ktbv to Pharaoh 1 It may be clearer to say: “to Pharaoh’s palace to talk to him.”
10:1 mr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The God of Israel says to let his people go!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
10:1 lkwm the God of Israel 1 This could be translated as: “God, who chose the Israelites to be his people” or “God, who rules the people of Israel” or “the God whom the Israelites worship.”
10:1 g5h0 Let my people go! 1 Other ways to say this are: “Allow my people to go free!” or “Free my people to leave Egypt!”
10:1 tgdk my people 1 See **my people** in [09:13](09/13).
10:1 dul9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Pharaoh did not listen 1 The connecting word **But** connects what Moses and Aaron said God told Pharaoh to do (let his people go), with what he did (he did not listen to them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:1 skla listen to 1 This could be translated as: “heed” or “obey.”
10:1 r88a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead of letting the Israelites go free 1 The connecting word **Instead** connects what Moses and Aaron told Pharaoh to do (listen to God and let his people go), with what Pharaoh did (make them work harder). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:1 cg8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations he forced them to work even harder! 1 This is a strong statement that Pharaoh not only did not free the Israelites, he made their lives even harder! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
10:2 mrn5 the people 1 This refers to the people of Israel, also called ‘the Israelites.’
10:2 hcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God sent 1 The connecting word **so** connects the cause (Pharaoh made the Israelites work harder instead of letting them go), with the result (God sent ten terrible plagues on Egypt). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
10:2 zo3y ten terrible plagues 1 A plague is something very bad or terrible that happens to someone or something. A plague usually refers to something that affects many people or happens over a large geographic area. Another word for **plague** would be ‘disaster.’
10:2 uilu all of Egypt’s gods 1 It may be more clear to say: “all the gods that the Egyptian people worshiped.” The people of Egypt worshiped many different false gods. Some of these false gods did not exist. Other false gods that they worshiped were actually demons. Demons are not as powerful as the God of Israel.
10:3 m27f turned the Nile River into blood 1 Some languages may need to say: “turned the water in the Nile River into blood.” There was blood in the river instead of water, so the fish died and the people had no water to drink.
10:3 o0i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Pharaoh still 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts God turning the river to blood with Pharoah not letting the Israelites go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
10:4 wqo8 God sent frogs all over Egypt 1 This could be translated as: “God caused many frogs to appear throughout Egypt.”
10:4 obv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche hardened his heart 1 He became stubborn again and refused to obey God. Here **hardened** is a synecdoche that refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:5 rpko God sent a plague 1 This could be translated as: “God caused there to be a plague” or “God caused a plague (of gnats) to come over the land of Egypt.”
10:5 yw1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown gnats 1 These were tiny, biting insects flying in large swarms, annoying and landing on all the people and animals of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:5 if0k flies 1 These were much bigger flying insects that were both annoying and destructive. There were so many of these flies that they covered everything, even filling the Egyptians’ houses.
10:5 lcbs hardened his heart 1 See note in [10:04](10/04).
10:6 q50z farm animals 1 This refers to large animals that the Egyptians used to help them in their work, such as horses, donkeys, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats.
10:6 mjo5 heart was hardened 1 See note in [10:04](10/04).
10:7 le4m God hardened Pharaoh’s heart 1 God caused Pharaoh to continue to be stubborn. See also note in [10:04](10/04).
10:8 q1h7 After that 1 This refers to after God caused the painful sores to appear on the Egyptians’ skin.
10:8 ll7d God sent hail 1 God caused hail to fall from the sky.
10:8 yy9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown hail 1 Hail is like chunks of ice that fall down from the clouds as rain does. These chunks can be very small or very large. The larger ones will hurt or kill whatever they fall on. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:8 ytf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them, “I have sinned. You may go.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them that he had sinned, and said that they could go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
10:8 r4fz You may go 1 The word **You** refers to Moses, Aaron, and the Israelites.
10:9 k8e9 hardened his heart 1 See note in [10:04](10/04).
10:10 ke2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown swarms of locusts 1 Locusts are grasshoppers that fly together in swarms, or large groups, and that can destroy large areas of all kinds of plants and food crops by eating them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
10:10 cmxs the hail 1 Hail is like chunks of ice that fall down from the clouds as rain does.
10:11 yos9 God sent darkness 1 God caused darkness to cover or spread over most of Egypt. In other words, God took away the light from this part of Egypt.
10:11 ehrv that lasted for three days 1 This darkness was darker than ordinary nighttime darkness, and it continued to be totally dark for three whole days.
10:12 o0id these nine plagues 1 This means: ‘these nine disasters that God had caused.’
10:12 lbk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Since Pharaoh would not listen, God planned to send one last plague. This would change Pharaoh’s mind. 1 The connecting word **Since** connects the action (God sending one last plague), with the reason (Pharaoh refused to let the Israelites go free). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
10:12 r1b3 Since Pharaoh would not listen 1 This could be translated as: “Since Pharaoh would not do what God was telling him to do” or “Since Pharaoh refused to obey God.”
10:12 g2vs This would change Pharaoh’s mind 1 Another way to say this would be: “This last plague would cause Pharaoh to change how he thought about God and, as a result, he would let the Israelites go free.”
10:12 f901 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
11:0 ix6e title The Passover 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the Passover festival” or “Why did God make the Passover festival?”
11:0 n2m1 title Passover 1 The term **Passover** is the name of a Jewish festival when they celebrate that God passed over their houses and did not kill their firstborn sons when he killed the Egyptians.
11:1 j2xy the firstborn males of Egypt’s people and animals 1 This could be translated as: “the eldest son in every Egyptian family and the first male offspring of any of their animals.”
11:2 el28 God provided 1 God is the only one who could provide the way to save the Israelites’ sons from death.
11:2 otx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him 1 This can be stated in active form: “for those who believed in him to save their firstborn son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:2 f3fy a perfect lamb 1 This could mean ‘a young sheep or goat that had no blemishes or defects.’
11:3 fvut unleavened bread 1 **Unleavened bread** is bread that is prepared without yeast. Yeast is mixed into bread dough to make the dough expand and rise as it bakes. This could be translated as: “made without something that would make it rise.” Making bread with yeast takes longer than without it, so unleavened bread shows that this meal was urgent and the people needed to do it quickly.
11:3 apkz be ready to leave Egypt immediately after they ate this meal 1 This means they needed to be prepared to leave before they started to eat.
11:4 fhjn every firstborn son 1 This means every firstborn son of families who had not made the blood sacrifice, that is, the Egyptians. To make this clear you may want to add: “Every Egyptian firstborn son” (since all the Israelite families had put the blood on their doorposts).
11:5 tfk3 passed over 1 This means that God passed by those houses and did not stop to kill anyone there. This phrase became the name of the Jewish festival, ‘Passover.’
11:5 xmjk They were saved 1 God did not kill their firstborn son.
11:5 jbu8 because of the lamb’s blood 1 This could be translated as: “because the lamb’s blood was on their door.” God saw that they had killed their lamb as he had commanded, so he did not kill their son.
11:6 i4w4 did not believe God or obey his commands 1 In some languages it may be more natural or clear to say: “did not believe God and so they did not obey his commands.”
11:6 vdfi did not pass over 1 He did not pass by their houses. Rather, he stopped at each house and killed their eldest son.
11:7 njr2 from the firstborn of the prisoner in jail to the firstborn of Pharaoh 1 This is a way of saying that everyone’s firstborn son died–from the son of the least important person to the son of the most important person, and everyone in between.
11:8 o7al called for 1 This means that Pharaoh told his servants to tell Moses and Aaron to come to him.
11:8 zj7z and said 1 Pharaoh said the following words to Moses and Aaron after they came to him. In some languages this would be translated as: “and said to them,” or “After they came, Pharaoh said to them.”
11:8 rpwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations and said, “Take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “and told them to take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
11:8 wmkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately! 1 This is a command. It is stated as an exclamation because Pharaoh was finally afraid of God and urgently wanted the Israelites to leave Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
11:8 u61w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go Take 1 The motion is away from the speaker, Pharaoh. Moses is commanded to take the Israelites away from Pharoah and continue moving with them until they have left all of Egypt, the country where the speaker is located. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
11:8 neax A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
12:0 hn0o title The Exodus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites left Egypt” or “What happened when God took the Israelites out of Egypt?” or “What happened when the Israelites left Egypt?”
12:0 jffg title Exodus 1 The term **Exodus** means ‘leaving’ or ‘going out from.’
12:1 eh4v They were no longer slaves 1 This could be translated as: “They were not slaves anymore.”
12:1 i7d1 were going 1 Some languages may use a more specific word like ‘traveling’ since they would be going a long distance to the Promised Land.
12:1 uisf the Promised Land 1 This is the land that God had promised that he would give to Abraham’s descendants.
12:2 j908 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A tall pillar of cloud 1 This could be translated as: “A tall cloud” or “A cloud shaped like a pillar.” This was not an actual pillar such as something that supports a building. In appearance it resembled a pillar, but it was made out of clouds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:2 sxmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a tall pillar of fire 1 This was a column of fire that hung or floated in the air in front of the Israelites. This was not an actual pillar such as something that supports a building. It resembled a pillar in appearance, but it was made out of fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:2 wuie guided them 1 God showed them the way by making the pillar move along in front of them so they could follow it.
12:3 mc38 After a short time 1 Probably at least two days had gone by. For that to be clear, it may be translated as: “After a few days” or “A few days after the Israelites left Egypt.”
12:3 qfys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom changed their minds 1 This phrase means ‘began to think differently than they had before.’ The Egyptians did not replace their minds, but made a decision that was not the same as the one they first made. They decided the Israelites should leave, but later decided that was the wrong choice and that they should have kept the Israelites as slaves. Some languages may not have this same expression, and will express the meaning in a direct way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:3 sctb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the Egyptians chased after the Israelites), with the reason (the Egyptians wanted the Israelites to be their slaves again). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:4 byca they were trapped between Pharaoh’s army and the Red Sea 1 Another way to say this would be: “there was nowhere they could go to escape since the Egyptians were behind them and the Red Sea was in front of them.”
12:4 mynw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did we leave Egypt? 1 The Israelites were not asking for reasons. Because they were afraid, in this moment they were wishing they had not left Egypt (even though it had been very difficult for them there). This could be a statement: “We should not have left Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:4 vdux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We are going to die! 1 This is a strong statement that expresses their certainty that the Egyptians would kill them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:5 kun4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Stop being afraid! 1 This is both a command and also an exclamation. Moses was telling the people in very strong terms that they were wrong to be afraid, rather than trusting God to protect them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:5 jsn3 God will fight for you today and save you 1 Another way to say this would be: “Today God will defeat the Egyptians for you and keep them from harming you.”
12:5 luus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns fight for you today and save you 1 Both occurrences of the pronoun **you** refers to all the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
12:5 ji7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God told Moses, “Tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God told Moses to tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
12:5 zlak to move 1 Some languages will be more specific and say: “to walk.”
12:6 pjsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the pillar of cloud moved 1 The connecting word **Then** connects God’s instructions that the Israelites are to move forward with the pillar of cloud moving behind them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
12:6 vhdk the pillar of cloud 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:02](12/02).
12:7 lmn7 raise his hand over the sea 1 This could be translated as: “held out his hand over the sea.” This was a gesture to show that God was doing this miracle through Moses.
12:7 n6dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Then God caused 1 The connecting word **Then** connects Moses’ action of obedience in raising his hand over the sea with the result (God caused the wind to blow). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:7 ird5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that 1 The connecting words **so that** connect the wind blowing with the effect (the path through the sea for the Israelites). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:8 yw11 marched 1 This can be translated as: “walked” or “went.”
12:8 xym7 with a wall of water on either side of them 1 This could be translated as: “and the water on both sides of them stood up tall and straight like a wall.”
12:10 gyv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they followed the Israelites 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the Egyptians followed the Israelites in to the sea), with the cause (God removed the cloud). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:10 zo9a the path through the sea 1 This was the dry strip of land across the bottom of the sea, with a wall of water on each side.
12:10 o20u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts the movement of the Israelites God caused by opening the path, with the lack of movement of the Egyptians God caused with their panic and chariots becoming stuck. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
12:10 rafk to panic 1 This could be translated as: “to get fearful and confused.”
12:10 pw6i to get stuck 1 The chariots could no longer move.
12:10 ah2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Run away! 1 This is both a command and also an exclamation. The Egyptians were so afraid when they realized that they were in great danger. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:10 mvvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations God is fighting for the Israelites! 1 This exclamation emphasizes the fear of the Egyptians when they realized that God had led them into a trap in the sea, and they were going to drown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
12:11 j5l4 to stretch out his hand again 1 This could be translated as: “lift his hand over the sea again” or, as a direct command, as in, “God told Moses, ‘Stretch out your hand again.’”
12:11 n1a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then God 1 The connecting word **Then** connects the action (the Israelites arriving safely on the other side of the Sea) with God’s instructions to Moses to close the path through the sea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
12:11 hnpc returned to its normal place 1 This could be translated as: “covered the place again where the path had been,” or “filled the whole sea again” or “went back to where it was before God separated it.”
12:11 px10 The whole Egyptian army 1 This could be translated as: “everyone in Egypt’s army.”
12:12 jab0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When the Israelites saw 1 The connecting word **When** connects the cause (God’s destruction of the Egyptian army), with the effect (the Israelites trusted God). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:12 asgu trusted in God 1 In other words, the people now trusted that God was powerful and could protect them.
12:13 zjt4 rejoiced very much 1 This could be translated as: “were very happy and they showed it enthusiastically” or “showed it with their whole hearts” or “with all their strength.”
12:13 bc1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because God had saved them 1 The connecting word **because** connects the result (the Israelites rejoiced), with the cause (God saved them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:13 ax91 free to worship 1 God freed, or rescued, the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt so that they could serve him.
12:13 rlci to praise God 1 In some languages this could be translated as: “to lift up God’s name” or “to say that God is great.”
12:14 w3oh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal in order to 1 The connecting words **in order to** indicate the goal or purpose of the festival (to remind the Israelites and their descendants of how God had delivered them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
12:14 wihq remember how God had defeated 1 This could be translated as: “regularly remind themselves of how God defeated.” The word **remember** here doesn’t just mean to not forget; it also means to formally commemorate something.
12:14 v3is the Passover 1 This could be translated as: “the Passover activities” or “the Passover celebration” or “the Passover meal.”
12:14 m616 healthy lamb 1 This here refers to a lamb with no disease or anything else wrong with it. Another way to say this might be “a completely healthy and well-formed lamb.”
12:14 ki4x with bread made without yeast 1 Another way to say this is: “unleavened bread.” See how you translated this in [11:03](11/03).
12:14 odlr A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
13:0 ert4 title God’s Covenant with Israel 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made a covenant with Israel” or “How did God make a covenant with Israel?”
13:1 iybc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
13:1 a8to rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background This was the same mountain where Moses had seen the burning bush 1 This is background information about the mountain to which the Israelites traveled. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
13:1 zfrq burning bush 1 Before Moses returned to Egypt, God had spoken to him from a shrub that was on fire, but that was not burned up by the fire (See: [09:12](09/12)).
13:1 jb92 set up their tents 1 The Israelites had to travel a great distance from Egypt to the Promised Land. So they took tents with them so that they could set them up as shelters and sleep in them along the way. Some languages could translate this as: “hung their tents.”
13:1 jmap the base of the mountain 1 This could be translated as: “bottom of the mountain.” This refers to the area of land that is located next to the place where the ground starts to slant upward to form a mountain.
13:2 yrv5 You must always obey me and keep the covenant I am making with you. 1 This is a direct command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:2 hvue keep the covenant I am making with you 1 This could be translated as: “do what my covenant requires you to do.” Obeying and keeping the covenant are not two different things. One way to make this clear would be to say: “obey me by keeping the covenant I am making with you.” God will soon tell them what his covenant requires.
13:2 b66u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you do this 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a conditional statement. The blessings are dependent on the Israelites obeying the commandments God had given. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
13:2 jsrq my prized possession 1 This could be translated as: “You will be my possession that I value most” or “You will be the people that I treasure more than any other group of people” or “You will be my own precious people.”
13:2 xuqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a kingdom of priests 1 God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:2 ww03 a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation 1 This could be translated as: “I will be your king and you will be like priests.” The Israelites were supposed to teach the other nations about God and be a mediator between God and the nations just as there were priests in the nation of Israel to go between God and the Israelites.
13:3 obnj For three days 1 In other words, three days after they arrived at Mount Sinai and God first spoke to them.
13:3 i4ug made themselves ready for God to come near to them 1 This refers to ceremonial cleansing in preparation to meet with God. This could be translated as: “got ready to meet with God” or “prepared themselves to meet with God.”
13:3 xu03 sounds of loud trumpets 1 This could be translated as: “loud sounds came from horns” or “horns were blown and they made loud sounds” or “they heard the loud sounds of horns blowing.” These trumpets were not blown by men, but by God or by his angels.
13:3 rmpv Moses went by himself 1 This could be translated as: “God permitted Moses to go up, but he did not permit anyone else to go.”
13:4 if2z Then God made a covenant with the people. He said, 1 What God says next is the content of the covenant, that is, he tells the people the things that they must obey. This could be translated as: “Then God made this covenant with them:”
13:4 e4fh Yahweh, your God 1 In some languages it might be more natural to change the order and say “your God Yahweh.” Make sure it does not sound like the Israelites had more than one God. It should be clear that Yahweh is the only God. Another way to translate this would be: “Yahweh, who is your God” or “your God, whose name is Yahweh.”
13:4 c0db who saved you from being slaves 1 This could be translated as: “I freed you from slavery.”
13:4 dz33 Do not worship any other god. 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:5 mci2 Connecting Statement 1 God continues speaking to Moses.
13:5 ry1g Do not make idols 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:5 zvma do not worship them 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:5 np01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because 1 The connecting word **because** indicates the reason the Israelites were not to make idols or worship them (unlike other deities who did not care if people worshiped many other gods too, Yahweh was jealous of their worship). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
13:5 uf02 Do not use my name in a disrespectful way 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites. This could be translated as: “Do not talk about me in a way that does not show respect and honor” or “Talk about me in a way that gives me proper respect and honor.”
13:5 iuqs Be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:5 ceo6 do all your work in six days 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:5 v9b3 the seventh day 1 To translate this, it is best to use the number (**seventh**) rather than give the name of a specific day of the week.
13:5 seuv to remember me 1 This could be translated as: “to keep me in mind” or “to honor me.”
13:6 pp86 Connecting Statement 1 God continues speaking to Moses.
13:6 pv0z Honor your father and your mother 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:6 c4m7 Do not murder 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
13:6 qmay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism Do not commit adultery 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites. This could be translated as: “Do not have sexual relations with someone else’s spouse” or “Do not have marital relations with another man’s wife or another woman’s husband.” Be sure to translate this in a way that doesn’t offend or embarrass people. Languages often have an indirect, polite way of saying this, such as: “Do not sleep with.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
13:6 eiz2 Do not lie 1 This means: ‘Do not say false things about other people.’
13:7 fpdl had given them 1 This could be translated as: “had told them to obey.”
13:7 ejjt to belong to God alone 1 From among all the nations, God had chosen the Israelites for his special purpose. This could be translated as: “to be his special nation” or “to be his own people” or “to be the nation he chose to be his people.”
13:8 wubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background make a large tent 1 This is background information about the tent the Israelites were to make as a place to worship God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
13:8 vkes the room behind the curtain 1 This room was hidden by the curtain. Some languages would call this room ‘the room in front of the curtain.’
13:8 coi6 where God was 1 If this phrase would lead people to think that God was limited to living in the tent, it could be translated as: “where God revealed Himself to humans.”
13:9 bptn God’s law 1 This refers to all the commandments and instructions that God had told the Israelites to obey.
13:9 v4ah would cover that person’s sin 1 When people brought animals to sacrifice, God chose to see the blood of the animals as a covering over their sin. This is like hiding something that is ugly or dirty by covering it.
13:9 vgns clean in God’s sight 1 This could be translated as: “as if he did not have the sin according to God” or “free of the punishment for breaking God’s law.”
13:10 xsg2 these Ten Commandments 1 This refers to the commands God gave to Moses for the Israelites to obey. They are listed in frames [13:05](13/05) and [13:06](13/06).
13:10 a2xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown two stone tablets 1 A tablet was a flat piece of stone or other hard material used in ancient times for writing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:10 cou4 God also gave 1 This can be translated as: “God also told them.”
13:10 bf4z to follow 1 This can be translated as: “that they must obey” or “that they must keep.”
13:10 uy7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if they obeyed 1 The connecting word **if** indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. God’s blessing depends on the Israelites obeying the laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
13:10 mkjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But he said he would punish 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts how God would bless the Israelites if they obeyed him with how he would punish them if they did not obey him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
13:10 uwhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if they did not obey 1 The connecting word **if** indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. God would punish the Israelites if they did not obey the laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
13:11 tert the people became tired of waiting 1 This could be translated as: “the people became impatient because he did not return quickly” or “the people didn’t want to wait any longer for him to return.”
13:11 cgqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the people 1 This does not mean all the Israelite people, just the people who had grown tired of waiting for Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:11 bnm8 brought gold 1 These were objects and jewelry made of gold, which could be melted and formed into other things.
13:11 b9mq they sinned terribly against God 1 They sinned in a way that was especially offensive to God. This could be translated as: “they sinned badly,” or “they did something that was very bad” or “they did something bad that made God very angry.”
13:12 dquq made a golden idol 1 Aaron took the things made of gold that the people had brought to him, melted them, combined them, and formed them into the shape of a calf.
13:12 py5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The people began to wildly worship the idol and make sacrifices to it! 1 This is a strong statement that expresses how shocking it was that the people would worship this idol when they had seen what God had done for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
13:12 thxj to wildly worship 1 The people were sinning by worshiping the idol and also by doing sinful things as they worshiped it.
13:12 yd5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because 1 God had just told the Israelites that they were only to worship him because he was a jealous God, and if they did not obey they would be punished. For these reasons, God was very angry with the Israelites because of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
13:12 gfqn listened to his prayer 1 God always hears prayer. In this situation, **listened** means that God agreed to do what Moses asked.
13:13 lj11 smashed the tablets 1 He threw the stone tablets down on the ground and they broke up into little pieces.
13:14 jlsz burned the idol and ground it into powder 1 Moses utterly destroyed the idol by pounding it into fine particles.
13:14 r3hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a plague 1 This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
13:15 h67o Moses made 1 Moses carved the stone tablets with tools such as a hammer and chisel.
13:15 h917 listened to 1 See how you translated this phrase in [13:12](13/12).
13:15 zjne A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
14:0 qn7a title Wandering in the Wilderness 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites went about in the wilderness” or “What happened when the Israelites wandered in the wilderness?”
14:0 tnyi title Wilderness 1 This refers to a dry, remote place where very few people live.
14:1 p1zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background General Information 1 This frame is background information that summarizes the previous two stories in preparation for a shift in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:1 xl25 the pillar of cloud 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:02](12/02).
14:2 y1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background God had promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob that he would give the Promised Land to their descendants 1 This is background information that summarizes the stories of Genesis in preparation for a shift in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:2 a0zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Canaanites 1 This frame explains who the Canaanites were and God’s relationship with them in preparation for the introduction of a new major character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
14:3 hg62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism you must get rid of all the Canaanites there 1 This is a polite way to say that they were to kill or drive out all the Canaanites out of the Promised Land. This could be translated as: “must get all the Canaanites out of the land” or “must remove from the land all of the Canaanites who are living there.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
14:3 u6l3 Do not make peace with them 1 This could be translated as: “Do not live peacefully among or alongside them” or “Do not promise to live peacefully with them.”
14:3 ywyg do not marry them 1 God did not want any Israelite person to marry any Canaanite person.
14:3 q5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you do not obey me 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If the Israelites do not obey God by driving out the Canaanites, in time they will also disobey God by worshiping the idols of the Canaanites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
14:3 j0yn you will end up worshiping their idols 1 If the Israelites became friends with the Canaanites and did not destroy the idols, they would be tempted to worship those idols instead of God.
14:4 gkuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown border 1 a line separating two countries, a boundary (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:4 uojz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown tribe of Israel 1 This refers to the descendants of each of the sons of Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:4 ak5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go go and spy 1 The Israelites were to go from where they were camped to the land of Canaan and spy in the land of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
14:4 bss2 spy on the land 1 This could be translated as: “secretly get information about the land” or “secretly learn about the land.” Part of the spies’ task was to find out what kinds of food the land could produce.
14:4 ixeg to spy on the Canaanites 1 This could be translated as: “secretly get information about the people of Canaan” or “secretly learn about the Canaanites.”
14:4 fgv8 to see if they were strong or weak 1 They wanted to know if the Canaanites were prepared to fight against them. This could be translated as: “to find out how powerful the Canaanite armies were.”
14:5 ua3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they came back 1 They returned to where the rest of the Israelites were waiting, just outside the border of Canaan. This can be clearly stated: “they returned to the camp of the Israelites.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:5 xvj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They told the people, “The land is very fertile and the crops are plentiful!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “They told the people that the land was very fertile and the crops were plentiful!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:5 umby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The land is very fertile and the crops are plentiful! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the land was extremely good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
14:5 k32y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The cities are very strong and the people are giants! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the inhabitants of the land were extremely large and powerful soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
14:5 tv15 The cities are very strong 1 The cities had strong walls around them, so it would be very difficult for the Israelites to attack them.
14:5 rlup rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown the people are giants 1 This was not simply referring to unusually tall people, but a particular race of people that were far larger than even the tallest normal people. This could be translated as: “the people are like giants compared to us!” or “the people are much taller and stronger than we are!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:5 ru0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations If we attack them, they will certainly defeat us and kill us! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the Israelites were certain the Canaanites would defeat them in battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
14:6 ib6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us! 1 This is a strong statement that even though the people of Canaan were large, God was even bigger and would enable the Israelites to defeat them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
14:6 orc1 the people of Canaan 1 This could be translated as: “the people who live in Canaan” or “the Canaanites.”
14:6 yxhb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions but we can certainly 1 The connecting word **but** indicates that there was an exceptional reason why the Canaanites would be defeated rather than the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
14:6 q0sn we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us! 1 To show the connection between these two statements, it may be necessary to say: “we can certainly defeat them because God will fight for us!”
14:6 w45r God will fight for us! 1 This could be translated as: “God will fight alongside us and help us defeat them!” This makes it clear that the Israelites would also be fighting against the Canaanites.
14:7 wm82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But the people did not listen 1 The connecting word **But** indicates that in contrast to Joshua and Caleb’s reasoning, the people refused to listen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
14:7 qt7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did you bring us to this horrible place? 1 The people were not expecting an answer from Moses or from God. Alternate translation: “You should not have brought us to this horrible place.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
14:7 avmp this horrible place 1 They considered Canaan to be **horrible** because they thought it was so dangerous that they would all be killed.
14:8 jrj6 He came to 1 God did not appear as a person, but came in some other form that showed his glory and power.
14:8 cb9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so all of you 1 The connecting word **so** connects the action or reason with the consequence. The people rebelled against God, and for this reason or as a result, they would have to wander in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:8 ky89 to wander in the wilderness 1 God would lead the people around in the wilderness with no specific destination until all of the adults who rebelled against him died.
14:9 g79h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When the people heard God say this 1 The connecting word **When** connects the action or reason with the result. As a result of hearing God’s judgment, the people became sorry they had sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:9 g1i6 they had sinned 1 It may be necessary to add: “they had sinned by disobeying God’s command to conquer the peoples of Canaan.”
14:9 h6lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they decided 1 The connecting word **So** connects the action or reason with the result. As a result of being sorry they had sinned, the people of Israel attacked the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:9 axz0 Moses warned them not to go 1 This means that Moses told them not to go to fight against the Canaanites because they would be in danger if they did that.
14:9 bagl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because God would not go with them 1 The connecting word **because** connects the action (Moses warning them) with the reason (God not going with them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:9 hwo6 God would not go with them 1 In other words, God would not be with them to help them. Because of the Israelites’ disobedience, God withdrew from them his presence, protection, and power.
14:9 zzmc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions but they did not listen to him 1 They did not obey Moses. They went to attack the Canaanites anyway. The connecting word **but** indicates an exception relationship. The Israelites decided to attack the Canaanites even though Moses had warned them not to do that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
14:10 npq8 God did not go with them into this battle 1 In other words, God did not help them in this fight.
14:10 g445 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so the Canaanites defeated them and killed many of them 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God did not go with them into this battle), with two results (the Canaanites defeated them, and the Canaanites killed many of them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:10 a870 turned back from Canaan 1 They left Canaan and went back into the wilderness where they were before.
14:10 qy9q wander through the wilderness 1 They lived in the wilderness, and together they moved from place to place in that large, dry land, looking for food and water for themselves and their animals.
14:11 lbt2 God provided for them 1 This could be translated as: “God gave them everything they needed for food, water, and shelter.”
14:11 dlk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown bread from heaven, called manna 1 Overnight, this thin, bread-like food fell onto the grass like dew from the sky. They called it **manna**. Almost every day the people gathered this manna and cooked it as their food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:11 ovbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown He also sent flocks of quail (which are medium-sized birds) 1 Another way to say this would be: “He also caused a large number of quails to fly into their camp.” If quails are unknown, a different, similar type bird could be used. Or it could be translated as: “a large number of medium-sized birds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
14:11 b61h their camp 1 The place where the Israelites set up their tents to sleep in was called a **camp**. It was like a city with tents instead of buildings, and it could be moved around.
14:12 b0d5 To provide them with water to drink, God miraculously made it come out of a rock. 1 This could be translated as: “By doing something that only God can do, he made water pour out of a rock so the people and animals could drink.”
14:12 zquf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But despite all this 1 This could be translated as: “But even though God provided food, water, clothing, and everything that they needed.” The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s many gifts that have been listed with Israel’s complaining against God and his servant Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
14:12 d5eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even so 1 This could be translated as: “Even though the Israelites complained and grumbled against him.” The connecting words **Even so** contrast Israel’s complaining with God’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
14:12 b2e4 God was still faithful. He did what he promised that he would do for the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob 1 This could be translated as: “God continued to do what he had told Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob he would do. He provided their descendants with what they needed so that they could live and become a great nation and eventually own the land of Canaan.”
14:13 ydhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Another time when the people did not have any water 1 From the previous story, it transitions to another story about when the people did not have water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
14:13 qb4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Moses, “Speak to the rock, and water will come out of it.” 1 This is an imperative and a direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Moses to speak to the rock, and water will come out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
14:13 afhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions Instead 1 The connecting word **Instead** emphasizes the exceptional relationship. Moses disobeyed by hitting the rock even through God himself commanded him to speak to it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
14:13 jg91 he dishonored God 1 This could be translated as: “Moses disobeyed God” or “Moses disrespected God.” God had a specific way He wanted Moses to show the people God’s power to provide for them. When Moses disobeyed God by doing it in a different way, he showed a lack of respect for God.
14:13 a9rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because you did this 1 The connecting words **Because you did this** connect the reason (Moses’ disobedience) with the result (God not allowing him to enter the Promise Land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:14 vkxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After the Israelites had wandered in the wilderness for 40 years 1 This begins a new event. It transitions from the time of wandering, God’s judgment on Israel, to what lies ahead for their descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
14:14 etuc who had rebelled against God 1 This could be translated as: “who had refused to obey God when he told them to go into the Promised Land.”
14:14 mpsn the people 1 **The people** refers to the children of the generation that died.
14:14 tvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God chose 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Moses’ old age) with the result (God choosing someone else to lead Israel). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:14 ijha one day 1 This means: ‘some time in the future.’
14:14 pk61 another prophet like Moses 1 Like Moses, this man would be an Israelite, he would speak God’s words to the people, and he would lead the people.
14:15 jb6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions but God did not permit him to enter 1 The connecting word **but** introduces the fact that Moses was able to see the Promised Land even though God did not allow him to enter it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
14:15 tuac mourned for 30 days 1 For 30 days all the people of Israel cried and showed that they were very sad that Moses had died.
14:15 cgae rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because he trusted and obeyed God. 1 The connecting word **because** connects Joshua’s trust in and obedience to God with the result (he was a good leader). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
14:15 w0ir A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
15:0 rrve title The Promised Land 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God gave the Promised Land to the Israelites” or “How did God give the Promised Land to the Israelites?”
15:0 d2ww title Promised Land 1 This refers to the land of Canaan that God promised to give to Abraham and his descendants.
15:1 rsb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent At last it was time for the Israelites to enter Canaan 1 This begins a new event. The Israelites were about to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:1 l3q2 At last it was time for 1 ‘At last’ means ‘finally’ or ‘after a long wait.’ To make it clear what **time** refers to, you could say: “after they had wandered in the desert for 40 years, God finally permitted…”
15:1 dpsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background In that land was a city called Jericho. It had strong walls around it to protect it. Joshua sent two spies to that city. In that city lived a prostitute named Rahab. 1 This is background information about the city of Jericho which Israel would attack, and Rahab who would help them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
15:1 tkhg two spies to that city 1 This could be translated as: “two men to that city to find out information about it.” Also see the notes for “spy out the land” in [14:04](14/04).
15:1 o0x3 had strong walls around it to protect it 1 This could be translated as: “was completely surrounded by thick, strong walls made of stone to protect the city from enemies.”
15:1 ypm2 to escape 1 It is also possible to add: “escape from people in Jericho who wanted to harm them.”
15:1 sq6y her family 1 Rahab asked for protection for her father, mother, brothers, and sisters. Use your word for family that includes these people.
15:2 pwi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Joshua, “Have the priests go first.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Joshua to have the priests go first.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
15:2 h3k7 Have the priests go first 1 For some languages, it may be helpful to add: “Have the priests go before the rest of the people to cross the river.”
15:2 tydx the water upstream stopped flowing 1 In some languages, it may be helpful to add: “and the water in front of them flowed away downstream.”
15:2 lhmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown upstream 1 This word refers to the direction from which the Jordan River water flows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:2 iefh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom cross over 1 This means to pass from one side to another (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:3 ye4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After the people crossed the Jordan River 1 The connecting word **After** introduces sequential action. The Israelites obeyed God by passing from one side of the Jordan to the other. Once that was completed, God gave another task for them to do. In some languages, it is better to say: “The people crossed the Jordan River and then…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
15:3 h945 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact even though it was very strong 1 The connecting words **even though** represent a factual condition. The city of Jericho was indeed very strong, so attacking of the city would seem to be an unwise choice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
15:3 pffa once a day for six days 1 That is, they went around the city one time every day for a total of six days.
15:3 oxy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So the priests and the soldiers did this 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the priests and soldiers marching), with the reason (God’s command). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:4 d7d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the priests must blow their trumpets 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces sequential action. The priests were to blow their trumpets after the Israelites had finished marching around the city seven times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
15:4 n5k7 must blow their trumpets 1 This could be translated as: “must sound their trumpets” or “must play their trumpets.” These trumpets were made out of ram’s horns.
15:5 atto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Then the walls around Jericho fell down! 1 This is a strong statement. It emphasizes how surprising it was that the strong walls fell down when the Israelites blew the trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
15:5 jbyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Then the walls around Jericho fell down 1 The implication is that God caused the walls to fall. The walls were thick enough to drive chariots upon. People lived inside them. These were not flimsy walls. In order for them to fall, an act of God would have to happen. This could be stated in active form: “Then God caused the walls of Jericho to fall down!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15:5 khie rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the walls 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The Israelites followed all of God’s commands, and then this event happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
15:5 prkg who became part of the Israelites 1 This can be translated as: “who then joined the Israelite community” or “who then became members of the nation of Israel.”
15:6 fgcp a peace treaty 1 This is an agreement between two groups of people that they will not harm each other but will live in peace and help each other. This could be translated as: “peace agreement.”
15:6 rixn But one of the Canaanite people groups, called the Gibeonites 1 Some languages may introduce this as: “But one day a Canaanite people group by the name of the Gibeonites…”
15:6 hw80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But one of the Canaanite people groups 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s command that the Israelites not make any treaties with the people of Canaan with the reason Joshua made an agreement with Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
15:6 cd4o lied to Joshua and said 1 This could be translated as: “They lied to Joshua by saying” or “They falsely said to Joshua” or “They falsely told Joshua.”
15:6 bmdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead 1 The connecting word **Instead** contrasts what Joshua should have done (ask God what they should do), with what he did do (out of ignorance make the treaty God had forbidden). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
15:7 dz7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom found out 1 This verbal phrase means ‘discovered.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:7 trka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But they kept the peace treaty 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the Gibeonites’ deception of the Israelites with the Israelites keeping their promise to the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
15:7 hkqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then, some time later 1 This begins a new event. This event happened after the treaty was made but is indirectly a result of it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:7 a29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so they combined their armies 1 The connecting word **so** connects the result (the Amorites attacking Gibeon), with the reason (Gibeon’s treaty with Israel). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
15:7 l9u4 sent a message to Joshua asking for help 1 This could be translated as: “sent some of their people to tell Joshua that they needed the Israelites to help defend them against their enemies.”
15:8 s4vz to reach the Gibeonites 1 This could mean ‘to get to the Gibeonites’ or ‘to arrive at where the Gibeonites lived.’ The Gibeonites lived in Canaan, but Canaan is big enough that it took all night for the Israelite army to travel from their camp to where the Gibeonites were.
15:8 iddb they surprised the Amorite armies 1 The Amorites did not know that the Israelites were coming to attack them.
15:9 bu7c God fought for Israel 1 God fought on the side of Israel against Israel’s enemies.
15:9 wkxc caused the Amorites to be confused 1 This could be translated as: “made the Amorites panic” or “caused the Amorites to be unable to fight together well.”
15:9 ebuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown large hailstones 1 This could be translated as: “very large balls of ice to come down from the sky.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:11 jq6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After God defeated those armies 1 The connecting word **After** introduces sequential action. God defeated one large army made up of many smaller armies. Then another large army, also made up of many smaller armies, came against Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
15:11 sq00 attacked and destroyed them 1 This could be translated as: “fought against them and defeated them.”
15:12 yo6s God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land 1 This could be translated as: “God appointed each tribe its own plot of land” or “God decided which part of the Promised Land each tribe of Israel would live on.”
15:12 yi9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then God gave Israel peace 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The fighting of the battles and the dividing of the Promised Land were completed, and then God gave Israel peace along its borders. OR Fighting the battles and dividing the Promised Land were completed. Then God gave Israel peace along its borders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
15:12 cijq gave Israel peace along all its borders 1 This could be translated as: “God allowed the Israelites to experience peace with the other people groups that surrounded them” or “God allowed the Israelites to experience peace with the other countries around Israel.”
15:13 f0zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent When Joshua was an old man 1 This begins a new event. The story transitions from Joshua’s leadership of Israel to what is to happen to them next. It may be clearer to say: “Many years later, when Joshua was an old man.” Joshua was over 100 years old at this time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
15:13 dmqs to be faithful to God 1 In other words, they would be loyal to God. They would worship and serve only God; they would not worship or serve any other gods.
15:13 ykg4 obey his laws 1 This means that the people would obey the laws that God had already given them as part of the covenant.
15:13 equq A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
16:0 ggh6 title The Deliverers 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God rescued the Israelites from their enemies” or “Why did God need to rescue the Israelites from their enemies?”
16:0 yyuj title Deliverers 1 This refers to the judges, or warriors, who God send to help the Israelites defeat their enemies and deliver them from their troubles.
16:1 k8aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Joshua died 1 This begins a new event. In the previous story, Joshua reminded the Israelites of their promise to obey God. This story transitions to what the Israelites actually did after Joshua died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:1 r27w and they did not drive out 1 This tells how they disobeyed God, so in some languages it may be better to start this as a new sentence: “They did not…”
16:1 viss drive out the rest of the Canaanites from the Promised Land 1 This can be translated as: “fight with the rest of the Canaanites to force them to leave the Promised Land.”
16:1 h458 the true God 1 This could mean ‘the only real God.’ Yahweh is the only one that people should worship.
16:1 mog2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so everyone did what they thought 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Israel had no king), with the result (everyone did what they thought was right rather than what God said). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:1 i8xl what they thought was right for themselves 1 This means that they all did whatever they wanted to do, including many evil things.
16:2 c7s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Then after Israel’s enemies oppressed them 1 The connecting word **Then** connects the reason (Israel’s enemies would oppress them), with the result (Israel would repent and ask God to rescue them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:2 m5fy ask God to rescue them 1 That is, they asked God to help them and to set them free from their enemies.
16:3 upu1 by providing 1 This could be translated as: “by choosing” or “by appointing.”
16:3 yglp there would be peace 1 This could be translated as: “the people could live without fear” or “ their enemies stopped attacking them.”
16:3 kyxs the land 1 That refers to Canaan, the Promised Land that God had given to Abraham.
16:4 wx59 crops 1 This refers to edible plants that the Israelites were growing in their gardens or fields.
16:4 uxgm were so scared, they hid 1 This could be translated as: “were very afraid of the Midianites, so they hid.”
16:4 tc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Finally 1 This begins a new event. Signals a shift from the Midianites’ oppression and Israel’s suffering to Israel’s repentance and God’s deliverance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
16:4 xfwg they cried out 1 This might be translated as: “they called out” or “they prayed desperately.”
16:4 dxje to save them 1 This might be translated as: “to set them free” or “to rescue them from these enemies.”
16:5 tpnd One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
16:5 bkp7 threshing grain 1 The grain was wheat, which has a head of many small grains, or seeds, on the top of a thin stalk. **Threshing** is separating the seeds of the plant from the stalks by beating the heads of grain. The seeds are food, but the stalks are not.
16:5 f45s God is with you 1 This means: ‘God is present with you in a special way’ or ‘God has plans to use you in a special way.’
16:6 dlsa to tear down 1 This means: ‘to violently bring down’ or ‘to take down and destroy.’
16:6 qka1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Gideon was afraid of the people 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s command (tear down the altar), with the reason for Gideon’s delayed obedience (he was afraid). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
16:6 sf5w afraid of the people 1 Gideon was afraid that his fellow Israelites who worshiped the same idol would be angry with him.
16:6 d3fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he waited until nighttime 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Gideon was afraid of the people), with the result (he waited until nighttime to obey). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:6 g6ug waited until nighttime 1 Another way to say this would be: “waited until after dark.” Gideon smashed the altar at night, when everyone was asleep so that no one would see him do it.
16:7 fvu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Gideon’s father said, “Why are you trying to help your god? If he is a god, let him protect himself!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Gideon’s father asked why they were trying to help their god. If he is a god, he should be able to protect himself!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
16:7 jtcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why are you trying to help your god? 1 This is not a real question that asks for information. Another way of saying this would be: “You should not be trying to help your god” or “You should not need to help your god.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:7 gewf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations If he is a god, let him protect himself 1 This is a strong statement that if the idol were truly a god, he would be able to protect himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
16:7 kxuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because he said this 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (Gideon’s father’s defense), with the result (the people did not kill Gideon). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:8 va8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the Midianites came again 1 The connecting word **Then** indicates sequential action. God called Gideon, and then the Midianites returned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
16:8 bx5d came again to steal from the Israelites 1 This could be translated as: “came again to the Israelites’ land to steal things from them.”
16:8 x8zj they could not be counted 1 This could be translated as: “The number of the Midianites was too great to count” or “it would be very difficult to count all of the Midianites.”
16:8 fzx1 for two signs 1 This could be translated as: “to do two miracles” or “to make two impossible things happen.”
16:8 ihv3 to save Israel 1 This could be translated as: “to rescue Israel from the Midianites.”
16:9 vp3y sign 1 This could be translated as: “miracle” or “impossible thing.”
16:9 a4bm sheepskin 1 This is the skin of a sheep that has all of the wool on it. Wool is a very thick and curly hair that would hold a lot of water. Translate this so that it is clear that this skin is covered with thick, soft hair.
16:9 ftah let the morning dew fall 1 This can be translated as: “make the morning dew appear” or “make the morning dew come up.” **Dew** refers to the drops of water that that form on cool surfaces at night. Dew naturally covers everything equally.
16:9 e74l God did that 1 This could be translated as: “God did what Gideon asked him to do.”
16:9 b1kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because of these two signs 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (the two signs), with the result (Gideon believed God wanted to deliver Israel through him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:10 h1hw Then Gideon called for soldiers to come to him, and 32,000 men came. 1 Some languages might need to say why he called the soldiers: “When Gideon called the Israelites to come fight against the Midianites, 32,000 soldiers came to him” (See: [16:08](16/08)).
16:10 jvez rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 32,000 1 This could also be written in words: “thirty-two thousand men.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:10 di49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God told him 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the number of men who came to fight compared with God’s view of the number he wanted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
16:10 t3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 22,000 1 This could also be written in words: “twenty-two thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:10 qa90 too many men 1 This was more soldiers than God wanted for this fight. If that many solders fought and won, they would think that they won the battle with their own strength, and they would not know that God did it.
16:10 i7xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Gideon sent home 22,000 men 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (God told Gideon there were too many men), with the result (Gideon sent home 22,000 men). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:10 do6b except for 300 soldiers 1 This sentence could be translated as: “So Gideon allowed only 300 men to stay, and the rest of the men went home.”
16:10 r96l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 300 1 This could also be written in words: “three hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:11 r6d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Gideon, “Go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. When you hear what they say, you will no longer be afraid to attack them.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Gideon to go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. When he would hear what they would say, he would no longer be afraid to attack them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
16:11 vp2n Go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. 1 God gives Gideon a command that includes instruction on what he is to do.
16:11 uuvt Go down 1 The Midianite soldiers were camping out in a valley and were at a lower elevation than the Israelite soldiers.
16:11 j8gr you will no longer be afraid 1 This could mean ‘you will stop being afraid.’
16:11 txuw something he had dreamed 1 This could mean ‘something he had seen in a dream’ or ‘a dream he had had.’
16:11 gkx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations This dream means that Gideon’s army will defeat us, the Midianite army! 1 This is a strong statement by the enemy soldier that Gideon would defeat them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
16:11 trtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When Gideon heard this 1 The connecting word **When** connects the action or reason with the result. Gideon worshiped God as a result of hearing the interpretation of the soldier’s dream. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:12 nvmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then Gideon returned to his soldiers 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause that connects Gideon hearing the dream and worshiping God with him rallying the 300 Israelites to fight the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
16:12 f5go horn 1 This could be translated as: “trumpet” or “ram’s horn trumpet.” These horns came from rams, or male sheep, and were often used to call men for battle.
16:12 fy8n a burning torch 1 This was probably a piece of wood wrapped with cloth and soaked in oil so that it could burn well. (This was not the modern torch that runs on batteries.)
16:12 qxyc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so the Midianites could not see 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (the torches were in the pots), with the result (the Midianites could not see the light of the torches). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:13 yt64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then, all of Gideon’s soldiers broke their pots 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. Gideon’s men surrounding the Midianite camp, and then they broke their pots at the same moment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
16:13 cp1b shouted 1 This could be translated as: “yelled loudly” or “said with a very loud voice.”
16:13 w5fd A sword 1 A sword is a weapon that has a long sharp blade and a handle at one end. People hold the handle and hit or stab the enemy with the sharp blade. If your people don’t have a weapon just like this, you could translate it as: “A long knife” or “A machete” or “A bush knife.”
16:13 qluc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sword 1 Here **sword** is a metonym that refers to their fighting. Alternate translation: “We fight for Yahweh and for Gideon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:13 cbiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations A sword for Yahweh and for Gideon! 1 This is a strong statement that Gideon was depending on Yahweh, and not the sword, for his victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
16:14 i7z9 God confused the Midianites 1 God caused the Midianites to be confused. They wanted to attack the Israelites, but instead, they attacked each other.
16:14 ems9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that they started attacking and killing each other 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God confused the Midianites), with the result (they started attacking and killing each other). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:14 qxj4 many other Israelites 1 This could be translated as: “many other Israelite men.” This refers to the soldiers previously sent home in [16:10](16/10).
16:14 z6z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120,000 1 This could also be written in words: “one hundred and twenty thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
16:15 c9sb did not allow them to do this 1 Gideon knew that it was better for the Israelites to have God as their king.
16:15 nafs but he asked them 1 This phrase starts with **but** because what he did next was not wise.
16:16 d2vw Gideon used the gold to make a special garment 1 This could be translated as: “Gideon melted down the gold objects the people had given him and formed a special garment out of that gold.”
16:16 u2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But the people started worshiping it 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s deliverance of Israel from the Midianites with them worshiping the gold garment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
16:16 aze6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So God punished Israel again 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (Israel started worshiping the garment as an idol), with the result (God punished them again). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:18 oqhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Finally 1 The connecting word **Finally** indicates a shift from the time of deliverers sent by God to the time when Israel asked God for a king. This could be translated as: “After their enemies attacked them many times” or “After many years of being attacked by many different nations…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
16:18 hfec asked God for a king 1 This could be translated as: “demanded that God give them a king” or “kept asking God for a king.”
16:18 w0qh like all the other nations had 1 Other nations had a king. Israel wanted to be like them and have a king too.
16:18 bhyq God did not like this request 1 This could be translated as: “God did not agree with what they had asked him for.” God knew that they were rejecting him as their ruler and were choosing to follow a human leader instead.
16:18 xttq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he gave them a king 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God not liking the request with him giving Israel a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
16:18 vzin A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
17:0 my4m title God’s Covenant with David 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when God made a covenant with David” or “What covenant did God make with David?”
17:1 kfa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Saul was the first king of Israel 1 This introduces Saul as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:1 jy9t the first king of Israel 1 This could be translated as: the “first king to rule over Israel.”
17:1 ar7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He was tall and handsome, just like the people wanted 1 This is background information about Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
17:1 ge7c one day 1 This could be translated as: “some time in the future” or “years later.”
17:1 po51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom be king in his place 1 This is an idiom that means ‘replace him as king.’ Other ways to say this are: “take his place as king over Israel” or “rule as king instead of him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:2 vuu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants God chose a young Israelite named David 1 This introduces David as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:2 nfs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. 1 This is background information about David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
17:2 p7gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession father’s sheep 1 This refers to ownership. The sheep belonged to the father of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
17:2 v9j3 watching 1 This could mean ‘caring for’ or ‘protecting’ or ‘taking care of.’
17:3 memd a giant named Goliath 1 The word **giant** here describes a person who is unusually tall and powerful. Goliath was a huge soldier in an army that was fighting against Israel.
17:3 p21v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations about three meters tall! 1 This is a strong statement that Goliath was extremely tall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
17:3 cwpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that 1 The connecting words **After that** indicate the sequence of events. The first enemy of Israel that David defeated was Goliath, but after defeating Goliath, David went on to defeat many other enemies of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
17:4 fy1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Finally 1 The people praised David very much so King Saul became jealous. Now the story transitions to Saul not only feeling jealous but acting on that jealousy. **Finally** connects the reason for Saul’s jealousy (the people loved David) with the result of Saul’s jealousy (Saul wanted to kill David). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
17:4 y6fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 The story transitions from explaining the general story (of Saul wanting to kill David) to a specific story (about Saul trying to kill David). This event happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:4 n6of rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result In this way 1 The connecting words **In this way** connect the reason (Saul saw that David had a piece of his clothing) with the result (Saul knew David would not kill him and try to become king). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17:4 ckny to become king 1 David would not dishonor God by killing the man that God placed as king over Israel.
17:5 vuzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Some time later 1 The story transitions from Saul being king to David becoming king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:5 ex76 made him successful 1 This could mean ‘helped him accomplish the good things he wanted to do.’
17:5 fs4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases and God helped him defeat 1 The connecting word **and** is acting as more than a simple conjunction. It indicates that God’s blessing on David included his military efforts. David won many battles not because he was a great soldier, though he was, but because God helped him defeat Israel’s enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
17:5 hl0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his capital city 1 This could mean ‘the capital city of his kingdom.’ David lived in Jerusalem and ruled from there. The entire city does not belong to David, but because David is the supreme government leader and because David captured Jerusalem and made it the capital, it is often described as his. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
17:5 rqas rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown capital city 1 It was the center of government for the country of Israel and it had the primary status above all the other cities in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
17:6 o77k to build a temple 1 David wanted to construct a permanent building for worshiping God that would replace the portable Tent of Meeting.
17:6 fltw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 400 1 This could also be written in words: “four hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
17:7 cubl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But there was a prophet named Nathan 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts David’s desire to build a temple for God with God sending a prophet to David with a message. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:7 hz7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so you will not build 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (David had fought in many wars), with the result (God did not want David to be the one to build a temple). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17:7 x9ox this Temple 1 This could mean ‘this building for worship’ or ‘this place of worship.’
17:7 snvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But still 1 The connecting words **But still** contrast God saying David could not build a temple with God’s promise to bless David. If God had not said this, David might have thought God was angry with him for some reason or he had done something wrong and that was why God would not allow him to do this act of worship. This contrast relationship shows that there was nothing wrong between David and God. God showed His love for David through His promise to David that the Messiah would be his descendant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:7 bqch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations One of your descendants will rule as king over my people forever! 1 This is a surprising statement because people do not live forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
17:7 laqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession God’s Chosen One 1 This could be represented by a verbal phrase: “the One God chose.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
17:7 w753 from their sin 1 This could mean ‘from the terrible consequences of their sin.’
17:8 tgo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When David heard Nathan’s message 1 The connecting word **When** connects the reason (Nathan’s message), with the result (David thanked and praised God). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17:8 pixs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Nathan’s message 1 This could also be translated “the message Nathan gave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
17:8 gq65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases Of course 1 The connecting words **Of course** indicate that David did not know when God would do these things, since God did not tell him when they would happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
17:8 vruw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,000 1 This could also be written in words: “one thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
17:9 rpxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast However, in his later years 1 The connecting word **However** contrasts David obeying God for many years with David sinning against God in his later years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:9 vdmz in his later years 1 This may be translated as: “when David was older” or “later on in David’s life.”
17:9 slnf sinned greatly 1 This could mean ‘sinned in a very evil way.’ David’s sin was especially evil.
17:10 lscq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day, David 1 We have many stories of David obeying God. Now a new story of when David sinned is being introduced. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:10 hc7r One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
17:10 b30l saw 1 Bathsheba may have been bathing at her own house, but David’s palace was very high and he was able to see over walls that were lower.
17:10 crk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants a beautiful woman & her name was Bathsheba 1 This introduces Bathsheba as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:10 phqs bathing 1 This may be translated as: “taking a bath” or “washing herself.”
17:10 qnia rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he found out 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts David not knowing the woman with his finding out who she was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:11 t947 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead of looking away 1 The connecting word **Instead** contrasts what David should have done (look away), with what David did (sent someone to bring her to him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:11 ru1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism He slept with her 1 In order to be polite, a euphemism is used to say David had sexual intercourse with Bathsheba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
17:12 huax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Bathsheba’s husband was a man named Uriah 1 This introduces Bathsheba s husband, Uriah, as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
17:12 kdsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He was one of David’s best soldiers. He was away fighting in a war at this time. 1 This is background information about who Uriah was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
17:12 gzq6 go be with his wife 1 This could mean ‘go home to be intimate with his wife.’ David wanted people, especially Uriah, to believe that Bathsheba was pregnant with Uriah’s child.
17:12 wmri rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So David sent Uriah 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Uriah refused to sleep with his wife), with the result (David sent him into great danger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17:12 zw46 where the enemy was strongest 1 This refers to the location in the battle where the most fighting was going on.
17:12 rqyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that he would be killed 1 The connecting words **so that** connect the reason (David wanted Uriah killed), with the result (David told the general to put Uriah where the enemy was strongest and abandon him there). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17:13 jk0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After Uriah died 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequential clause. Uriah died, and then David married Bathsheba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
17:13 yrem what David had done 1 This refers to David’s adultery with Bathsheba and his murder of her husband, Uriah.
17:13 mp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he sent 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God was very angry with David), with the result (God sent a prophet to tell David that he had done an evil thing). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
17:14 x924 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But David’s baby boy died 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts David’s repentance and God’s forgiveness with God’s punishment of David and Bathsheba’s baby dying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:14 cg0f some members of his own family rebelled against him 1 This fighting was very serious. Among other things, one of his sons murdered another son and tried to take David’s place as king while David was still reigning. If possible, use a word that conveys the intensity of this conflict within the family.
17:14 ibo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God was faithful 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts David’s sin and unfaithfulness with God’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
17:14 n5e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Later 1 This introduces the birth of a second son who did not die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:14 tcp9 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
18:0 w07p title The Divided Kingdom 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites divided against each other” or “What happened when the Israelites divided against each other?”
18:0 k6n9 title Divided Kingdom 1 This refer to when the twelve tribes of Israel divided into the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah after the death of Solomon.
18:1 l3v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background King David ruled for 40 years 1 This is background information about what happened while David was king, before he died and his son Solomon became king after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
18:1 bvzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then he died 1 This begins the transition from David’s reign as king to Solomon’s reign. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
18:1 hpx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he made Solomon the wisest man in the world 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God was pleased with Solomon asking him to make him wise), and the result (God made him the wisest man in the world). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
18:2 tevg was present in the Temple 1 This could mean ‘was present in the Temple in a special way.’ Even though God was also present everywhere else at the same time, he made himself especially available to the people at the Temple.
18:2 grts with his people 1 This could be translated as: “in the midst of his people” or “among his people.”
18:3 dgd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Solomon loved women from other countries 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts Solomon building the Temple, God’s dwelling place, with Solomon loving women from other religions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
18:3 aue2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,000 1 This could also be written in words: “one thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
18:3 ck13 brought their gods with them 1 They brought their idols and their methods of worshiping idols with them to Israel.
18:3 d2vo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When Solomon was old 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a background clause that indicates Solomon became old at the beginning of the time when he worshiped foreign gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
18:4 xgq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because of this 1 The connecting words **because of this** connect the reason (Solomon worshiped other gods), with the result (God was angry with him and said he would divide the kingdom). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
18:5 uy6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After Solomon died 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequential clause that indicates Solomon died and then Rehoboam became king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
18:5 pn4i to accept him as their king 1 This could mean ‘tell him that they were glad he was king and that they would do what he said.’
18:5 ucnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession their king 1 This refers to a social relationship. Their king is the man who rules the country where they live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
18:6 xrxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Rehoboam answered them in a very foolish way 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the people’s request for a wise and gracious response with Rehoboam’s unwise and harsh response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
18:6 mwns answered them in a very foolish way 1 Rehoboam’s answer was harsh, and caused the people to turn against him.
18:6 jpyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said, “You say that my father, Solomon, made you work hard. But I will make you work harder than he did, and I will make you suffer worse than he did.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told them that his father Solomon made them work hard, but that he would make them work harder than his father did, and would make them suffer worse than he did.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
18:6 u5l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you 1 Here **you** is plural, referring not just to the people present, but all the people in the nation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
18:7 ixa2 tribes 1 The descendants of each of Jacob’s 12 sons had become a **tribe** or very large family group in the nation of Israel. Everyone in Israel belonged to one of the 12 tribes.
18:7 ob95 rebelled against him 1 This could mean ‘refused to follow Rehoboam as their king.’ It might help to start this sentence with ‘So’ or ‘Because of that’ or ‘Because of what Rehoboam said.’
18:7 jphn remained with him 1 This could mean ‘stayed loyal to him’ or ‘continued to support him as king.’
18:7 w286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the kingdom of Judah 1 This is not possession, but it gives the name of the kingdom. It could be translated as: “the Judah kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
18:8 heze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the kingdom of Israel 1 This is not possession, but it gives the name of the kingdom. It could be translated as: “the Israel kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
18:9 qaf4 caused the people to sin 1 This could be translated as: “led the people to sin” or “motivated the people to sin.” Rehoboam led the people into sin by making idols for them to worship.
18:10 vblf Judah and Israel 1 The people of Judah and Israel were all descendants of Jacob and part of God’s people. Even so, they disobeyed God and fought and killed each other.
18:12 a2yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When they did this 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a background clause which indicates that at the same time the people of the kingdom of Israel started worshiping idols, they also started sleeping with prostitutes and sacrificing children to idols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
18:13 b8d1 ruled justly 1 This means they ruled according to God’s laws. This can be translated as: “when they ruled, they did what was right.”
18:13 g4z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But most of Judah’s kings were evil 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the few godly kings with the most kings of Judah who were evil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
18:13 xn3l A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
19:0 h2lx title The Prophets 1 This title can also be translated as: “About the work the prophets did for God” or “How did the prophets work for God?”
19:1 p8kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants God was always sending prophets to the Israelites 1 This introduces the prophets of God as new characters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
19:1 r2a0 Israelites 1 Here, this could be translated as: “the kingdoms of Israel and Judah.” All of the descendants of Jacob, including those in the kingdom of Judah, continued to be called **Israelites**.
19:1 hxqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background The prophets heard messages from God and then told them to the people. 1 This is background information about what the prophets did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
19:2 fs5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Elijah told King Ahab that God was going to punish the people 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (Ahab tried to make the people worship Baal), with the result (God was going to punish the people). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:2 imbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said to him, “There will be no rain or dew in the kingdom of Israel until I say it will rain again.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told him that there would be no rain or dew in the kingdom of Israel until he said it would rain again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
19:2 q5ng until I say it will rain again 1 This may be translated as: “until I command the rain and dew to come again.”
19:2 qd3b This made Ahab so angry 1 This could be translated as: “When Ahab heard what Elijah said, he became so angry.”
19:3 pl8j the wilderness 1 This was a remote location with very few people. This may also be translated as: “desert” or “the bush.”
19:3 zwv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous During this time 1 The connecting words **During this time** introduce a simultaneous clause. At the same time as Elijah was hiding in the wilderness, Ahab and his army were looking for him but could not find him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
19:4 ayvw another country close by 1 This refers to a country that was beside, or shared a border with, Israel.
19:4 h7uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because there was no harvest 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (there was no harvest), with the result (they had almost run out of food). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:4 se5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But still 1 The connecting words **But still** introduce a contrast relationship. You would expect the widow to refuse to help Elijah because she was almost out of food, but she did the unexpected and took care of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:4 s6nx took care of 1 This means they gave him a place to stay in their house and provided food for him. It does not mean he was sick.
19:4 v3h7 God provided for her and her son. Her jar of flour and her bottle of oil never became empty 1 This could be translated as: “God prevented their flour jar and their bottle of oil from becoming empty” or “God caused their flour jar and their bottle of oil to never become empty.”
19:4 vabd jar of flour 1 This refers to a clay jar in which the widow kept her supply of flour.
19:4 c7bn bottle of oil 1 In Israel, olive oil is used for cooking. This could be translated as: “bottle of cooking oil.” The widow used the flour and the oil for making bread.
19:5 w9fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations There you are, you troublemaker! 1 This is a strong statement that expresses that Ahab was very angry with Elijah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:5 vkl6 you troublemaker 1 This means: ‘You are a troublemaker!’ Ahab was accusing Elijah of causing trouble by telling the king that he was doing wrong and also by stopping the rain.
19:5 cjtb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations It is you who are the troublemaker! 1 This is a strong statement that Elijah uses to rebuke Ahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:5 xh9f You have abandoned Yahweh 1 That is, Ahab had led Israel to stop worshiping and obeying Yahweh.
19:5 uecw Now you must bring all the people of the kingdom of Israel to Mount Carmel. 1 This is a command that Elijah gave to Ahab by his authority as a prophet of God.
19:5 hu1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people of the kingdom of Israel 1 This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:5 aa74 Mount Carmel 1 Mount Carmel is the name of a mountain located in northern Israel. It is over 500 meters high.
19:6 zl2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people of Israel 1 Not every person in the land of Israel came to Mount Carmel. This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:6 rccm Mount Carmel 1 See how you translated this in [19:05](19/05).
19:6 lpef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Baal’s prophets 1 This refers to the prophets that served the god Baal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
19:6 bowd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 450 1 This could also be written in words: “four hundred and fifty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
19:6 n0bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How long will you keep changing your mind? 1 This is not a real question asking for information. Elijah was rebuking the Israelites for repeatedly changing their minds about whether they would serve Yahweh or Baal. Some languages will have to express this as a statement such as “Stop changing your minds about whom you will worship!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:6 x0jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations If Yahweh is God, worship him! But if Baal is God, worship him! 1 This is a strong statement that the people should decide once for all who they would worship. This does not mean that Elijah was undecided. He knew that Yahweh is the real God. He wanted the people to understand that when they worship false gods, they are rejecting Yahweh as the only true God. Translate this in a way that shows that the people had to make a choice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:7 qk1m Kill a bull, divide the meat into pieces, and put it on an altar for a sacrifice, but do not light the fire. 1 Elijah commanded exactly how the prophets of Baal should prepare their sacrifice in order to test and see if Baal was a real god.
19:7 ddm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if God sends fire on the altar 1 The connecting word **If** indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. If God sends fire, then it proves that he is real. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
19:7 jxxx the real God 1 This means the one and only true God.
19:7 l8vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So the prophets of Baal prepared a sacrifice but did not light the fire. 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the prophets of Baal made the sacrifice but didn’t light a fire), with the reason (Elijah told them to do it that way). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:8 byvw prayed to Baal 1 The prophets of Baal asked Baal to send fire onto the bull they prepared as a sacrifice.
19:8 x2f0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Hear us, Baal! 1 This is a both a command and a strong plea for Baal to answer their request and to send fire on the sacrifice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:8 atou shouted 1 They yelled or called out loudly to Baal.
19:8 m04k cut themselves with knives 1 They injured themselves with knives as an extreme way to show their devotion to Baal, hoping that this would persuade him to listen to them.
19:8 cvkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Baal did not answer, and he did not send any fire. 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Baal’s not answering or sending fire with the prophets praying, shouting, and cutting themselves. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:9 rlbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that 1 The connecting words **After that** introduce a sequential clause. Elijah prepared the sacrifice, and then had people pour 12 pots of water over it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:10 ca3u show us 1 This could mean ‘prove to us’ or ‘demonstrate to us.’
19:10 e72y I am your servant 1 This could be translated as: “You have given me authority to serve you and do these things.”
19:10 wusi Answer me 1 This could mean ‘respond to my prayer’ or ‘send the fire that I have asked you for.’
19:10 juto these people will know 1 This may be translated as: “these people will see and understand.”
19:11 pfpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Immediately 1 The connecting word **Immediately** emphasizes that the fire fell from the sky as soon as Elijah prayed. In contrast, the prayers of the prophets of Baal were still not answered after hours of praying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:11 ii47 fell from the sky 1 This may be translated as: “suddenly came down from the sky.”
19:11 al9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Yahweh is God! Yahweh is God! 1 This statement is repeated to emphasize that it is indeed true! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:11 omhk Yahweh is God 1 This expression means that they understood that Yahweh is the only God, not just one god among others.
19:12 kxg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Elijah said, “Do not let any of the prophets of Baal escape!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then Elijah told them not to let any of the prophets of Baal escape!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
19:12 v2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Do not let any of the prophets of Baal escape! 1 This is a both a command and also a strong statement to emphasize that the people must seize every one of the prophets of Baal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
19:12 lfde escape 1 The prophets of Baal tried to run away after their god was proven to be a false god.
19:12 z8kg captured 1 This could mean ‘seized and held onto’ or ‘took hold of.’
19:13 bula rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Elijah said to King Ahab, “Return immediately to your home, because the rain is coming.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then Elijah told King Ahab to return immediately to his home, because the rain was coming.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
19:13 pbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then Elijah said to King Ahab 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The prophets of Baal were killed, and then Elijah warned Ahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:13 xcfk Return immediately to your home 1 Elijah is giving a command to King Ahab on his authority as a prophet of God.
19:13 zuj5 the sky became black 1 This could mean ‘the sky became very dark.’ Heavy rainclouds covered the sky, making it look dark grey or black.
19:13 vo35 the drought 1 This could mean ‘the long dry time with no rain.’
19:14 vsfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants When Elijah finished his work, God chose a man named Elisha to be his prophet 1 This sentence introduces Elisha as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
19:14 y83z the commander of an enemy army 1 Naaman was a commander in the army of one of the countries that was Israel’s enemy.
19:14 lfgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he had a bad skin disease 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Naaman’s prestigious position of army commander, with his having this terrible disease. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:14 ipim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Naaman heard about Elisha 1 This means that people had told Naaman that Elisha was able to perform miracles. Here Elisha is used to represent the miracles that God gave Elisha the power to perform. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:14 fmyu he went to Elisha and asked him 1 This could mean ‘he went to see Elisha and asked him.’ Naaman had to go into Israel to find Elisha and ask him to do this.
19:15 pq80 He refused to do this because it seemed foolish 1 Naaman would not do what Elisha said because he knew that washing alone could not heal his disease.
19:15 f441 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because it seemed foolish 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason for his anger (it seemed foolish), with the result (Naaman refused to obey). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:15 h7pn he changed his mind 1 This could mean ‘he decided to do what Elisha had told him to do.’
19:15 zpzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When he came up from the water the last time 1 The connecting clause **When he came up from the water the last time** introduces a sequential clause. Naaman dipped himself seven times, and then God healed him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
19:16 mzwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If the people did not do this 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical condition. The result depended on Israel’s response to the warning of the prophets. God said that, if they did not stop doing evil, he would punish them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
19:17 xwz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Once, they put the prophet Jeremiah into a dry well 1 This begins a new event about Jeremiah being held captive in a well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
19:17 b9c7 a dry well 1 The well did not currently have any water in it, but it did still have mud in the bottom. This could be translated as: “an empty well.”
19:17 gzop rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But then the king had mercy on him 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the people putting Jeremiah in the well to die, and the king having mercy on him and ordering him brought out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:17 ua8i had mercy on him 1 This means he was kind to Jeremiah and helped him.
19:18 hzyk continued to speak for God 1 This could mean ‘continued to tell the people what God wanted to tell them.’
19:18 eccd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast even though the people hated them 1 The connecting words **even though** contrast the prophets speaking for God with the people hating them for their obedience. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:18 qu4o A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
20:0 vtep title The Exile and Return 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how the Israelites went away as prisoners and how they returned” or “How did God send the Israelites away as prisoners and bring them back again?”
20:0 rh9r title The Exile 1 The word **exile** means someone is removed from they country by force. The **Exile** is the term for this 70-year period when the Israelites were forced to live in Babylon.
20:0 olfh title Return 1 This refers to when the Jews returned to the land of Israel after being captives in Babylon for 70 years.
20:1 jxf1 broke the covenant 1 This could mean ‘disobeyed the commands God had given them in his covenant with them at Mount Sinai.’
20:1 j9q3 warn them to repent and worship him again 1 Another way to translate this would be: “tell them to stop sinning and to worship Yahweh instead of other gods, or terrible things would happen to them.”
20:1 mhr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but they refused to obey 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts the people refusing to obey God, with God send them prophets to warn them to repent and worship him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:2 nntv both kingdoms 1 This refers to both the kingdoms of Israel and Judah.
20:2 nl44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Assyria was another nation that became very powerful 1 This introduces the Assyrians, from the nation of Assyria, as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:2 wbj0 took away 1 This could mean ‘stole.’ They stole these valuable things and carried them back to Assyria.
20:3 x410 the people who could make valuable things 1 This refers to people who were good at woodworking, metalworking, and building.
20:3 puw3 remained 1 This could mean ‘stayed’ or ‘were left behind’ or ‘were allowed to stay behind.’
20:4 o215 foreigners 1 This refers to people who were not Israelites.
20:5 s2f8 for not believing and obeying him 1 Another way to translate this would be: “because they did not believe or obey him.”
20:5 p2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But they still worshiped idols, 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the people continuing to worship idols despite seeing Israel’s punishment when they refused to obey. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:5 eglw warn them 1 This could mean ‘tell them to stop sinning or terrible things would happen to them.’
20:5 t31j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but they refused to listen 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts the people refusing to listen, with God sending prophets to warn them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:5 onsb they refused to listen 1 This could mean ‘they refused to obey’ or ‘they refused to stop their evil behavior.’
20:6 kh3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 100 1 This could also be written in words: “one hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
20:6 avli rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians 1 This introduces the Babylonians and their king, Nebuchadnezzar, as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
20:6 bkng agreed to be 1 The king of Judah was forced to either serve the Babylonian king or be destroyed.
20:6 hy62 to be Nebuchadnezzar’s servant 1 This could be translated as: “to govern Judah under Nebuchadnezzar’s command.”
20:7 rkea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So, the Babylonians came back and attacked 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the Babylonians came back and attacked), with the reason (the king of Judah rebelled). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
20:7 lweo came back 1 This may also be translated as: “returned” or “came to Judah again.”
20:7 wtuh captured the city 1 This could mean ‘took control of the city and the people there.’
20:7 pnku took away 1 They carried the treasures with them back to Babylon.
20:8 sj1v To punish 1 Nebuchadnezzar punished the king of Judah by telling his soldiers to do these things.
20:8 ygxy in front of him 1 This may be translated as: “where he could see,” or “so that he could see it,” or “before his eyes.”
20:8 rv6w made him blind 1 This may also be translated as: “destroyed his eyes.”
20:8 o25b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that, they took the king away 1 The connecting words **After that** introduce a sequential clause. They killed the king’s sons and blinded him in Judah, and then took him to a prison in Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
20:9 t5wb leaving only the poorest people behind 1 This could mean ‘leaving only the poorest people in Judah’ or ‘letting only the poorest people stay in Judah.’
20:9 xmnh This period of time 1 To translate this, choose a phrase that can refer to a long time, since this exile period lasted 70 years.
20:9 tn7v the Exile 1 The word **exile** means someone is removed from they country by force. The **Exile** is the term for this 70-year period when the Israelites were forced to live in Babylon.
20:10 a17t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even though God punished his people for their sin 1 The connecting words **Even though** contrast God sending the people into exile with him not forgetting his promises to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:10 r9p0 exile 1 See how you translated this term in [20:09](20/09).
20:10 ezsy did not forget 1 This could be translated as: “did not ignore” or “did not neglect.” Or the whole phrase could be translated as: “continued to honor his commitment to his people and his promises.”
20:10 zyqj watch over 1 This could mean ‘take care of.’
20:10 f41y speak to them through his prophets 1 This could be translated as: “tell his prophets messages that he wanted them to tell his people.”
20:11 tb68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent About 70 years later 1 This begins a new event when Cyrus allowed the Jews to return to Israel from exile in Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
20:11 o5ij 70 years later 1 This refers to the 70 years that had passed since the Babylonian army took the people of Jerusalem into exile.
20:11 klot Cyrus 1 Cyrus was also called ‘Cyrus the Great.’ The name **Cyrus** meant ‘like the sun’ in the Persian language. However, since Cyrus was an important historical person, it might be best to transliterate his name rather than translating the meaning.
20:11 dixb the Persian Empire 1 The Persian Empire grew to cover the area from central Asia to Egypt. It was located in the region of what is Iran today.
20:11 g3t9 The Israelites were now called Jews 1 This could also be translated as: “People now called the Israelites by the name ‘Jews.’”
20:11 m63v the land of Judah 1 That is, the area where the kingdom of Judah was located before the Exile. Jerusalem was the capital city of Judah.
20:12 yqkm Cyrus 1 See how you translated his name in [20:11](20/11).
20:12 gdx1 Judah 1 See the note about Judah in [20:11](20/11).
20:12 pojs go back to Judah 1 Since most of these Jews were the children and grandchildren of those who left Judah, they had never lived in Judah before. In some languages, it might be better to say “to go to Judah.”
20:12 k3ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He even gave them money to rebuild the Temple! 1 This sentence emphasizes the surprising fact that King Cyrus of the Persians would give the Jews money to rebuild their Temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
20:12 owcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 70 years 1 This could also be written in words: “seventy years.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
20:12 yam4 exile 1 See how you translated this term in [20:09](20/09).
20:12 htn6 returned 1 This could mean ‘went back.’ Some languages may prefer to say, ‘went’ since most of these people had never been to Jerusalem.
20:13 n1bj the people 1 That is, the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob, who were now called the Jews.
20:13 s3jv the wall 1 This wall was very thick (2.5 meters) and was built to protect the city from attackers.
20:13 frnq once again 1 In some languages this might need to be translated as: “now” or “as their ancestors had done” or “just as before the Exile.”
20:13 ke28 worshiping at the Temple 1 They worshiped Yahweh, the One True God, at the Temple they rebuilt.
20:13 zmmt A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
21:0 s4tj title God Promises the Messiah 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God promised to send the Messiah” or “What happened when God promised to send the Messiah?”
21:1 q5dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even when God created the world 1 The connecting words **Even when** contrast God creating a perfect world without sin, with his preexisting plan to send a Messiah to save people from sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:1 t759 crush the snake’s head 1 Unless the head of a venomous snake is crushed, the snake can still hurt someone. Use a word for **crush** that communicates that its head is destroyed.
21:1 f9j1 Satan appeared as a snake in order to deceive Eve 1 Satan spoke to Eve in the form of a snake. This does not mean that he is a snake now. This could be translated as: “The snake who deceived Eve was an appearance of Satan.”
21:1 kh71 to deceive Eve 1 This could mean ‘to lie to Eve.’ The snake lied by making Eve doubt what God had said and tricking her into disobeying God.
21:2 pumh through him 1 This could mean ‘because of one of his descendants.’
21:3 ru7l prophet like Moses 1 To be like Moses, the future prophet would need to have great authority from God to lead and rescue his people.
21:4 xv87 his own descendants 1 Another way to say this would be: “a direct descendant of David himself.”
21:5 suxy would not be like 1 The New Covenant would be truly effective. People really would know God, they would truly live as his people, and He would forgive their sins completely, based on the Messiah’s sacrifice of himself one time for all who believe in him.
21:5 tmfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy this would be like writing his law on their hearts 1 Yahweh’s law will become a part of them, rather than merely being written on stone. Here **heart** represents ‘emotions’ or ‘mind.’ Alternate translation: “My law will be part of their thoughts and emotions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:5 ck0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor writing his law on their hearts 1 This is a metaphor meaning: ‘help his people to understand his laws and to earnestly desire to obey them.’ If possible, keep the image of writing on their hearts, since this is in contrast with the way God had written his law on stone tablets for the Israelites. If that is not possible, you could just translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21:5 hol5 be his people 1 This could be translated as: “be his special people” or “be his favored people.”
21:6 a13l the perfect prophet 1 The Messiah would be a prophet who would be perfect in obedience to God, giving every word God would speak to the people. He would present God perfectly to the people, helping them to know and understand God.
21:7 bxyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast However 1 The connecting word **However** contrasts the Israelite priests’ performance, with the Messiah’s performance as priest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:7 uctb the perfect high priest 1 Unlike the other high priests, the Messiah would never sin, and he would permanently take away all the sins of the people.
21:7 b6ra offer himself 1 This could mean ‘allow himself to be killed.’
21:7 jfl1 a perfect sacrifice 1 This could mean ‘a sacrifice that has no fault or imperfection.’
21:8 heud rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But the Messiah 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the kingdom and performance of other kings, with the Messiah’s kingdom and performance as king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:8 wncq the whole world 1 This could also be translated as: “everyone everywhere.”
21:9 bwh7 Malachi 1 Malachi was the last prophet in the Old Testament.
21:9 tb2p the Messiah would be born of a virgin 1 Another way to say this would be: “a virgin would give birth to the Messiah.”
21:9 oewm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown virgin 1 Some ancient versions and some contemporary versions translate: “the virgin will conceive,” while others translate: “the young woman will conceive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:9 wrj6 Micah 1 Micah was an Old Testament prophet of God who, like Isaiah, spoke his messages from God almost 800 years before the Messiah came.
21:10 c6lg set prisoners free 1 This could mean ‘set free those who have unjustly been put into prison.’ This could also refer to setting people free from the bondage of sin.
21:10 yzcz could not hear, see, speak, or walk 1 It may be better to say: “could not hear, could not see, could not speak, or could not walk.” Some languages have special words for these conditions, such as ‘deaf’ and ‘blind.’
21:11 edju Zechariah 1 Zechariah was an Old Testament prophet who spoke to God’s people after they returned to the Promised Land from the Exile in Babylon. This was about 500 years before the Messiah came.
21:11 y6t9 30 silver coins 1 At the time, each of these coins was worth the amount of money a person could earn in four days.
21:11 f1co rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown gamble for his clothes 1 This could mean ‘play a game of chance to determine who would win his clothes.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:12 vzgj pierce 1 People would stab the Messiah with a sharp weapon.
21:12 ls7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast even though he had not done anything wrong 1 The connecting words **even though** contrast the way the Messiah was killed, with his innocence. It is not expected that an innocent, sinless man would be killed so brutally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:13 yg61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But he would die 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the perfection of the Messiah, with his death as punishment for other people’s sins. It is not expected that a perfect man would die for other people’s sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:14 qq6w raise the Messiah from the dead 1 This could mean ‘cause the Messiah to be alive again.’
21:14 gsfi to make the New Covenant 1 This could mean ‘to put the New Covenant into effect.’
21:15 n5mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but the Messiah did not come during the time of any of those prophets 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the many prophecies about the Messiah given to the prophets with the Messiah not coming during their life time. It is not expected that so much detail would be given when it would be another 400 years until the Messiah came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:15 ackx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background More than 400 years after the last of these prophecies was given, at exactly the right time 1 This is background information about what happened before the Messiah came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
21:15 g1z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 400 years 1 This could also be written in words: “four hundred years.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:15 cxtn into the world 1 This could be translated as: “to the people of the world.” The Messiah would be sent not only to the Jews, but to all people.
22:0 oodf title The Birth of John 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how John the Baptist was born” or “What happened when John the Baptist was born?”
22:1 hq71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background In the past, God had spoken to his prophets so they could speak to his people. Then came 400 years of silence in which he did not speak to men. 1 This is background information about the prophets of God, and the 400 years that God did not send them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
22:1 d3xk his people 1 This could be translated as: “his people, the Israelites” or “his people, the Jews.” But only include the added information if it is not clearly understood who these people were.
22:1 kkqn Then came 400 years of silence 1 Other ways to say this are: “Then 400 years of silence passed” or “Then there were 400 years of silence.” The last Old Testament prophet, Malachi, has prophesied 400 years before.
22:1 z1os in which he did not speak to men 1 This could mean ‘during which God did not give any messages to the prophets for his people.’
22:1 idof rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then God sent an angel 1 This introduces the birth of John the Baptist as a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
22:1 zlt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Then God sent an angel to a priest named Zechariah 1 This introduces the angel and Zechariah as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:1 h6hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Zechariah and his wife, Elizabeth, honored God. They were very old, and she had never born any children. 1 This is background information about the kind of people who Zechariah and Elizabeth were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
22:2 wdum The angel 1 This refers to the angel that came to Zechariah in [22:01](22/01).
22:2 ce95 You will name him John. 1 This is a command. The angel is telling Zechariah exactly what he must name John.
22:2 cxuz fill him with the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘give him wisdom and power through the Holy Spirit.’
22:2 iblz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations My wife and I are too old to have children! 1 This sentence emphasizes that Zechariah and Elizabeth were far too old to have children by natural means. That would require God to work a miracle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
22:2 t4pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit How can I know you are telling me the truth? 1 Here, **know** means to learn by experience, suggesting Zechariah was asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What can you do to prove to me that this will happen?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:3 eooy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The angel responded to Zechariah, “I was sent by God to bring you this good news. Because you did not believe me, you will not be able to speak until the child is born.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel answered and told Zechariah that he was sent by God to bring him this good news. But because Zechariah did not believe him, Zechariah will not be able to speak until the child was born.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
22:3 b7yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Immediately, Zechariah was unable to speak 1 The connecting word **Immediately** introduces a sequential clause. First the angel said Zechariah would not be able to speak, and the next thing that happened was Zechariah could not speak. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:3 xe5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because you did not believe me, you will not be able to speak until the child is born. 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (Zechariah did not believe the good news), with the result (Zechariah could not speak until the baby was born). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
22:4 ort1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When Elizabeth was six months pregnant 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a background clause. The main event is Mary’s pregnancy and visit to Elizabeth. The background event that was already happening is Elizabeth was six months pregnant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
22:4 sbu0 Elizabeth 1 She was Zechariah’s wife. An angel told Zechariah that Elizabeth would give birth to a son.
22:4 kn2r six months pregnant 1 Either she had already been pregnant for six months or she was in the sixth month of her pregnancy.
22:4 rww0 pregnant 1 Different languages have different idioms to talk about pregnancy, such as ‘she was with child’ or ‘she had one in her body’ or ‘she had belly.’ Some languages have special ways of speaking about it politely, such as ‘she was expecting.’ Use an expression that will not be embarrassing to readers.
22:4 wxmv Elizabeth’s relative 1 Many translations say, ‘cousin’ here but we don’t know exactly how these two women were related. A general term like, ‘kin’ or ‘cousin’ could be used.
22:4 eg1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background She was a virgin and was engaged to be married to a man named Joseph 1 This is background information about Mary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
22:4 e5y9 was engaged 1 This could mean ‘was promised.’
22:4 hy5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of the Most High God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. Mary will bear **a son** who will be called **the Son of the Most High**. Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
22:5 l109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Mary replied, “How can this be, since I am a virgin?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Mary asked him how this could be, since she was a virgin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
22:5 mim9 How can this be 1 This could mean ‘How can I become pregnant’ Mary was not doubting the truth of the angel’s words, but asking how it would happen.
22:5 j2gw Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will come to you 1 These are two ways of saying the same thing: ‘By the power of God, the Holy Spirit will miraculously cause you to become pregnant.’ Make sure the translation of this sentence does not sound like there was any physical contact involved. This was a miracle.
22:5 tjbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Holy Spirit 1 This introduces the Holy Spirit as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
22:5 bs4y the baby will be holy 1 The word **holy** here means the baby will belong to God.
22:5 djrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
22:6 qvbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Soon after this happened 1 The connecting word **Soon** introduces a sequential clause. The angel came to Mary and soon after Mary left to visit Elizabeth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:6 tegl Elizabeth 1 See the note about Elizabeth on [22:04](22/04).
22:6 wjdn baby jumped inside her 1 The baby moved suddenly inside Elizabeth’s womb in response to Mary’s greeting to Elizabeth.
22:6 yzcw what God had done for them 1 This refers to the fact that both women were pregnant through God’s supernatural intervention. Mary had conceived without a man, and Elizabeth had conceived with Zechariah after she was past the age of childbearing.
22:7 lx1z Elizabeth 1 See the note about Elizabeth on [22:04](22/04).
22:7 tra4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then God made Zechariah able to speak again 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. After Zechariah and Elizabeth named their baby John, Zechariah was able to speak again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
22:7 ntky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Praise God, because he has remembered to help his people! 1 This sentence emphasizes that God is worthy of praise because of how he helped his people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
22:7 w4g5 Praise God 1 This could mean ‘We should all praise God.’
22:7 zejp the prophet 1 This could mean ‘the very important prophet.’ John would be the prophet that the Old Testament prophets had predicted would come before the Messiah.
22:7 tf6j the Most High God 1 Other ways to say this are: “the God who is greater than everything” or “the God who rules over everything.”
22:7 kl0g A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
23:0 o27j title The Birth of Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus was born” or “What happened when Jesus was born?”
23:1 e14z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Mary was engaged to a righteous man named Joseph 1 Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary had promised her in marriage to a righteous man named Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:1 or6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown engaged 1 This could mean ‘promised to be married.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
23:1 kdu5 he knew it was not his baby 1 This could mean ‘he knew that he was not the one who had caused her to be pregnant.’
23:1 x7dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast However, he did not want to shame Mary 1 The connecting word **However** contrasts Mary being pregnant with what Joseph believed to be another man’s child, with Joseph’s desire not to shame Mary. You would expect Joseph to be angry and want to shame her but, instead, he responds with mercy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
23:1 bk8d to shame Mary 1 This could mean ‘to cause Mary to be publicly disgraced’ or ‘to embarrass Mary publicly.’ Joseph was merciful to Mary even though it seemed like she was an adulteress.
23:1 bz3f to divorce her quietly 1 This could also be translated as: “to divorce her without telling others why,” or “to divorce her without telling others about her pregnancy.” Because Joseph was righteous, he wanted to resolve the situation in the best way possible, which in this culture would be to divorce her quietly.
23:1 r4v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit divorce her 1 Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. This is why a divorce was necessary rather than simply breaking an engagement. For some languages, it may be better to say: “break their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:1 e1q9 in a dream 1 This could mean ‘while he was asleep and dreaming.’
23:2 uzjl do not be afraid to take Mary as your wife 1 This can also be translated as: “Stop thinking that you shouldn’t marry Mary” or “Do not hesitate to have Mary as your wife.”
23:2 d6qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The baby that is in her is from the Holy Spirit 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23:2 s5ke is from the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘was conceived by a miracle of the Holy Spirit.’
23:2 kbpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit She will give birth to a son 1 Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:2 ve1e Name him Jesus 1 This is a command from God telling Joseph exactly what to name the baby.
23:2 y1e0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because he will save the people from their sins 1 The connecting word **because** connects the result (Joseph was to name the baby Jesus, which means God saves), with the reason (Jesus will save the people from their sins). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:3 flmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Joseph married Mary 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (Joseph took Mary as his wife) with the reason (the angel told him the baby was not another man’s child conceived in sin, but the Son of God conceived by the Holy Spirit). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:3 ezir rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he did not sleep with her 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Joseph taking Mary to be his wife, with him not sleeping with her. It would be expected that a man would sleep with the woman he took as his wife, but Joseph did the unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
23:3 s2ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism he did not sleep with her 1 He kept her a virgin until the birth of the baby. In order to be polite, a euphemism is used to say Joseph did not have sexual intercourse with Mary. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
23:4 zxts When the time was near for Mary to give birth 1 This could mean ‘When it was near the end of Mary’s pregnancy.’
23:4 ounp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background They had to go there because the Roman officials wanted to count all the people in the land of Israel. They wanted everyone to go to where their ancestors had lived. King David had been born in Bethlehem, and he was the ancestor of both Mary and Joseph. 1 This is background information about why Joseph and Mary had to travel to Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:4 e87w the Roman officials 1 Rome had conquered and ruled over Israel at this time.
23:4 wf0i to count all the people 1 This could mean ‘to write their names on a list.’ They probably did this so they could tax the people.
23:5 lzov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background but there was no place for them to stay 1 This is background information about why Jesus was born in a place where animals slept. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:5 jjt6 no place for them to stay 1 This could mean ‘no usual place for them to stay.’ Because Bethlehem was so crowded at that time, the usual rooms for guests were already full of people.
23:5 xjn1 where some animals were kept 1 This was a place for sheltering animals, not a place where people lived. Translate this with a term that would normally be used for a place where animals were kept.
23:5 qhwl a feeding trough 1 This could mean ‘an animal feed box’ or ‘a wooden or stone box for feeding animals.’ The box could have been filled with hay to provide a padded surface for the baby to lie on.
23:6 q2l7 guarding their flocks 1 A **flock** is a group of sheep. The shepherds were caring for their sheep, and protecting them from harm or theft.
23:6 fzt3 a shining angel 1 This could also be translated as: “an angel surrounded by a bright light.” The shining light would have seemed even brighter in contrast to the darkness of the night.
23:6 qup1 they were terrified 1 The shepherds were very afraid when a supernatural angel appeared.
23:6 vspr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The angel said, “Do not be afraid, because I have some good news for you. The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel told them not to be afraid, because he had some good news for them. The Messiah, the Master, had been born in Bethlehem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
23:6 p5md Do not be afraid 1 This often means ‘stop being afraid.’ The angel spoke this command to the shepherds in order to comfort them. The shepherds were very afraid when they saw the angel, so he was telling them they did not need to be afraid. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid”
23:6 nx18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem! 1 This sentence emphasizes the exciting message that the Messiah—for whom the Israelites had so long been waiting—had finally come! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
23:7 aumd General Information 1 The angel continued speaking.
23:7 w4rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Go search for the baby, and you will find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough. 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel told them to go and search for the baby, and they would find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
23:7 d47g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential and you will find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough 1 The connecting word **and** introduces a sequential clause. After they go and search for the baby, they will find him wrapped in cloth and lying in a trough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
23:7 xt21 wrapped in pieces of cloth 1 The custom of that time was to tightly wrap newborn babies in long strips of cloth. It may be necessary to say “wrapped in long strips of cloth, in the customary way.”
23:7 gcvy a feeding trough 1 This could mean ‘an animal feeding box.’ Also see how you translated this in [23:05](23/05).
23:7 jyml filled with angels 1 This means that there were so many angels that they seemed to fill the sky.
23:7 w5pc May all honor be to God 1 This can also be translated as: “Let us all honor God!” or “Our God deserves all honor!” or “We all give honor to God!”
23:7 tr99 peace on earth 1 Another way to say this would be: “may there be peace on earth.”
23:7 hwzk the people he favors 1 This might be translated as: “people that God looks upon with favor, delight, or good will.”
23:8 g7dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the angels left 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The angels gave their praise, and then they left. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
23:8 wbas everything they had heard and seen 1 This included the glorious angels and their amazing message, as well as seeing the newborn Messiah himself.
23:9 apss rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There were some men in a country far to the east. 1 This introduces as new characters in the story. These men came from the east to worship Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
23:9 yxba rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background They studied the stars and were very wise 1 This is background information about why these men knew Jesus had been born and came to see him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
23:9 e30m They studied the stars 1 These men may also have had access to the Old Testament prophets’ writings that predicted the birth of the Messiah.
23:9 ke13 an unusual star 1 The star that they noticed was not a normal star. It was something that appeared at the time of Jesus’ birth.
23:9 www1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they decided to travel from their country to see the child 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (a new king of the Jews had been born), with the result (the men decided to travel to see the child). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
23:9 fjna the child 1 As much as a year or two passed before the men arrived in Bethlehem. Jesus was no longer a baby.
23:9 rlyb the house 1 They were no longer staying in the place for animals where he was born.
23:10 w77n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous When these men saw Jesus with his mother 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a simultaneous clause. When they saw Jesus, the wisemen bowed down and worshiped. It was their simultaneous response to seeing him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
23:10 nyf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bowed down 1 This could mean ‘bowed low to the ground.’ At that time, this was the customary way of showing great respect or reverence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
23:10 qj82 expensive 1 This could mean ‘very valuable.’
23:10 ssj6 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
24:0 foav title John Baptizes Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when John the Baptist baptized Jesus” or “What happened when John the Baptist baptized Jesus?”
24:1 iof9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent John, the son of Zechariah and Elizabeth, grew up and became a prophet. 1 This introduces a new event—John preaching as an adult. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:1 df7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He lived in the wilderness, ate wild honey and locusts, and wore clothes made from camel hair 1 This is background information about how John lived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
24:1 mo72 the wilderness 1 This could mean ‘the desert’ or ‘a remote, desert-like place.’ There were few people living out in this area.
24:1 e4bo wild honey 1 This honey was the natural product of bees in the wilderness; it was not cultivated by people. If that is what people would understand by the word **honey**, you may not need to call it **wild**.
24:1 r8yl locusts 1 These were large, hopping insects with wings, like very large grasshoppers. Some people who live in the desert eat them.
24:1 oa4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction wore clothes made from camel hair 1 This clothing symbolizes that John was a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:1 mijm clothes made from camel hair 1 This could mean ‘coarse clothes made of camel hair.’ These clothes would not quickly wear out in the wilderness as other clothes would.
24:1 aak2 camel hair 1 A camel is an animal that has very rough hair. People could make clothing out of it. This could be translated as: “rough animal hair.”
24:2 i34y the wilderness 1 See how you translated this word in [24:01](24/01).
24:2 epol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He preached to them, telling them to repent, for the kingdom of God was near!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:2 nnf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Repent, for the kingdom of God is near! 1 This sentence emphasizes the urgent reason for them to repent—the kingdom of God was near! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
24:2 wddy Repent 1 This is a command. It might be better to say: “Repent from your sins.”
24:2 ska3 the kingdom of God is near 1 This could mean ‘the kingdom of God is ready to appear’ or ‘the kingdom of God will arrive soon.’ This refers to God’s ruling over people. This can also be translated as: “God’s reign is about to begin” or “God will soon rule over us as king.”
24:3 ca6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When people heard John’s message, many of them repented from their sins, and John baptized them 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a sequential clause. First, they heard John’s message, then they would repent and John would baptize them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
24:3 srri repented from their sins 1 This could also be translated as: “repented concerning their sins” or “changed their minds about their sins” or “turned away from their sins.”
24:3 jd2a did not repent 1 This could mean ‘did not turn away from their sins.’
24:3 ecj5 confess their sins 1 To confess is to acknowledge that something is true. These leaders did not want to acknowledge that they had sinned. This may be translated as: “confess that they had sinned.”
24:4 cgiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You poisonous snakes 1 John speaks of the religious leaders as if they were poisonous snakes. Poisonous snakes are dangerous and represent evil. Alternate translation: “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:4 oo4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor God will cut down every tree that does not bear good fruit, and he will throw them into the fire 1 John speaks of the religious leaders as if they were trees that bear bad fruit. This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” or “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:4 f950 God will cut down every tree that does not bear good fruit, and he will throw them into the fire 1 This means: ‘He will judge them person who does not do good deeds and punish them.’
24:4 p5u7 every tree that does not bear good fruit 1 John is not really talking about trees. This is an expression that compares good fruit to good actions and attitudes that come from God.
24:4 p86n John fulfilled what the prophets had said, “See, I will soon send my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way.” 1 In some languages it would be more natural to use an indirect quote for this sentence, such as: John fulfilled what the prophets had said. They told of God’s promise to send his messenger ahead of Jesus to prepare his way.
24:4 wins John fulfilled 1 This could mean ‘John was doing’ what the prophet said God’s messenger would do.
24:4 b4zu See 1 This could be translated as: “Look and see” or “Pay attention!”
24:4 zl0g my messenger 1 This could mean ‘I, Yahweh, will send my messenger.’
24:4 o1lg ahead of you 1 In this phrase, the word **you** refers to the Messiah.
24:4 k0xu prepare your way 1 God’s messenger will prepare the people to listen to the Messiah.
24:5 dbiu He is so great 1 This could be translated as: “He is so important.”
24:5 giaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I am not even worthy to untie his sandals 1 Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John was saying that the one who would come is so great that John was not even worthy to be his slave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:6 a076 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Look! 1 This sentence emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
24:6 fmul There is 1 For some languages, this would be translated as: “Here is” or “That man is.”
24:6 pjk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the Lamb of God 1 John speaks of Jesus as if Jesus is a lamb from God. This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:6 ysbe will take away 1 The sacrifice of Jesus causes God to look at our sin as if it never existed.
24:6 hd65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy world 1 The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” or “every person in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:6 l8yg the sin of the world 1 This could mean ‘the sin of the people in the world.’
24:7 stuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations John said to Jesus, “I am not worthy to baptize you. You should baptize me instead.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “John told Jesus that he was not worthy to baptize him, but that Jesus should baptize John instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:7 jxf5 I am not worthy to baptize you 1 This could be translated as: “I am not good enough to baptize you” or “I am sinful, so I should not baptize you.”
24:7 uj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations But Jesus said, “You should baptize me, because it is the right thing to do.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “But Jesus said that John should baptize him because it was the right thing to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:7 agw7 it is the right thing to do 1 This might also be translated as: “it is the proper thing to do” or “this is what God wants me to do.”
24:7 cosm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact even though Jesus had never sinned 1 The connecting words **even though** introduce a factual condition. Baptism is sign of repentance, but Jesus never sinned, so he had no need to repent. Jesus’ sinlessness was not questioned even though the evidence, his baptism, would seem to say he had repented of sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
24:8 eqk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive after being baptized 1 This can be stated in active form: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:8 km4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Spirit of God appeared in the form of a dove and came down and rested on him 1 Possible meanings are 1. this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2. the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
24:8 kmrw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples This is my Son 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
24:9 xi5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God had told John, “The Holy Spirit will come down and stay on someone you baptize. That person is the Son of God.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God had told John that the Holy Spirit would come down and stay on someone he baptized, and that that person would be the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:9 agks God had told John 1 This could mean ‘Before this, God had told John’ or ‘Before Jesus came to be baptized, God had told John.’
24:9 pq2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
24:9 hf51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But when John baptized Jesus 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the fact that there is only one God, with the fact that there is God the Father, God the Son and God the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
24:9 fdgk A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
25:0 w3t5 title Satan Tempts Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Satan tried to get Jesus to sin” or “What happened when Satan tried to get Jesus to sin?”
25:1 tsvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Immediately after Jesus was baptized 1 This is a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
25:1 zjy3 the Holy Spirit led him 1 This could mean ‘the Holy Spirit guided him’ or ‘the Holy Spirit prompted him to go.’
25:1 ajgz the wilderness 1 This could also be translated as: “the desert” or “a remote, barren place with few people.” This place probably had very few trees or other plants, so most people would not be able to live there.
25:1 n2g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 40 days and 40 nights 1 This means: ‘40 days, both during the day and during the night.’ Make sure the translation of this phrase does not sound like a period of eighty days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
25:1 pnrp tempted him to sin 1 Since Jesus did not sin, make sure you use a word that does not imply that Satan succeeded in convincing Jesus to sin. This phrase could also be translated as: “tried to convince him to sin.”
25:2 z6mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Satan said to Jesus, “If you are the Son of God, turn these rocks into bread so you can eat!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Satan told Jesus that if he was the Son of God, he should turn these rocks into bread so he can eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:2 mx1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If you are the Son of God 1 Satan knew that Jesus was indeed **the Son of God**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:2 djdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25:2 jllw turn these rocks into bread 1 This may also be translated as: “make these rocks become bread” or “supernaturally change these rocks into bread.”
25:2 cgdr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche bread 1 For languages where bread is not a common food, this could be translated as: “food.” In the Jews’ culture, bread was the main food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
25:3 lky9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But Jesus said to Satan, “It is written & ” 1 Jesus refused to do what Satan asked. This can be clearly stated: “But Jesus said to Satan, ‘No, I will not do that because it is written … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:3 hg66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to Satan, “It is written in God’s word, ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Satan that it is written in God’s word, ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:3 h40q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “It is written in God’s word that people do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:3 t0rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche bread 1 Make sure that you use the same word to translate **bread** here as you did in [25:02](25/02). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
25:3 fevb but they need everything that God tells them! 1 Another way to translate this would be, “Rather, people need to listen to and obey everything God says.”
25:4 ydmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said to him, “If you are the Son of God, jump off to the ground, because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told him that if he was the Son of God, he should jump off to the ground, because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:4 wbdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If you are the Son of God 1 Satan knew that Jesus was indeed **the Son of God**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:4 ksp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25:4 egbf jump off to the ground 1 This could mean ‘jump off this building to the ground.’
25:4 aap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it is written 1 This can be stated in active form: “a prophet of God wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
25:4 pui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “because it is written that God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:4 ot0c so your foot does not hit a stone 1 This means: ‘so that you will not be hurt at all; not even your foot will be injured on a stone.’ It could also be translated as: “so that even your foot will not strike against a stone; you will not be injured at all.”
25:5 jd5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he said, “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “he said that God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:5 uv84 “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” 1 This could be translated as: an indirect quote: “God tells everyone not to test the Lord your God.”
25:5 i9s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes he said, “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “he tells everyone not to test the Lord your God” or “he says that no one should test the Lord your God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:5 bq2w Do not test the Lord your God 1 This could be translated as: “Do not make the Lord your God prove himself to you” or “Do not challenge God to take care of you even when you do not obey him.”
25:5 rdav the Lord your God 1 This could mean ‘Yahweh, your God’ or ‘Yahweh, who is God and has authority over you.’
25:6 bi04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said to Jesus, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He said to Jesus that he would give him all this if Jesus would bow down and worship him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:6 d1wq the kingdoms of the world 1 This refers to all the greatest cities, countries, and other territories of the world.
25:6 l4bw I will give you all this 1 This could be translated as: “I will give you all the wealth and power of these kingdoms” or “I will make you the ruler over all these countries, cities and people.”
25:6 fxln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will give you 1 It can be stated that Satan indeed had this authority: “I have the authority to give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:6 ffzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bow down 1 This means that Jesus would serve and worship Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
25:7 fpx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Satan to get away from him! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25:7 ugnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” 1 Jesus refused to do what Satan asked. This can be clearly stated: “But Jesus said to Satan, ‘No, I will not do that. Get away from me, Satan.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:7 e5v1 Get away from me 1 This imperative may also be translated as: “Leave me” or “Leave me alone.”
25:7 v116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “he commands his people to worship only the Lord their God, and to honor only him as God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25:7 ry2q the Lord your God 1 Translate this phrase the same way as you did in [25:05](25/05).
25:8 n2ib did not give in to 1 This could be translated as: “did not do the things that Satan was tempting him to do.”
25:8 mje6 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
26:0 yj2q title Jesus Starts His Ministry 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus began to minister to the Jews” or “What happened when Jesus began to minister to the Jews?”
26:1 dd38 After Jesus refused Satan’s temptations, he returned 1 You may prefer to make this into shorter sentences and say: “Jesus did not do the wrong things Satan tried to get him to do. Jesus defeated Satan. After that, Jesus returned.” The word **refused** can also be translated as: “rejected” or “resisted.”
26:1 qxbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Jesus refused Satan’s temptations 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
26:1 r817 went from place to place 1 That is, he “traveled to different towns and other places.”
26:1 ubnj Everyone 1 This could mean ‘Everyone who knew him or heard about him.’
26:2 xj9s the place of worship 1 This could mean ‘the building where the Jews gathered to worship God.’ This can also be translated as: “the worship building.”
26:2 lbl0 a scroll 1 A scroll was a long sheet of paper or leather that was rolled up and had writing on it.
26:2 tyo7 a scroll with the messages of the prophet Isaiah 1 This could mean ‘a scroll that had the words that the prophet Isaiah had written.’ Isaiah had written on a scroll hundreds of years before. This was a copy of that scroll.
26:2 sf5r opened up the scroll 1 This could be translated as: “rolled open the scroll” or “unrolled the scroll.”
26:3 v7w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus read, “God has given me his Spirit so that I can proclaim good news to the poor. He has sent me to set prisoners free, to make the blind people see again, and to free those whom others are oppressing. This is the time when the Lord will be merciful to us and help us.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus read that God had given him his Spirit so that he could proclaim good news to the poor. He had sent him to set prisoners free, to make the blind people see again, and to free those whom others are oppressing. This is the time when the Lord will be merciful to us and help us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:3 x5m0 proclaim good news to the poor 1 This could mean ‘to tell poor and needy people the good message that God will help them.’
26:3 zirc to set prisoners free 1 This could mean ‘to tell people who are wrongfully in prison that they will be released.’
26:4 n5hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “The things I just read to you, they are happening right now.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that the things he just read to them, they are happening right now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:4 aspe The things I just read to you, they are happening right now 1 Other ways to translate this would be “The things you just heard me read are being fulfilled right now” or “Today the things I read to you came true as you heard them.”
26:4 rr52 amazed 1 Translate the word **amazed** with a term that means that they were surprised, shocked, and confused about how this could be possible.
26:4 xmih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Isn’t this the son of Joseph? 1 This is a rhetorical question. This could also be translated as: “This man is only the son of Joseph!” or “Everyone knows he is just Joseph’s son!” The people were not asking if he was Joseph’s son or not. They were wondering how he could be the Messiah since they thought he was only the son of an ordinary man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:5 vp5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Jesus said, “It is true that people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in. During the time of the prophet Elijah, there were many widows in Israel. But when it did not rain for three and a half years, God did not send Elijah to help a widow from Israel. Instead, he sent Elijah to a widow in a different nation.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that it was true that people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in. He also said that during the time of the prophet Elijah, there were many widows in Israel, but when it did not rain for three and a half years, God did not send Elijah to help a widow from Israel. Instead, he sent Elijah to a widow in a different nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:5 etmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in 1 This proverb means ‘people do not recognize the authority of a prophet who has grown up among them.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
26:5 ok63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background During the time of the prophet Elijah 1 This is background information about what happened when Elijah was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
26:6 wjc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus continued, saying, “And during & ” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus continued, saying that during … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:6 pnd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background during the time of the prophet Elisha 1 This is background information about what happened when Elisha was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
26:6 vnjm Elisha 1 Elisha was God’s prophet who came after Elijah. Like Elijah, Elisha confronted Israelite kings who were sinning against God and he did miracles that God gave him power to do.
26:6 c9cz a commander 1 This could mean ‘a military leader.’
26:6 ocf3 they were furious at him 1 The Jews did not want to hear that God had blessed any people besides themselves, so they were very angry at what Jesus said.
26:7 jcdu the place of worship 1 This could mean ‘the building where the Jewish people gathered to worship God.’ This can also be translated as: “the worship building.” See how you translated it in [26:02](26/02).
26:7 tt28 But Jesus walked through the crowd 1 To show that the people were not able to do to Jesus what they had planned to do, **But** could be translated with a strong contrast word or phrase such as: “But instead” or “However.”
26:8 eigu went throughout the region of Galilee 1 This could mean ‘all around in Galilee’ or ‘from place to place in Galilee.’
26:9 azy4 who had demons in them 1 This could mean ‘who were controlled by evil spirits.’
26:9 p2jm Jesus commanded the demons 1 This could also be translated as: “Jesus gave the command to the demons.”
26:9 ykic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The demons often shouted, “You are the Son of God!” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “The demons often shouted that he was the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:9 byuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations “You are the Son of God!” 1 This is a strong statement that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
26:9 ywrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
26:10 zudk learned from him 1 This could mean ‘learned from what he taught them’ or ‘learned from everything he said and did.’
26:10 fcvo A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
27:0 giks title The Story of the Good Samaritan 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how a good man from Samaria helped a Jewish man” or “What happened when a good man from Samaria helped a Jewish man?”
27:1 lcvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
27:1 r612 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants an expert in the Jewish law 1 This man was someone who studied and taught the laws God had given the Israelites, as well as other Jewish laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
27:1 vxab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he said, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “called Jesus **Teacher** and asked what he had to do to inherit eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:1 avi9 to inherit eternal life 1 This could mean ‘to have life with God forever’ or ‘so that God will give me life with him forever’ or ‘to receive eternal life from God.’ The law expert was asking how he could be worthy to receive eternal life as an inheritance from God the Father.
27:1 h4sg eternal life 1 This refers to life forever with God after the mortal body dies. See the key term page for eternal life.
27:1 eny6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “What is written in God’s law?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked him what was written in God’s law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:1 kpzh What is written in God’s law? 1 This could mean ‘What is written in God’s law about this?’ Jesus asked this question because he wanted the man to think about what God’s law really teaches.
27:1 jjel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive What is written 1 This can be stated in active form: “What did God say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:2 t9hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The man said, “It says, ‘Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love your neighbor as yourself.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “The man said that we must love the Lord our God with all our heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love our neighbor as ourself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:2 hug1 Love the Lord your God 1 You may choose to say: “We must love the Lord our God.” Make sure it does not sound like the man is commanding Jesus. Rather, he is quoting what God’s law commands people to do.
27:2 uhxo with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind 1 This could mean ‘with your whole self’ or ‘with every part of yourself.’ In some languages this might be translated as: “with all your liver, breath, strength, and thoughts.” The focus is not on each of these parts, but on all of us. Use the concepts in your language that make up the whole person.
27:2 ew0j heart 1 The heart refers to the part of a person that has desires and emotions.
27:2 ozsd soul 1 The soul refers to the nonphysical, spiritual part of a person.
27:2 vywb strength 1 Strength refers to the physical body and all of its abilities.
27:2 l92k mind 1 The mind refers to the part of a person that thinks, plans, and has ideas.
27:2 r9fx neighbor 1 Although the word **neighbor** normally refers to a person who lives near us, the Jews applied the term to everyone except close relatives, foreigners, and enemies.
27:2 dloa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis love your neighbor as yourself 1 This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: “love your neighbor as you love yourself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
27:2 w6ox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as yourself 1 That is, he should love his neighbor to the same extent that he loves himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
27:2 xvt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “You are correct! If you do this, you will have eternal life.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him that he was correct! If he did this, he would have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:2 n0iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you will have eternal life 1 This can be stated in active form: “God will give you eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:3 ir33 the law expert 1 This could mean ‘the expert in the Jewish law.’ See how you translated this term in [27:01](27/01).
27:3 djkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he asked Jesus, “Well then, who is my neighbor?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “he asked Jesus who was his neighbor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:3 vg3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit who is my neighbor? 1 This could also be translated as: “what do you mean by ‘neighbor’?” or “which people are my neighbors?” He knew that he did not love everyone, and was asking which people he needed to love. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:4 xm89 General Information 1 The cloud-like frame around this picture indicates that Jesus is telling a story, and not necessarily explaining a historical event.
27:4 u6y0 the law expert 1 See how you translated this term in [27:01](27/01).
27:4 zbcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables a story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
27:4 doyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a Jewish man 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
27:4 uzav from Jerusalem to Jericho 1 In some languages you could translate this as: “from the city of Jerusalem to the city of Jericho” or “from Jerusalem City to Jericho City.”
27:5 jvwb General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
27:5 d3y3 everything he had 1 This could mean ‘everything he had with him, including the clothes he was wearing.’
27:6 goxj General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
27:6 yg9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Soon after that, a Jewish priest 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
27:6 kcmc happened to walk down 1 This could mean ‘happened to be traveling along.’ For some languages, it may be necessary to use a word like ‘travel’ rather than **walk** since the priest was not just walking on the road but was traveling to get to another city.
27:6 t07w kept on going 1 This could mean ‘continued traveling down the road.’
27:6 o6ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He completely ignored that man 1 This was surprising because the priests were very religious, and would have been expected to help their fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:6 x2is ignored that man 1 This could mean ‘did not help that man’ or ‘showed no concern for that man.’
27:7 icdp General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
27:7 vl4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Not long after that, a Levite 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
27:7 tfqz came down the road 1 This could mean ‘was traveling down that same road.’
27:7 rlx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background (Levites were a tribe of Jews who helped the priests at the Temple.) 1 This is background information to tell the reader who the Levites were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
27:7 k9cg Levites were a tribe of Jews 1 This could mean ‘Levites were from the Israelite tribe of Levi’ or ‘Levites were from the Israelite clan of Levi.’
27:7 rbi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He also ignored that man 1 This was surprising because the Levites served in the Temple, and would have been expected to help their fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:7 fluz ignored 1 This could mean ‘did not help.’
27:8 ij2w General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
27:8 rbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants The next person to walk down that road was a man from Samaria 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
27:8 qmz6 to walk down 1 This could mean ‘to travel along.’ These people were traveling from one city to another. Make sure that it does not sound like they were just taking a walk.
27:8 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background (Samaritans and Jews hated each other.) 1 This is background information to tell the reader that the Samaritans and Jews were enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
27:8 okln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He saw he was Jewish, but he still had very strong compassion for him 1 This was surprising because the the Jews and Samaritans hated each other, so he would not have been expected to help the Jewish man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:9 xo4j General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
27:9 ah4l his own donkey 1 Make sure it is clear that **his** refers to the Samaritan.
27:9 kxh7 an inn by the road 1 This could mean ‘a lodging place along the road.’ This is a place where travelers could get food and stay overnight.
27:10 gmxm General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
27:10 t413 to continue his journey 1 This could be translated as: “to continue traveling toward his destination.”
27:10 cwq3 in charge of 1 This could mean ‘who managed.’ It could be that this person also owned this lodging place.
27:10 akoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes He said to him, ‘Take care of this man. If you spend any more money than this, I will repay those expenses when I return.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “He told him to take care of the man, and if he spent any more money than this, he would repay those expenses when he returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:10 w7a9 Take care of this man 1 In order for it to be clear that this was a polite request, not an order, for some languages, it may be preferable to say: “Please take care of this man.”
27:10 pek5 will repay those expenses 1 This could also be translated as: “will repay you” or “will pay back that money” or “will repay it.”
27:11 zdou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus asked the law expert, “What do you think? Which one of the three men was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked the law expert which of the three men he thought was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:11 t77c the law expert 1 This could mean ‘the expert in the Jewish law.’ See how you translated this term in [27:01](27/01).
27:11 o4ww the three men 1 The three men were the priest, the Levite, and the Samaritan.
27:11 i1zr was a neighbor 1 This can also be translated as: “behaved as a neighbor” or “was a friend” or “acted in a loving way.” See how you translated **neighbor** in [27:02](27/02) and [27:03](27/03).
27:11 vs30 a neighbor 1 Jesus is using the word **neighbor** in a broader sense than in [27:02](27/02). **Neighbor** here refers to anyone that we meet who needs our help.
27:11 in6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He replied, “The one who was merciful to him.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He replied that it was the one who was merciful to him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:11 zj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus told him, “You go and do the same.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to go and to do the same.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:11 bfbo You go and do 1 This could mean ‘You, too, should go and do’ or ‘Now you must do.’ Jesus was commanding the law expert to do as the Samaritan did.
27:11 c5e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis do the same 1 This could mean ‘love others, even your enemies.’ Make sure it does not sound like “the same” is only referring to helping a wounded man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
27:11 l7le A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
28:0 d97t title The Rich Young Ruler 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how a wealthy and important young man came to speak to Jesus” or “What happened when a wealthy and important young man came to speak to Jesus?”
28:1 zk96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
28:1 vv2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants a rich young ruler 1 This man was already a rich and powerful political official, even though he was still young. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
28:1 qm3a came up to Jesus 1 This could mean ‘approached Jesus.’
28:1 r5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations asked him, “Good teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “asked him what he must do to have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:1 s95n Good teacher 1 This could mean ‘righteous teacher.’ He was not saying that Jesus was simply a skilled teacher.
28:1 xlgd to have eternal life 1 This could mean ‘to receive eternal life’ or ‘to live with God forever.’ Also consider how **eternal life** was translated in [27:01](27/01) and see the note about that there.
28:1 hcdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good’? There is only one who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked him why he called him ‘good’ since there is only one who is good, and that is God. Then he told him to obey God’s laws in order to have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:1 e3t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you call me ‘good’? 1 Jesus is not denying that he is good. Rather, he is asking if the ruler understands that Jesus is God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
28:1 giwx There is only one who is good, and that is God 1 Other ways to say this are: “The only one who is truly good is God” or “God is the only one who is truly good.”
28:2 fegm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations “Which ones do I need to obey?” he asked 1 This could mean ‘Which laws do I need to obey in order to receive eternal life?’ This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He asked him which laws he needed to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:2 r3fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus replied, “Do not murder. Do not commit adultery. Do not steal. Do not lie. Honor your father and mother, and love your neighbor as you love yourself.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus replied that he must not commit murder, or commit adultery, or steal, or lie, and must honor his father and mother, and love his neighbor as he loves himself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:2 hpk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as you love yourself 1 This could mean ‘as much as you love yourself’ or ‘to the same degree that you love yourself.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:3 xg6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations the young man said, “I have obeyed all these laws ever since I was a boy. What do I still need to do in order to live forever?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “the young man said that he had obeyed all these laws ever since he was a boy, and asked what he still needed to do in order to live forever.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:3 sv0d ever since I was a boy 1 Another way to say this would be: “from the time I was a child until now.”
28:3 w9mk What do I still need to do 1 This could mean ‘What else do I need to do’ or ‘What do I need to do in addition to these’
28:3 n7ks loved him 1 Jesus had compassion on him. Choose a word for love that is consistent with the kind of love God has for people.
28:4 u4ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “If you want to be perfect, then go and sell everything you own and give the money to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come and follow me.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus answered that if he wanted to be perfect, then he should go and sell everything he owned and give the money to the poor, and he would have treasure in heaven. Then he should come and follow him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:4 cjo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the singular form. Jesus was addressing this command to this one man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
28:4 h2t2 perfect 1 This could mean ‘completely righteous.’
28:4 fho7 everything you own 1 This could mean ‘all of your possessions.’
28:4 njgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the poor 1 That is, the poor people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
28:4 wesb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor treasure in heaven 1 The phrase **treasure in heaven** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28:4 blka treasure 1 This could also be translated as: “riches” or “great wealth.”
28:4 ld52 in heaven 1 This could also be translated as: “located in heaven when you arrive there.” This treasure will exist ‘there and then,’ as opposed to the wealth that Jesus asked the young man to give up ‘here and now.’
28:5 u2yp heard what Jesus said 1 This could mean ‘heard Jesus tell him to give away what he owned.’
28:6 f620 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to his disciples, “It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! Yes, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told his disciples that it is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! He said that it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:6 zn4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! 1 This is a strong statement that it is extremely hard for rich people to be saved. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
28:6 s095 to enter into the kingdom of God 1 This can also be translated as: “to become a citizen in God’s kingdom.”
28:6 i3yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God 1 This is an exaggerated statement in order to emphasize the difficulty of a rich person being saved. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
28:6 ycm5 a camel 1 Camels are very large animals that are often used to carry heavy loads. If camels are not known in your language area, a phrase such as ‘a very large animal’ or ‘a beast of burden’ could be used. If you choose to substitute the name of some other large animal, such as ‘an ox’ or ‘a donkey,’ make sure that the animal would have been known by the people Jesus was talking to.
28:6 ri66 the eye of a needle 1 This refers to the tiny hole in the end of a sewing needle. The idea of something as large as a camel going through the eye of a needle is intended to represent something that is impossible.
28:7 drs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they were shocked 1 This could mean ‘greatly astonished.’ They believed that God made people rich because they were more righteous than other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:7 stm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They said, “If it is like this, who will God save?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “They asked who God would save it it was like this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:7 peg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If it is like this, who will God save? 1 This could also be translated as: “If God does not allow rich people to have eternal life, how can anyone else be saved?” This is perhaps a rhetorical question that means ‘If God does not save rich people, then it seems like he will not save anyone!’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
28:7 mcbh save 1 Here it refers to God not judging or condemning them for their sin, and allowing them to be citizens in his kingdom.
28:8 ytgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “It is impossible for people to save themselves. But nothing is impossible for God to do.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “said that it is impossible for people to save themselves, but nothing is impossible for God to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:8 ssic nothing is impossible for God to do 1 This could also be translated as: “God is able to do anything, even save a rich person” or “God is able to do impossible things, so he can save even a rich person.”
28:9 wtfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to Jesus, “We disciples have left everything and followed you. What will be our reward?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told Jesus that the disciples had left everything and followed him, and asked what their reward would be.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:9 gdzx left everything 1 This could mean ‘left everything behind’ or ‘given up everything we owned.’
28:9 jgvr What will be our reward? 1 Other ways to say this are: “What reward will we receive” or “How will we be rewarded?” or “What will God give us as a reward?” It may also be necessary to add, “because we have done this?”
28:10 sept rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “Everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for my sake will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life. But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told them that everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for his sake will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life. He said that many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
28:10 nl1d has left 1 This could mean ‘has left behind’ or ‘has given up’ or ‘has counted as less important than God.’
28:10 nq7w for my sake 1 This may also be translated as: “because of me” or “on my account.”
28:10 sbrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 100 times more 1 This could mean ‘very much more than he had before.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
28:10 alnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first 1 Here **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:10 fskc many who are first will be last 1 This could mean ‘many people who are important now, will not be important then.’
28:10 u0so many who are last will be first 1 This could mean ‘many people who are considered to not be very important on earth will be considered very important in heaven’ or ‘Many people who are considered now to be of little value on earth will be highly valued in heaven.’
28:10 gtgs A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
29:0 w1gl title The Story of the Unmerciful Servant 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when a servant did not show mercy” or “What happened when a servant did not show mercy?”
29:1 nwgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
29:1 ti89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations asked Jesus, “Master, how many times should I forgive my brother when he sins against me? Up to seven times?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “called Jesus his master and asked him if he should forgive his brother as many as seven times when he sins against him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
29:1 pecx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “Not seven times, but 70 times seven!” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to forgive not only seven times, but 70 times seven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
29:1 hh3z my brother 1 This term sometimes included people who were not actually siblings, but who shared another very strong connection such as religion, ethnic background, etc.
29:1 ogk9 sins against me 1 This could also be translated as: “does something wrong against me.”
29:1 gv5u Not seven times, but 70 times seven! 1 This could be translated as: “You should not forgive only seven times, rather you should forgive 70 times seven times.” Jesus was not talking about an exact number. He was saying that we should forgive people every time they sin against us.
29:1 hzpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 70 times 1 This could also be written in words: “seventy times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
29:1 tld3 By this, Jesus meant that we should always forgive 1 This could be translated as: “Jesus wanted to say that we should always forgive anyone who sins against us.”
29:1 ihie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables this story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
29:2 ebyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “The kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants. One of his servants owed a huge debt worth 200,000 years’ wages.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that the kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants, one of whom owed a huge debt worth 200,000 years’ wages.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
29:2 t6h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is like 1 Other ways to say this are: “God’s rule over people is like” or “The way God rules people can be compared to.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
29:2 vvog is like a king who 1 This could be translated as: “is like the kingdom of a king who” or “can be compared with the rule of a king who.”
29:2 qnof to settle accounts with his servants 1 This could mean ‘to collect the debts his servants owed him’ or ‘to collect the money his servants had borrowed from him.’
29:2 ohux rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 200,000 1 This can be written in words: “two hundred thousand years.” It represents an exceptionally long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
29:3 euzc General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
29:3 ect3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes the king said, ‘Sell this man and his family as slaves to pay his debt.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “the king said to sell this man and his family as slaves to pay his debt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
29:3 m87r Sell this man and his family as slaves 1 This was a command from the king.
29:3 y3dy to pay his debt 1 This could mean ‘to pay back the money he owed to the king.’
29:3 gxjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to pay his debt 1 It can be stated that the reason the man would be sold was so that the money received from selling him could pay part of what he owed to they king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:4 gohy General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
29:4 zxec rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell on his knees 1 This could mean ‘quickly knelt down on the ground.’ This was a way to show his humility and his desire for the king to help him. Make sure it doesn’t sound like he fell down accidentally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
29:4 jbii before the king 1 This means: ‘in front of the king.’
29:4 uao1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘Please be patient with me, and I will pay the full amount that I owe you.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and asked him to please be patient with him, and he would pay the full amount that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
29:4 r8n9 felt pity 1 This could mean ‘felt compassion for’ or ‘felt sorry for.’ The king knew that the servant and his family would suffer greatly if they were sold into slavery.
29:4 wrmf canceled all of his debt 1 This can be translated as: “said that the servant did not need to pay back any of the money that he owed the king.”
29:5 zn57 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
29:5 f7bw a fellow servant 1 This refers to another man who was also a servant of the king.
29:5 ymsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘Pay me the money that you owe me!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and told him to pay him the money that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
29:6 uh7v General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
29:6 p4cw The fellow servant 1 Translate this phrase in the same way as in [29:05](29/05).
29:6 wsre rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell on his knees 1 This phrase has the same meaning as in [29:04](29/04). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
29:6 hd4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘Please be patient with me, and I will pay the full amount that I owe you.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and asked him to please be patient with him, and he would pay the full amount that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
29:6 do5l threw his fellow servant into prison 1 This could also be translated as: “had the man put into prison.” The word **threw** is figurative and means it was done in a forceful way.
29:7 xl88 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
29:7 k1jm what had happened 1 This could mean ‘that the servant had refused to cancel the other servant’s debt and had put him into prison.’
29:7 xrmc were greatly disturbed 1 This could mean ‘deeply grieved’ or ‘very distressed.’
29:7 xt2u everything 1 This could mean ‘they told the king what the servant had done to his fellow servant.’
29:8 d6m0 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
29:8 rmyy called the servant 1 This could mean ‘commanded the servant to come to him’ or ‘ordered his guards to bring the servant to him.’
29:8 ltlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘You wicked servant! I forgave your debt because you begged me. You should have done the same.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and called him a wicked servant. He said that he had forgiven him his debts because he begged him. He should have done the same.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
29:8 fnt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations You wicked servant! 1 The king said this to emphasize how wicked the servant was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
29:8 l54d begged me 1 This could be translated as: “pleaded with me” or “urgently asked me to be merciful.”
29:8 x7w1 You should have done the same 1 This could mean ‘You should have forgiven the man who owed you, just as I forgave you.’
29:8 lala rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit threw 1 This could mean ‘commanded his guards to put.’ Consider how **threw** was translated in frame [29:06](29/06). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:9 oftp Then Jesus said 1 Some languages may add: “to his disciples.”
29:9 w36a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that his heavenly Father will do this to every one of his disciples if they do not forgive their brother from their heart.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
29:9 e9jm This 1 **This** refers back to the way the king punished the unforgiving servant in [29:08](29/08).
29:9 hpof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you & you & your & your 1 All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
29:9 yp2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples my heavenly Father 1 This could mean ‘my Father in heaven.’ Jesus is expressing his unique, personal relationship to God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
29:9 nht8 your brother 1 See how you translated this in [29:01](29/01).
29:9 i5ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom from your heart 1 The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means ‘sincerely.’ Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “truly” or “genuinely” or “honestly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29:9 lj37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy heart 1 Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
29:9 j2wr A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
30:0 ihs2 title Jesus Feeds Thousands of People 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus fed thousands of people” or “What happened when Jesus fed thousands of people?”
30:1 q198 a quiet place 1 This refers to a place with few people where they could be by themselves.
30:2 fxjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background General Information 1 This is background information about how the crowd came to be with Jesus when he performed a miracle by feeding 5,000 people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
30:2 uvmn arrived 1 This could mean ‘got to the other side of the lake’ or ‘got there.’
30:3 dxx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 5,000 men 1 This can be written in words: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
30:3 nish not counting the women and children 1 This could mean ‘not counting the women and children who were with them’ or ‘and there were also women and children in addition to the men.’ Another way to translate this could also be, “in addition, there were many women and children.”
30:3 i9ov To Jesus 1 This could mean ‘Jesus knew that’ or ‘Jesus understood that.’
30:3 tpsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like sheep without a shepherd 1 This could be translated as: “vulnerable and lost, just like sheep are when they have no shepherd to take care of them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
30:4 ylj1 Late in the day 1 This could also be translated as: “When it was almost evening.”
30:4 acvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations told Jesus, “It is late and there are no towns nearby. Send the people away so they can go get something to eat.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told Jesus that it was late and there were no towns nearby. So they asked him to send the people away so they could go get something to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
30:4 py4x Send the people away 1 This could be translated as: “Please tell the people to go to a town” or “Shouldn’t you tell the people to go somewhere?” or “Let the people go to a town.” Make sure it sounds like a polite request, not an order.
30:5 n0lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to the disciples, “You give them something to eat!” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told the disciples to give them something to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
30:5 j3zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations You give them something to eat! 1 Jesus said this to emphasize that the disciples themselves should find food for the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
30:5 lk4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns You 1 The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
30:5 kbb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They responded, “How can we do that? We only have five loaves of bread and two small fish.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “They asked how they could do that, since they only had five loaves of bread and two small fish.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
30:5 tktc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How can we do that? 1 This could be translated as: “We cannot do that!” or “It is impossible to do that!” The disciples were not asking an actual question. Rather, they were strongly expressing that they did not think this was possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
30:6 regi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus told his disciples to tell the people in the crowd to sit down on the grass in groups of 50 people each. 1 This is an indirect quotation. It can be stated as a direct quotation: “Jesus told his disciples, ‘Tell the people in the crowd to sit down on the grass in groups of 50 people each.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
30:6 yxte rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 50 people 1 This can be written as numerals: “fifty people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
30:7 ux63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Jesus took the five loaves of bread 1 He did not steal the loaves. Alternate translation: “Jesus held the five loaves of bread in his hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:7 x3o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit looked up to heaven 1 This refers to looking up, toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven was located above the sky. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:8 ud52 broke the bread and the fish 1 This could mean ‘tore the bread and the fish.’
30:8 duc1 it never ran out! 1 Another way to say this would be: “there was always more left!”
30:8 efwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom were satisfied 1 This could mean ‘were no longer hungry’ or ‘were not hungry anymore.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:9 v7rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 12 baskets 1 This can be stated with words: “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
30:9 bw7i A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
31:0 x9ms title Jesus Walks on Water 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus walked on the sea” or “What happened when Jesus walked on the sea?”
31:1 sl6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Jesus fed the crowd, he told the disciples to get into a boat. 1 This introduces a new event. Jesus would come to the disciples on the water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
31:1 zkua a mountainside 1 This could mean ‘the side of a mountain.’
31:2 xjii During this time 1 This could mean ‘While Jesus was praying on the mountainside.’
31:2 sgbk rowing their boat 1 The boat had a sail, but it would not have worked when the wind was against them.
31:4 tqo4 a ghost 1 This could mean ‘a spirit.’ They thought Jesus was a spirit, since normally a human being cannot walk on water.
31:4 xivx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations so he called out to them and said, “Do not be afraid. It is I!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “so he called out to them and told them not to be afraid, for it was he!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
31:4 roey Do not be afraid 1 For some languages, it may be more natural to say here: “Stop being afraid.”
31:4 oerw It is I! 1 For some, it might be more natural to translate this as: “It is me, Jesus.”
31:5 i7xv if it is you 1 This could mean ‘if it is really you, and not a ghost.’
31:5 cdsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus told Peter, “Come!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Peter to come to him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
31:5 ohqw Come! 1 This could mean ‘Come here’ or ‘Come to me’ or ‘Come, walk to me.’
31:6 wazz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom turned his eyes away from 1 This expression means ‘looked away from.’ It could also be translated as: “stopped looking at.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:7 qm2s You have so little faith! 1 This may also be translated as: “You have so little faith in me!” or “You do not trust me very much!”
31:7 j03s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did you not trust me to keep you safe? 1 Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:8 flae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The disciples were amazed 1 If you need to be more specific, it can be stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “They were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:8 wiiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They worshiped him and said to him, “Truly, you are the Son of God.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “They worshiped him and said to him that he was truly the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
31:8 jp42 Truly, you are the Son of God 1 Other ways to say this would be: “You really are the Son of God” or “It really is true that you are the Son of God.”
31:8 el54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
31:8 tfre A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
32:0 ayl6 title Jesus Heals a Demon-Possessed Man & a Sick Woman 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus healed a sick woman and a man who was possessed by a demon” or “What happened when Jesus healed a sick woman and a man who was possessed by a demon?”
32:1 zhy5 the Gerasene people 1 The Gerasenes lived in an area along the eastern shore of the Sea of Galilee. They were descendants of the Jews, but we know few details about them.
32:2 v3l7 was demon possessed 1 This could mean ‘had demons in him’ or ‘was controlled by evil spirits.’
32:3 kc2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background This man was so strong that nobody could control him. Sometimes people even fastened his arms and legs with chains, but he kept breaking them. 1 This is background information about the man who was possessed by a demon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
32:3 kibg fastened his arms and legs 1 This could mean ‘restrained’ or ‘bound.’
32:3 bwww kept breaking them 1 Some languages may need to say: “kept breaking the chains.”
32:4 l809 among the tombs 1 This could mean ‘near the tombs’ or ‘around the tombs.’
32:5 l2aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction knelt down in front of him 1 This was a symbolic action to show that he was submitting to Jesus and asking for his help. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
32:5 otbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “Come out of this man!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told him to come out of the man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:6 q645 cried out 1 This could mean ‘shouted’ or ‘exclaimed.’
32:6 p9m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What do you want with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? 1 This is not a real question asking for information. The demon was terrified that Jesus would judge him. Some languages will have to express this as a statement such as: “Please do not judge me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:6 mvqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom What do you want with me 1 This expression means ‘What are you going to do to me?’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:6 z64a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of the Most High God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
32:6 i2bg the Most High God 1 This could mean ‘the Supreme God’ or ‘the Most Sovereign God’ or ‘the Most Powerful God.’ The meaning of **high** here refers to God’s greatness. It does not refer to altitude or being tall.
32:6 jwuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor “My name is Legion, because we are many.” 1 A legion was a group of several thousand soldiers in the Roman army. The name **Legion** is a metaphor that speaks of the demons as if they were a large group of soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
32:6 tkhy Legion 1 This was the name of the group of demons, but it also indicates that the evil spirits were very numerous. Use the name if the note that follows will make the meaning clear in your language. If not, you may need to translate the word as something like ‘Army’ or ‘Crowd’ or ‘Thousands.’
32:6 rp85 we are many 1 This could mean ‘there are many of us’ or ‘we are many demons.’
32:7 l37p do not send us 1 This could mean ‘do not make us go.’
32:7 ixnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background There was a herd of pigs feeding on a nearby hill. 1 This is background information about the pigs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
32:7 k8ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Please send us 1 This could mean ‘Please let us go.’ Here **us** is exclusive. It refers to the demons only, and does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
32:7 a6m0 instead 1 This could mean ‘instead of making us go away.’
32:8 swji rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 2,000 pigs 1 This can be written in words: “two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
32:8 m913 herd 1 This could mean ‘herd of pigs’ or ‘group of pigs.’ Many languages have specific names for groups of animals, such as “flock of sheep,” “herd of cattle,” “pack of dogs,” and “school of fish.” Use a word that can appropriately be used for a large group of pigs.
32:9 f8we what happened 1 This could mean ‘how Jesus sent the demons out of the man and into the pigs.’
32:9 d0ip who used to have the demons 1 This could mean ‘in whom the demons had lived’ or ‘who had been controlled by the evil spirits.’
32:10 wemf The people 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “The people from that region” or “The Gerasene people.”
32:10 xgcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis were very afraid and asked Jesus to leave 1 This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: “were very afraid of Jesus and asked him to leave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
32:10 k9zs begged to go along with Jesus 1 This could mean ‘begged Jesus to let him go with him’ or ‘earnestly asked Jesus if he could go with him.’
32:11 sb69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to him, “No. I want you to go home and tell everyone what God has done for you. Tell them how he has had mercy on you.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to go home and tell everyone what God has done for him, and to tell them how God had mercy on him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:11 vxwr how he has had mercy on you 1 This can be translated as: “how he has shown mercy to you” or “that he has been merciful to you.”
32:12 hpr3 heard his story 1 This could mean ‘heard the man tell what had happened to him.’
32:13 pcjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Jesus returned to the other side of the lake 1 It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. This can be clearly stated: “Jesus and his disciples returned to the other side of the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:13 iiyi pressed in on him 1 This could mean ‘pushed tightly against him’ or ‘crowded in tightly around him.’
32:13 slsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants In the crowd was a woman 1 This introduces the woman as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
32:13 c2ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism a bleeding problem 1 The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
32:13 rarc she only got worse 1 This could mean ‘her condition only got worse’ or ‘ her health got worse instead of better’ or ‘instead she became more sick.’
32:14 jtir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events I’m sure that if I can just touch Jesus’ clothes, then I will be healed too! 1 She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
32:14 ph1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit if I can just touch Jesus’ clothes 1 According to Jewish law, she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:14 akfo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I will be healed 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will heal me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:15 nu8w power had gone out from him 1 This may be translated as: “healing power had flowed from him into someone else” or “his power had healed someone.” Jesus did not lose any power because of this.
32:15 ni4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he turned around and asked, “Who touched me?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “he turned around and asked who touched him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:15 rte6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Why did you ask, ‘Who touched me?’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Why did you ask who touched you?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:16 m3ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell on her knees 1 This could mean ‘quickly knelt down.’ She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
32:16 yw90 before Jesus 1 This could mean ‘in front of Jesus.’
32:16 gowt shaking and very afraid 1 This could mean ‘shaking with fear’ or ‘trembling because she was afraid.’
32:16 hwcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Your faith has healed you 1 Here **faith** is an abstract noun. This could also be translated as: “God has healed you because you trusted in him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
32:16 gtak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Go in peace 1 People spoke this traditional blessing when they left each other. Other languages may say something similar such as: “Go well” or “Go with God” or “Peace.” Other ways of translating it could be: “May you have peace as you go” or “Go and know that all is well between us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:16 ao7r A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
33:0 yde8 title The Story of the Farmer 1 This title can also be translated as: “About a farmer who planted some seed” or “What happened when a farmer planted some seed?”
33:1 vlho One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
33:2 k6pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables this story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
33:2 pqdq spreading the seed by hand 1 This could mean ‘throwing the seed on the soil’ or ‘covering all of his crop soil with seed.’ This is the way that farmers in the ancient Middle East typically planted grain-bearing crops.
33:3 tetf General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
33:3 euk2 the rocky ground 1 This could mean ‘ground that was full of rocks.’
33:4 gqrv General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
33:4 l4zy choked it out 1 This can also be translated as: “overshadowed it” or “crowded it out.”
33:4 ngsw the thorny ground 1 This could mean ‘the ground that was covered with thorny bushes.’
33:5 opfp General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
33:5 ovgi good soil 1 This could mean ‘fertile soil’ or ‘soil that was good for growing plants.’
33:5 d00v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 30, 60, or even 100 times 1 This can be written in words: “thirty, sixty, or even one hundred times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
33:6 zxhf This story confused the disciples. 1 This could mean ‘The disciples did not understand this story.’
33:6 w0xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The seed is the word of God 1 The **word** represents God’s message. Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “The sowing of the seed is teaching people God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:6 dsw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The path is a person who hears God’s word, but does not understand it 1 The **path** represents the person who hears God’s word. Alternate translation: “The path is like the person who hears God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:6 hutj is a person 1 This comparison can also be translated as: “is like a person” or “represents a person” or “refers to a person” or “is speaking about a person.”
33:6 u1hf takes the word away from him 1 This may also be translated as: “takes God’s word away, causing him to forget it” or “steals the word from his heart so he won’t believe it and be saved.” You may also add the following: ‘just as birds eat up the seed that falls on a path.’
33:7 klp3 General Information 1 Jesus continues to explain the story.
33:7 q48p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The rocky ground is a person who hears God’s word and accepts it with joy 1 The **rocky ground** represents the person who hears and accepts God’s word for a short time. Alternate translation: “The rocky ground is like the person who hears God’s message and accepts it with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:7 bnty The rocky ground 1 See how you translated this term in [33:03](33/03).
33:7 k2y7 is a person 1 See how you translated this comparison in [33:06](33/06).
33:7 ahsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor accepts it with joy 1 This metaphor speaks of believing God’s word as accepting it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” or “joyfully agrees that it is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:7 a131 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he suffers hardships, or when other people make him suffer 1 It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “he suffers because he believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
33:7 excn falls away 1 This could mean ‘no longer follows God or obeys him’ or ‘stops following or obeying God.’
33:8 fy7n General Information 1 Jesus continues to explain the story.
33:8 gju8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The thorny ground is a person who hears God’s word 1 The **thorny ground** represents the person who hears God’s word, but then ignores it. Alternate translation: “The thorny ground is like the person who hears God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:8 rjvv The thorny ground 1 See how you translated this term in [33:04](33/04).
33:8 hquv is a person 1 See how you translated this comparison in [33:06](33/06).
33:8 hkcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile He is like wheat stalks 1 Jesus speaks of the person as if he is like stalks of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
33:8 snd9 do not produce any grain 1 This could mean ‘do not produce spiritual fruit’ or ‘do not behave in a way that shows God’s Spirit is working in him.’
33:8 l95z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor grain 1 Jesus speaks of a person’s good works as if they were grain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:9 w01v General Information 1 Jesus continues to explain the story.
33:9 affc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the seed in the good soil is a person who hears the word of God, believes it, and produces fruit 1 The **seed in the good soil** represents the person who hears and believes God’s word, and produces fruit as a result. Alternate translation: “The seed in the good soil is like the person who hears and understand God’s message, and then produces fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:9 iein the good soil 1 See how you translated this term in [33:05](33/05).
33:9 kpme is a person 1 See how you translated this comparison in [33:06](33/06).
33:9 rn5x produces fruit 1 This could mean ‘produces spiritual fruit’ or ‘behaves in a way that shows God’s Spirit is working in him.’
33:9 ql63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor fruit 1 Jesus speaks of a person’s good works as if they were fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
33:9 kcid A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
34:0 e7o3 title Jesus Teaches Other Stories 1 This title can also be translated as: “About other stories that Jesus taught” or “What other stories did Jesus teach?”
34:1 sb1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables stories 1 Jesus used these stories as parables to teach truths about God’s kingdom. It is not clear if the events actually happened or not. If your language has a term that includes both fictional and real stories, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
34:1 higf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed 1 This simile speaks of the kingdom of God as if it were a mustard seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
34:1 klsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the mustard seed is the smallest seed of all 1 Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:1 g96q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a mustard seed 1 This probably refers to the seed of the black mustard plant, which has tiny seeds that rapidly grow into very large plants. If there is a word for this plant in your language, you should use it. If not, you may need to substitute the name of another plant which has the same characteristics. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
34:1 ukaj the smallest seed of all 1 That means the smallest of all the seeds that people plant.
34:2 n3eb General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
34:2 lw0c the mustard seed 1 See how you translated this term in [34:01](34/01).
34:2 i0zu grows 1 You may want to add: “into a mature plant.”
34:2 bd4g the garden plants 1 This can also be translated as: “the plants that would be planted in a garden.”
34:2 d22d rest in 1 This may also be translated as: “sit on” or “perch on.”
34:3 i9dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. See how you translated **story** in [34:01](34/01). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
34:3 kint rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is like yeast 1 The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were yeast that is mixed into dough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
34:3 z84k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit yeast 1 This can also be translated as: “leaven” or “the little bit of leaven.” It is added to bread dough to make it rise. A little bit of yeast mixed into a large amount of dough makes the whole batch of dough rise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:3 j8qh bread dough 1 This is a mixture of flour and liquid that can be shaped and baked into bread. If you do not have words for dough or flour, you can borrow a word for flour or call it ‘ground-up grain.’
34:3 olka it spreads throughout the dough 1 This could mean ‘every part of the dough has yeast in it’ or ‘the yeast grows throughout all the dough.’
34:4 yeho General Information 1 Jesus told another story.
34:4 vbog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is also like treasure 1 The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were a hidden treasure in a field. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
34:4 tfv1 treasure 1 This means something that is very valuable.
34:4 a9xz buried it again 1 It is also possible to add: “so that no one else would find it.”
34:4 v0ek filled with joy 1 Other ways to say this are: “very happy” or “excited.”
34:4 wqvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit so he could buy that field where the treasure was 1 The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. This can be clearly stated: “so he could buy that field to make the treasure his own.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:5 fuij General Information 1 Jesus continues with another story about the kingdom of God.
34:5 pke5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is also like a perfect pearl of great value 1 The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were a perfect pearl that was worth a lot of money. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
34:5 h206 a perfect pearl 1 This means ‘a pearl without any defects.’
34:5 jrxk a pearl 1 If pearls are unknown, this can be translated as: “a beautiful stone” or “a beautiful stone-like thing.”
34:5 wztw of great value 1 This could mean ‘that was very valuable’ or ‘that was worth a lot of money.’
34:5 q8lj a pearl merchant 1 This could mean ‘a pearl dealer’ or ‘a pearl trader.’ This refers to a person whose business is buying and selling pearls.
34:6 pr8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Jesus told them this story 1 Jesus told this story in the form of a parable. It may or may not refer to an event that actually happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
34:6 p83e story 1 See how you translated this term in [34:01](34/01).
34:6 zvoa despised others 1 This could mean ‘considered other people to be inferior to them’ or ‘looked down on other people.’
34:6 i35q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit a tax collector & a religious leader 1 Religious leaders thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:7 rvnz General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
34:7 n2cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector over there.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The religious leader prayed and thanked God that he was not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like the tax collector.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
34:7 phgz The religious leader prayed like this 1 Other ways to say this are: “This is how the religious leader prayed” or “The religious leader prayed in this way.”
34:7 on5e I am not a sinner like 1 This could mean ‘I am not sinful like’ or ‘I am righteous, not like.’
34:7 k1s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector 1 The Pharisees believed that tax collectors were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. This could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:7 zn36 unjust men 1 This could mean ‘men who are not righteous’ or ‘people who do evil things’ or ‘law breakers.’
34:8 isnw General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell of the religious leader’s prayer.
34:8 kl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ‘For example, I fast two times every week and I give you ten percent of all the money and goods that I receive.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “‘The religious leader said he fasted fast two times every week and gave God ten percent of all the money and goods that he received.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
34:8 kvvk I fast 1 The religious ruler believed that doing this would earn favor with God.
34:8 paqc ten percent 1 This means one-tenth.
34:9 svw7 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
34:9 l8kf stood far away 1 This can also be translated as: “stood at a distance” or “stayed separate.”
34:9 qosx did not even look up to heaven 1 The word **up** indicates that people normally looked up to heaven when praying to God, but that this man did not because he was so ashamed of his sin.
34:9 ccf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction he pounded on his chest with his fist 1 This could also be translated as: “because of his grief, he hit his chest with his fist” or “he pounded his chest in sorrow.” If people would find this hard to understand because they beat their chest for other reasons, you could translate this as: “he showed his despair.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
34:9 xgfo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and prayed and begged God to be merciful to him because he was a sinner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
34:10 crun declared him to be righteous 1 This could mean ‘considered him to be a righteous person.’ Even though the tax collector was a sinner, God was merciful to him because of his humility and repentance.
34:10 zibl will dishonor 1 This could also be translated as: “will give a lower status to” or “will cause to not be important.” It could be translated figuratively as: “will bring down.”
34:10 dzwa will honor 1 This could mean ‘will give a higher position to.’
34:10 prwr humbles himself 1 This could mean ‘chooses to behave in a humble way’ or ‘has a humble attitude about himself.’
34:10 hg0f A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
35:0 mi21 title The Story of the Compassionate Father 1 This title can also be translated as: “About a father who had compassion on his son” or “What happened when a father had compassion on his son?”
35:1 krov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
35:1 vlnv tax collectors 1 Tax collectors were considered to be the worst of sinners because often they stole money from people by collecting a higher tax than the government required and keeping the difference for themselves.
35:2 f28j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables story 1 Jesus used this story to teach truths about God’s kingdom. It is not clear if the events actually happened or not. If your language has a term that includes both fictional and real stories, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
35:3 itd4 General Information 1 Jesus tells the story.
35:3 rsib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a man 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
35:3 w453 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes told his father, ‘Father, I want my inheritance now!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “told his father that he wanted his inheritance right away!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
35:3 fc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations I want my inheritance now! 1 The son said this to emphasize that he was not willing to wait until after his father died in order to receive his inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
35:3 tso9 my inheritance 1 This could be translated as: “the part of your wealth that will be rightfully mine when you die.”
35:3 z285 property 1 This could mean ‘wealth’ or ‘possessions.’ This property would probably have included land, animals, and money.
35:4 rjsn General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:4 hydp wasted his money 1 This could mean ‘spent all his money without getting anything of value in exchange.’ In some languages it can be translated as: “threw his money away” or “ate all his money.”
35:4 qesc sinful living 1 This could mean ‘doing sinful things.’
35:5 q7w6 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:5 s4cq a severe famine occurred 1 This could mean ‘there was very little food.’ In some languages this might be translated as: “there was a severe famine.”
35:5 mwr3 no money to buy food 1 Because of the famine, food was very expensive, and he had already spent all of his money.
35:5 cgue job 1 This refers to work that he would do for someone else in exchange for money. If this is not clear, this sentence could start with: “So in order to earn some money, he took the only job.”
35:5 ta0t feeding pigs 1 This could mean ‘giving food to pigs.’ This would have been considered as one of the lowest jobs in society at this time. If your language has a certain word for low status jobs, use that word.
35:6 j0j3 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:6 fhb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes said to himself, ‘What am I doing? All my father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet here I am starving. I will go back to my father and ask to be one of his servants.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “asked himself what he was doing! All his father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet he was there starving. He decided to go back to his father and ask to be one of his father’s servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
35:6 nykr What am I doing? 1 The son isn’t really asking a question, so some languages will have to translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why am I living like this?” or “I should not be living like this!” or “It doesn’t make sense for me to live like this.”
35:7 b20j General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:7 axlx still far away 1 This can also be translated as: “within sight of his father’s home, but still a distance away.” The son was getting close to his father’s house but was still far enough away that most people in the house would not have seen him. Make sure it does not sound like he was still in a different country.
35:7 wipt felt compassion 1 This could mean ‘felt deep love and pity.’
35:7 ei7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit hugged him and kissed him 1 The father did this to show his son that he loved him and was glad that the son was coming home. If people think that it is strange or wrong for a man to embrace or hug and kiss his son, you can substitute a way that men in your culture show affection to their sons. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:8 j8us General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:8 dv54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes said, ‘Father, I have sinned against God and against you. I am not worthy to be your son.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “told his father that he had sinned against God and against his father, and was not worthy to be his son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
35:8 bqxv sinned against God and against you 1 This could be translated as: “sinned against God, and I have also sinned against you.”
35:8 lfr0 I am not worthy 1 It is also possible to say: “So I am not worthy” or “As a result, I am not worthy.”
35:9 rpvp General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:9 rys5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes servants, ‘Go quickly and bring the best clothes and put them on my son! Put a ring on his finger and put sandals on his feet. Then kill the best calf so we can have a feast and celebrate, because my son was dead, but now he is alive! He was lost, but now we have found him!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “servants to go quickly and bring the best clothes and put them on his son, and to put a ring on his finger and put sandals on his feet! He also told him to kill the best calf so they could have a feast and celebrate, because his son was dead, but now he is alive! He was lost, but now he had found him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
35:9 ermm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction Put a ring on his finger 1 A ring was a sign of authority that men wore on one of their fingers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
35:9 dm31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit put sandals on his feet 1 Wealthy people of that time wore sandals. However, in many cultures the modern equivalent would be ‘shoes.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:9 a9yh the best calf 1 This could also be translated as: “the fattest calf.” This was the calf that had been fattened so that, when cooked, it would taste the best.
35:9 r8yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations my son was dead, but now he is alive! 1 This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. This could mean ‘This is like my son was dead and is alive again!’ or ‘I grieved as if my son had died, but now I rejoice because it is as if he has come back to life!’ The father is using this expression to show how happy he is that his son has come home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:9 ohoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He was lost, but now we have found him! 1 This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. This could mean ‘This is like my son was lost and I have found him again!’ or ‘I grieved as if my son were lost, but now I rejoice because it is as if I have found him again!’ The father is using this expression to show how happy he is that his son has come home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:10 hpsa General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:10 vebc Before long 1 This can also be translated as: “Soon” or “After a little while.”
35:11 ksi6 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:12 vwjq General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:12 dbre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations All these years I have worked faithfully for you! 1 The son said this to his father to emphasize that he thought his father was treating him unfairly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
35:12 p8q1 one small goat 1 A small goat would have fed fewer people than the best calf, and would not be valued as much. The older brother is complaining that his father was treating the sinful younger son better than him.
35:12 b1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit this son of yours 1 This expression shows that the older son was angry. It shows his rejection of his younger brother and his disapproval of his father for welcoming back this wayward son. Other languages may also have an indirect way of communicating these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:12 e2k0 wasted your money 1 This could mean ‘squandered the money that you gave him’ or ‘devoured your wealth.’ If possible, use an expression that shows the brother’s anger.
35:12 u8gb killed the best calf 1 This could mean ‘killed the best calf to eat at a feast.’
35:13 pq7n General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
35:13 es8g it is right for us 1 This could mean ‘it is the right thing for us to do’ or ‘it is proper for us.’
35:13 wbhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your brother 1 The father refers to his younger son as **your brother** to remind the older son of his relationship to the younger son and of how he should love his younger brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:13 f919 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor was dead, but now is alive 1 See how you translated this in [35:09](35/09). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:13 w5z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He was lost, but now we have found him! 1 See how you translated this in [35:09](35/09). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
35:13 t78d A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
36:0 wosa title The Transfiguration 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when the disciples saw Jesus change before them” or “What happened when the disciples saw Jesus change before them?”
36:1 k18c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
36:1 nxha James 1 This is a different James than the one who wrote the Book of James in the Bible. To make this clear, some languages may need to use two slightly different names or to spell them differently.
36:2 vjum rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his face became as bright as the sun 1 This simile emphasizes how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
36:2 jg8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile His clothes became as white as light 1 This simile emphasizes how white Jesus’ clothes became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
36:2 y69r whiter 1 This could mean ‘more white.’
36:3 ou8k appeared 1 It is also possible to say: “appeared out of nowhere.” They suddenly were there.
36:3 qg96 in Jerusalem 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “in the city of Jerusalem.”
36:4 axp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive It is good for us to be here 1 It is not clear whether **us** refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
36:4 cls1 shelters 1 This can also be translated as: “lean-tos” or “garden huts” or “tents.” It refers to small, individual, temporary shelters like the Jews made from tree branches during an annual Jewish holiday.
36:4 dwj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background did not know what he was saying 1 This could mean ‘was speaking without understanding what was happening’ or ‘spoke without thinking clearly because he was so excited.’ This is background information about why Peter said what he did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
36:5 fzan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit a voice coming from the cloud. It said 1 Here **a voice** is a metonym that refers to someone who spoke. This can also be translated as: “a voice spoke from the cloud saying” or “God spoke from the cloud and said.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
36:5 bz8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples my Son 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
36:5 w0lx Listen to him 1 This could be translated as: “He is the one you must listen to.”
36:5 mjlo terrified 1 This could mean ‘extremely scared.’
36:5 kdvc fell on the ground 1 This could mean ‘quickly bowed to the ground’ or ‘immediately got down on the ground.’ Make sure the translation of **fell** does not sound like an accident. They probably did this intentionally out of awe and fear.
36:6 wh9d touched them 1 This could mean ‘put his hand on them.’ Some languages may prefer to specify where he touched them. If so, this could be translated as: “he touched them on the shoulder” or “he put his hand on each one’s shoulder.”
36:6 qtrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “Do not be afraid. Get up.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told them not to be afraid, and to get up.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
36:6 zpqz Do not be afraid 1 This could also be translated as: “Stop being afraid.”
36:6 jcjb Get up 1 This could also be translated as: “Stand up” or “Please get up.” Make sure that it sounds like Jesus spoke this with kindness.
36:6 kotk the only one still there was Jesus 1 It is also possible to add: “Moses and Elijah had left.”
36:7 dy9y A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
37:0 s94v title Jesus Raises Lazarus from the Dead 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus made Lazarus alive again” or “How did Jesus make Lazarus alive again?”
37:1 m2lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background There was a man named Lazarus. He had two sisters named Mary and Martha. They were all close friends of Jesus. 1 This introduces Lazarus and his sisters as new characters in the story, and also provides background information about their relationship to Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
37:1 nw8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
37:1 hlou Mary 1 Jesus’ mother was also named Mary. This was a different woman.
37:1 juwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit This sickness will not end with Lazarus dying 1 This can also be translated as: “The final result of this sickness will not be the death of Lazarus” or “Lazarus is sick, but death is not the final result of this sickness.” Jesus’ disciples probably thought this meant that Lazarus would not die. But Jesus knew that, although Lazarus would die from his sickness, he would live in the end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:2 p2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Jesus loved his friends 1 This is background information about Jesus’ relationship to Lazarus and his sisters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
37:2 q8nw but he waited where he was for two days 1 This could be translated as: “but he stayed where he was for two days, even though they wanted him to go and heal Lazarus.”
37:2 pas7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations just a short time ago the people there wanted to kill you! 1 The disciples said this to emphasize the great danger Jesus faced if he went to Judea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
37:2 kt3l Judea 1 This refers to the southern section of Israel, which was settled by the tribe of Judah. Some languages will prefer to say: “the region of Judea.”
37:2 q9r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom has fallen asleep 1 This is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. Translate this phrase with the normal word for **asleep** in your language. Although Jesus was using this word with a different meaning, the disciples did not understand that yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:2 wmdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I must wake him 1 Here **wake** is an idiom that means Jesus would make Lazarus alive again. Translate this phrase with the normal word for **wake** in your language. Although Jesus was using this word with a different meaning, the disciples did not understand that yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:3 t37f he will get better 1 The disciples intended this in the sense of: ‘there is no reason for us to go to him now, since he will get well.’
37:3 j4bz I am glad 1 This could be translated as: “I am happy” or “It is good that.” It does not mean he was happy that Lazarus died, but rather that he was happy that God was going to show how great he is.
37:4 ynbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background When Jesus arrived at Lazarus’ hometown, Lazarus had already been dead for four days 1 This is background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
37:4 ryph Martha 1 Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: [37:01](37/01)).
37:4 xr5g went out to meet Jesus 1 This could mean ‘went to meet Jesus as he was coming into the town.’
37:4 s2vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo if only you had been here, my brother would not have died 1 Martha is stating a hypothetical situation—what could have happened if Jesus had not waited for Lazarus to die before he came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
37:4 go22 my brother would not have died 1 This could mean ‘you would have healed my brother and he would not have died’ or ‘you could have prevented my brother from dying.’
37:4 pdp6 will give you whatever you ask from him 1 This could mean ‘will do whatever you ask him to do.’
37:5 wawg I am the Resurrection and the Life 1 This is one of several very powerful **I am **statements in which Jesus says something about his essential nature. In this one, Jesus indicates that he is the provider or source of resurrection and life. If possible, translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is his essential nature. This can also be translated as: “I am the one who resurrects people and causes them to live.”
37:5 b0k4 will live, even though he dies. 1 This could mean ‘will live forever, even though he dies.’ The English word, **he** does not only refer to men. Women who believe in Jesus will also live forever.
37:5 e7h2 will never die 1 This can also be translated as: “will live forever.”
37:5 dap8 Martha 1 Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: [37:01](37/01)).
37:5 aaja rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
37:6 azc4 Mary 1 This was the same woman as in [37:01](37/01), not the mother of Jesus.
37:6 la9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell at the feet of Jesus 1 This could mean ‘knelt down at Jesus’ feet’ as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
37:6 gpn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo if only you had been here, my brother would not have died 1 Mary is stating a hypothetical situation—what could have happened if Jesus had not waited for Lazarus to die before he came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
37:6 do88 my brother would not have died 1 This could mean ‘you could have kept my brother from dying’ or ‘you could have prevented my brother’s death’ or ‘my brother would still be alive.’
37:7 q346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background The tomb was a cave with a stone rolled in front of its opening 1 This is background information about the tomb where they had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
37:7 cp1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he told them, “Roll the stone away.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “he told them to roll the stone away.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
37:7 gec9 he told them 1 This could mean ‘he told the men there.’ He was probably not telling Mary and Martha to roll the stone away.
37:7 o8cm Roll the stone away 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “Roll the stone away from the opening of the tomb.”
37:7 hboq Martha 1 Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: [37:01](37/01)).
37:7 yo6j He has been dead for four days 1 This could also be translated as: “He died four days ago and his body is lying there.”
37:8 ag9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did I not tell you that you would see God’s power if you believe in me? 1 This could mean ‘Remember that I told you that you would see God’s power if you believe in me.’ Jesus is not asking this question in order to get an answer, so some languages should translate this as a command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:8 c7he see God’s power 1 This could mean ‘see the power of God displayed’ or ‘see God show how powerful he is.’
37:8 k7xb rolled the stone away 1 Some languages should say: “rolled the stone away from the opening of the tomb.”
37:9 f51d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
37:9 j6q1 hearing me 1 This could mean ‘listening to me.’ It may be helpful to add: “as I pray to you” or “when I talk to you.”
37:9 srog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Lazarus, come out! 1 Jesus used this exclamation as a strong command to Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
37:9 canv come out 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “come out of the tomb.”
37:10 n4mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Lazarus came out! 1 This exclamation emphasizes the shocking fact that Lazarus, who had been dead, walked out of the tomb. Some languages should say: “Lazarus came out of the tomb!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
37:10 qo22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He was still wrapped in grave clothes 1 This background information about Lazarus wearing grave clothes makes clear that Lazarus went directly from being dead to walking out of the tomb at Jesus’ command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:10 jzps grave clothes 1 This could mean ‘burial clothes.’ This can also be translated as: “burial bandages” or “strips of cloth.”
37:10 elhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle 1 This sentence tells us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
37:10 gczy because of this miracle 1 This could mean ‘because God had done this amazing miracle’ or ‘because Jesus had made Lazarus come alive again.’
37:11 u4lv envied 1 This could mean ‘were envious of Jesus’ power and popularity’ or ‘envious that so many Jews were believing in Jesus.’
37:11 xgd2 gathered together 1 This could mean ‘met together’ or ‘joined together.’ This was a not a casual meeting, but a meeting for a specific purpose–to plan how to kill Jesus.
37:11 lubz A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
38:0 pzee title Jesus Is Betrayed 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when Judas betrayed Jesus” or “How did Judas betray Jesus?”
38:1 odl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Every year, the Jews celebrated the Passover. This was a celebration of how God had saved their ancestors from slavery in Egypt many centuries earlier. 1 This is background information about the Jewish Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38:1 l9wg many centuries earlier 1 This could mean ‘hundreds of years earlier’ or ‘a very long time before.’
38:1 bbwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there. 1 This is background information about why Jesus was in Jerusalem in the Passover, and what would happen to him there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38:2 ysl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background One of Jesus’ disciples was a man named Judas. Judas was in charge of the apostles’ moneybag, but he often stole money out of the bag. After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders. He offered to betray Jesus by identifying him to the authorities in exchange for money. He knew that the Jewish leaders did not accept that Jesus was the Messiah. He knew that they wanted to kill him. 1 This is background information about Judas and his arrangement to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38:2 s65y in charge of the apostles’ moneybag 1 This could mean ‘responsible to hold the apostles’ money’ or ‘responsible to hold the bag that had the disciples’ money in it and to distribute funds from it.’
38:3 ni70 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas 30 silver coins to betray Jesus by handing him over to them. This happened just as the prophets said it would. Judas agreed, took the money, and went away. He began looking for an opportunity to help them arrest Jesus. 1 This is background information about the money Judas received to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38:3 dvsn 30 silver coins 1 Each of these coins were worth about four days’ wages.
38:4 ngb3 celebrated 1 This could mean ‘was celebrating.’
38:4 i5p5 took some bread 1 This could be translated as: “picked up a piece of bread” or “picked up a flat loaf of bread.”
38:4 wel0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit broke it 1 This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” or “ripped it” or “tore it.” He may have divided it into many pieces or he may have divided it into two pieces and given them to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression that would apply to either situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:4 aieh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage This is my body 1 Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. Possible meanings are 1. “This bread is my body” and 2. “This bread represents my body.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
38:4 euwd Do this to remember me 1 This could mean ‘Do this as a way to remind yourselves of what I am doing for you.’ Jesus was referring to his death, which would happen soon.
38:5 fwjx Drink this 1 This could mean ‘Drink what is in this cup’ or ‘Drink from this cup.’ The drink in the cup was made from grapes so that it had a deep red color.
38:5 jv1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage It is my blood 1 Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
38:5 wjkk blood of the New Covenant 1 This could be translated as: “blood that makes the New Covenant possible” or “blood that is the basis for the New Covenant.”
38:5 tino I will pour out 1 This could be translated as: “I will bleed out.”
38:5 bk4o remember me 1 This could mean ‘celebrate me’ or ‘commemorate me.’ It could also be translated as: “especially focus on me” or “remind you of me.”
38:6 q31l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to the disciples, “One of you will betray me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told his disciples that one of them would betray him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
38:6 d1u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “The person to whom I give this piece of bread is the betrayer.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “said that the person to whom he would give the piece of bread was the betrayer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
38:6 zsab give this piece of bread 1 This could mean ‘hand this piece of bread.’
38:6 dvam is the betrayer 1 This could also be translated as: “will betray me” or “is the one who will betray me.”
38:7 jawu Satan entered into him. 1 This could mean ‘Satan went into him’ or ‘Satan took control of him.’
38:7 qgn2 Judas left and went 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “Judas left the meal and went” or “Judas left the room and went outside.”
38:8 w29t Mount of Olives 1 This is the name of a hill covered with olive trees, just outside the walls of the city of Jerusalem. It can also be translated as: “Olive Tree Hill.”
38:8 kxoz abandon me 1 This could mean ‘desert me’ or ‘leave me.’
38:8 l9qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It is written 1 This could mean ‘It is written in God’s word’ or ‘It is written in the scriptures’ or ‘One of God’s prophets wrote.’ It is also possible to say: “What is written will happen” or “It will be like what is written.” This prophecy refers to Jesus’ death and his followers' desertion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:8 uzsg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will strike 1 This could mean ‘I will kill.’ Here **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:8 f8ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the shepherd and all the sheep 1 Do not use Jesus’ name in this quote because the prophet who first wrote it would not have known the shepherd’s name. Also, do not refer to the sheep being the disciples. It is best to use words that mean **shepherd** and **sheep** in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
38:8 d0j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive all the sheep will be scattered 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:9 a4vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations replied, “Even if all the others abandon you, I will not!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “replied that even if all the others abandoned Jesus, he would not!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
38:9 w4cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Even if all the others abandon you, I will not! 1 Peter said this to emphasize that he would never abandon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
38:9 vqgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Even if all the others abandon you 1 Peter is stating a hypothetical situation—the other disciples might abandon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
38:9 wqn2 abandon you 1 Check to see how you translated this in [38:08](38/08).
38:9 fwqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis I will not 1 This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: replied, “Even if all the others abandon you, I will not abandon you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
38:9 jupm to have all of you 1 This could mean ‘to completely control you’ or ‘to get you to serve him completely.’ The word **you** is plural in this phrase. All of the words **you** and **your** that follow are singular.
38:9 ljun that your faith will not fail 1 This could mean ‘that you will not stop believing in me.’
38:9 apdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy before the rooster crows 1 Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. Alternate translation: “Before the rooster crows at dawn tomorrow” or “before the rooster crows tomorrow morning.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
38:10 vahc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to Jesus, “Even if I must die, I will never deny you!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “said to Jesus that even if he had to die, he would never deny Jesus!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
38:10 caiu deny you 1 This could mean ‘deny that I know you’ or ‘deny that I am your disciple’ or ‘disown you.’
38:11 qfnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
38:11 un6j a place called Gethsemane 1 This could be translated as: “a nearby place called Gethsemane” or “a place called Gethsemane at the foot of the Mount of Olives.”
38:11 xlgo they would not enter into temptation 1 This could be translated as: “they would not be tempted” or “Satan would not tempt them.”
38:11 ko9n by himself 1 This could be translated as: “alone.”
38:12 sqzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples My Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
38:12 o8yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit if it is possible 1 This means ‘if God would allow it to happen.’ Alternate translation: “if you will allow it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:12 zhjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor drink this cup of suffering 1 Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. Alternate translation: “go through this suffering” or “suffer what is about to happen” or “endure this suffering.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
38:12 siud let your will be done 1 This expression means ‘do what you have planned’ or ‘do what needs to be done.’
38:13 r9oz After each time of prayer 1 This could mean ‘Every time Jesus prayed that prayer.’ This refers to the three times he prayed, as mentioned in [38:12](38/12).
38:13 kl4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “Wake up! My betrayer is here.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told them to wake up, for his betrayer was there!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
38:14 q9cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Judas came with the Jewish leaders, soldiers, and a large crowd. They were carrying swords and clubs 1 This is background information about the people who came with Judas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38:14 jfqa came to 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “went to.”
38:14 uz7u Greetings 1 This can also be translated as: “Hello” or “Peace” or “Good evening.”
38:14 xr4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit kissed him 1 Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:14 dkvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are you betraying me with a kiss? 1 This could mean ‘are you really going to betray me with a kiss?’ Jesus is not looking for an answer to this question, so some languages would translate it as a statement, such as: “you are betraying me by kissing me!” or “you make your betrayal even worse by kissing me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
38:15 o35a pulled out his sword 1 This could mean ‘pulled out his sword from the place where he was carrying it.’
38:15 fixn rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Father & my Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
38:15 bjy5 I must obey my Father 1 This could mean ‘I won’t do that because I must obey my Father’s will and allow myself to be arrested.’
38:15 uwjn A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
39:0 pqwq title Jesus Is Put on Trial 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when the Jews judged Jesus” or “What happened when the Jews judged Jesus?”
39:1 gnzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent It was now the middle of the night 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
39:1 ijbv the middle of the night 1 This expression means ‘halfway through the night’ or ‘very late at night.’
39:1 vgsq to question Jesus 1 This could mean ‘to ask Jesus questions to try to find something they could accuse Jesus of doing wrong.’
39:2 er8g put Jesus on trial 1 This could be translated as: “had a formal meeting to accuse Jesus of doing something wrong.” Usually a trial is held to find out if someone is innocent or guilty of a certain crime. In this case, the leaders were determined to have Jesus found guilty.
39:2 n2nr lied about him 1 This could mean ‘told lies about him’ or ‘falsely accused him of doing something wrong.’
39:2 rlg5 their statements did not agree with each other 1 This could be translated as: “they said things about Jesus that were very different from each other” or “the witnesses said things about Jesus that contradicted each other.”
39:2 w4j3 he was guilty of anything 1 This could mean ‘that he had done anything wrong.’
39:3 h1pp Finally 1 This could mean ‘After they were unable to find any evidence against him’ or ‘After they were unable to prove that he was guilty.’
39:3 ky9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of the living God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
39:4 gtb6 I am 1 This could mean ‘I am as you said’ or ‘I am the Messiah and the Son of God.’ **I am** is also the name of God (See: [09:14](09/14)). By saying simply **I am**, Jesus was also saying that he is God. If possible, translate this so that people will see a similarity between Jesus’ answer and the name of God.
39:4 asdn seated with God 1 This could be translated as: “reigning with God.” Because God is the ruler over all, people talk about him as sitting on a throne in heaven. By saying that he would be seated with God, Jesus claimed that he had authority to rule with the Father.
39:4 quw7 seated with God and coming from heaven 1 This could be translated as: “sitting beside God and then coming from heaven.”
39:4 o94e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction tore his clothes because he was angry 1 The Jews would tear their clothes to show grief or anger. If tearing the clothes means something else in your language, you may want to substitute a phrase such as “he was extremely angry.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
39:4 mc4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We do not need any more witnesses to tell us what this man has done! 1 The high priest said this to emphasize the he thought they had already proved that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
39:4 pmyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns You yourselves 1 These pronouns are plural, and refer to all the members of the council. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
39:4 bfw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
39:4 cvtm What is your decision about him? 1 This could mean ‘Tell us what have you decided: Is he innocent or guilty?’ The chief priest wanted the religious leaders to condemn Jesus for claiming to be equal with God.
39:5 k8lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He deserves to die! 1 The Jewish leaders said this to emphasize how angry they were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
39:5 ontw they blindfolded Jesus 1 You could translate this as: “they covered Jesus’ eyes so that he could not see.”
39:5 l65x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction spit on him 1 This could also be translated as: “spit on him to insult him” or “spit on him in order to say that he was worthless.” This was a way of showing contempt for someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
39:6 xzyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations You also were with Jesus! 1 The servant girl said this to accuse Peter of being a criminal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
39:6 lkuh denied it 1 This can be translated as: “said that it was not true” or “said that he was not with Jesus” or “said, ‘No. That is not true.’”
39:6 rtyg Peter denied it again 1 This could be translated as: “Peter denied knowing Jesus a second time” or “again Peter said he had not been with Jesus.”
39:6 ay4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit We know that you were with Jesus because you both are from Galilee 1 The servant girl could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:6 ki1l are from Galilee 1 This could also be translated as: “are Galileans.” The people could tell from the way Jesus and Peter talked that they came from the region of Galilee.
39:7 y0nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations May God curse me if I know this man! 1 This is a curse that means ‘May God cause harm to me if what you say is true!’ or ‘May God punish me if I am lying to you!’ In this way Peter was saying very strongly that he did not know Jesus. He also referred to Jesus as **this man** to make it sound like he did not know him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
39:7 vjhz a rooster crowed 1 **Crowed** is the loud sound that a rooster makes. Compare how you translated this in [38:09](38/09).
39:8 hli9 cried bitterly 1 This could mean ‘cried, feeling deep sorrow’ or ‘cried, feeling deep regret.’
39:8 hfu0 the one who had betrayed Jesus 1 This could mean ‘who had helped the leaders arrest Jesus.’
39:8 jjb9 had condemned Jesus to die 1 This could mean ‘had said that Jesus was guilty and must die.’
39:9 su24 He worked for Rome 1 The Roman government had appointed Pilate to govern the region of Judea in Israel.
39:9 fmzz condemn Jesus and kill him 1 As governor, Pilate had the authority to condemn Jesus to death and to give approval for his crucifixion, or he could set him free. The Jewish religious leaders did not have the authority to have someone killed.
39:9 l9t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations asked Jesus, “Are you the king of the Jews?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “asked Jesus if he was the king of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
39:10 jsmv my kingdom is not here on earth 1 This could mean ‘my kingdom is not like earthly kingdoms.’
39:10 tmr3 my servants would fight for me 1 This could mean ‘my disciples would fight to protect me’ so that I could establish my kingdom.
39:10 bdr9 listens to me 1 This could be translated as: “hears my teaching and obeys me.” It includes not just hearing Jesus’ words, but also doing what he says.
39:10 rlmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What is truth? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “Can anyone know what is true?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
39:11 b2dj He is not guilty 1 This could mean ‘He has done nothing wrong!’
39:12 gq3c begin to riot 1 This could mean ‘start doing violent things in their anger.’
39:12 rthe he agreed to have 1 Pilate did not want to kill Jesus because he believed that Jesus was innocent. But he was forced to tell his soldiers to crucify Jesus because of his fear of the crowd. If possible, translate this phrase in a way that shows his reluctance.
39:12 hpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him 1 They put the robe and crown on Jesus to mock him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
39:12 kvnh a royal robe 1 This could mean ‘a robe like a king’s robe.’ This robe had a bright color, so it looked like the kind of robe that a king would wear.
39:12 fg0e a crown made of thorns 1 This could mean ‘a ring woven from thorns.’ A king would wear a crown of gold.
39:12 a1ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Look, the King of the Jews! 1 They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus “King of the Jews,” but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
39:12 dxyg Look 1 This could mean ‘Look at’ or ‘Here is.’
39:12 dx8y the King of the Jews 1 Since the soldiers were mocking Jesus, this could be translated as: “the so-called King of the Jews.”
39:12 jsvt A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
40:0 x435 title Jesus Is Crucified 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus died on a cross” or “What happened when Jesus died on a cross?”
40:1 h3mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
40:1 tfdz led him away 1 This could mean ‘forced him to go with them.’ This could also be translated as: “took him away.”
40:1 vuuq to crucify him 1 This could mean ‘to kill him on a cross.’
40:2 wz0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a place called ‘the Skull’ 1 This can be stated in active form: “a place that people called ‘the Skull’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:2 bd3p the Skull 1 This is a small escarpment near Jerusalem with a rocky, white face which looks somewhat like a skull.
40:2 u71m rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
40:2 iwe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit forgive them, because they do not know what they are doing 1 This could mean ‘they do not understand the meaning of what they are doing, so please forgive them.’ The soldiers thought Jesus was only a criminal who deserved to die. They did not understand that he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “for they do not really know whom they are crucifying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:3 ywr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the soldiers gambled for Jesus’ clothing 1 This could mean ‘played a game of chance to win Jesus’ clothes.’ We do not know how they did this, but in some cultures it could be translated as: “tossed stones on the ground to win Jesus’ clothing” or “chose sticks to decide who could take Jesus’ clothes.” The winner received his clothing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:3 coqe they fulfilled a prophecy that said 1 This could mean ‘they did what the scriptures had long ago predicted would happen to the Messiah’ or ‘they did what a prophet wrote long ago.’
40:4 agw5 two robbers 1 This could also be translated as: “two bandits.” This refers to criminals who used force or violence to steal things.
40:4 ql8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you not fear that God will punish you? 1 The robber does not expect an answer to this question; it is a way that some languages use to make a strong statement. If your language does not use questions in this way, then translate this as: “You should fear God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
40:4 xyzi We are guilty of doing many bad things, but this man is innocent 1 This could be translated as: “You and I have done evil things and deserve to die, but this man, Jesus, has done nothing wrong and does not deserve to die.”
40:4 qmri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We are guilty 1 **We** here includes both robbers, but does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
40:4 wq87 this man 1 This phrase refers to Jesus.
40:4 zw1p Please remember me 1 This could mean ‘Please accept me’ or ‘Please welcome me’ or ‘Please allow me to be with you.’ **Remember** here does not mean to recall something after forgetting it. Translate this in a way that communicates a humble request.
40:4 t9ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in your kingdom 1 This is a metonym that refers to the time when Jesus will rule. Alternate translation: “when you establish your kingdom” or “when you are ruling as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40:4 ccka Paradise 1 This is another name for ‘heaven.’
40:5 czm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! 1 The people were mocking Jesus. Alternate translation: “We do not believe you are the King of the Jews, but if you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:5 sya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If you are the Son of God 1 The people were mocking Jesus, but he truly was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
40:5 nxom rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
40:5 myax believe you 1 This could mean ‘believe in you’ or ‘believe that you are the Messiah.’
40:7 xoev It is finished! 1 This could also be translated as: “It is completed” or “I have finished it” or “I have completed the work.” This means that Jesus’ work of salvation was complete.
40:7 bylb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
40:7 bahv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I am giving my spirit into your hands 1 This statement is a metonym that refers to God’s care. Alternate translation: “I entrust my spirit to your care” or “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40:7 htj3 bowed his head 1 This could mean ‘lowered his head.’
40:7 wyee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism gave up his spirit 1 This is a polite way to say that Jesus died. This could be translated as: “gave up his spirit to God” or “released his spirit to God and died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
40:7 s24z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive In the Temple, the large curtain that separated the people from the presence of God was torn in two 1 This can be stated in active form: “God tore in two the large curtain in the Temple that separated the people from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:7 dbk6 the large curtain 1 This was a large, strong fabric hung in the Temple. It was like a wall separating one room from another. It can also be translated as: “The thick curtain” or “The hanging fabric” or “The screen.”
40:8 voji Through his death 1 This could mean ‘By means of his death’ or ‘By dying.’
40:8 ehxc opened the way 1 This could mean ‘made it possible.’
40:8 kiuq come to God 1 This could mean ‘come near to God’ or ‘go near to God’ or ‘approach God’ or ‘know God personally.’ The tearing of the curtain showed that the barrier between God and people had been removed.
40:8 eukk rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
40:9 icnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Then two Jewish leaders named Joseph and Nicodemus came 1 This introduces two new characters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
40:9 kdet Joseph 1 This was not Mary’s husband. It was another man named Joseph.
40:9 v4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background They believed that Jesus was the Messiah 1 This is background information about two Jewish leaders who believed Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
40:9 asjz asked Pilate for Jesus’ body 1 This could mean ‘asked Pilate to permit them to take Jesus’ body down from the cross.’
40:9 tyxi A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
41:0 f1g8 title God Raises Jesus from the Dead 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made Jesus alive again” or “How did God make Jesus alive again?”
41:1 w1o6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After the soldiers crucified Jesus 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequence of events. The Jewish leaders spoke to Pilate after he had had Jesus crucified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
41:1 fqyx That liar, Jesus, said 1 This could also be translated as: “That man, Jesus, lied and said.” They refused to believe that Jesus told the truth about being the Son of God.
41:1 kmtf rise from the dead 1 This could mean ‘come back to life’ or ‘become alive again.’
41:1 ow3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If they do, they will say he has risen from the dead 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. The Jewish leaders thought that the disciples would only be able to say Jesus had risen from the dead if they were able to steal his body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
41:2 ah4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Pilate said, “Take some soldiers and guard the tomb as well as you can.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Pilate told them to take some soldiers and guard the tomb as well as they could.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
41:2 soxa they placed 1 This could mean ‘the religious leaders and the soldiers placed.’
41:2 luep rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a seal on the stone 1 They put a soft material like clay or wax between the stone and the tomb and marked it with an official seal. If anyone moved the stone, the material would break and show that someone had entered the tomb. This could also be translated as: “a mark on the stone to forbid people from moving it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
41:3 xn5r No one could work on the Sabbath day 1 The Sabbath day rules did not permit a Jew to walk very far or to do any other kind of work.
41:3 nbr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit put more spices on his body 1 It was the custom of the Jews to wash the body and then wrap it with strong, pleasant smelling spices to prevent the dead body from smelling bad so quickly. This was also a sign of honor and devotion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:3 olxt spices 1 This refers to sweet-smelling spices that were placed on a dead body to cover the bad smell. This can also be translated as: “sweet-smelling spices” or “sweet-smelling oils” or “sweet-smelling plants.”
41:4 dubc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Before the women arrived, there was a great earthquake at the tomb 1 The connecting word **Before** introduces a sequential clause. First there was the earthquake and appearance of the angel, and then the women arrived at the tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
41:4 vz4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown there was a great earthquake 1 This could also be translated as: “there was a violent earthquake” or “there was a forceful shaking of the ground.” Some languages may prefer to reword this as: “the ground began to shake violently.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
41:4 x6gd was shining as brightly as lightning 1 This could mean ‘whose appearance was as bright as lightning.’
41:4 yyge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile fell to the ground like dead men 1 This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move, just like dead men do not move. They probably had fainted from fright. To make this clear, this could be translated as: “suddenly fell to the ground and did not move.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
41:5 y64e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous When the women arrived at the tomb, the angel told them 1 The word **When** introduces a simultaneous clause. The two events happened at the same time, the women arrived at the tomb and the angel spoke to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
41:5 e2vx Do not be afraid 1 This could mean ‘Stop being afraid.’ An angel shining like lightning was a frightening sight!
41:5 si3r He has risen from the dead 1 This could be translated as: “He has come back to life.”
41:5 gyik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations His body was not there! 1 This exclamation emphasizes how surprised they were that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
41:6 omfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes “Go and tell the disciples, ‘Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.’” 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Go and tell the disciples that Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
41:6 fa34 Go and tell the disciples 1 This is a command that the angel is giving to the women.
41:6 sv6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj from the dead 1 This could mean ‘from among all those who have died.’ This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
41:6 rlot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual he will go to Galilee ahead of you 1 This could mean ‘he will meet you in Galilee’ or ‘he will be in Galilee when you get there.’ **You** here is plural, including the apostles and other disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
41:7 hwef the good news 1 This can also be translated as: “the good news that Jesus was alive again.” This good news refers to the fact that Jesus had risen from the dead.
41:8 rn1s Do not be afraid. Go and tell my disciples 1 These are commands that Jesus is giving to the women.
41:8 q02w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bowed down at his feet 1 They did this symbolic action to honor Jesus as they would expect to do in the presence of a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
41:8 g5dt will see me 1 This could mean ‘will meet me’ or ‘can meet with me.’
41:8 kreo A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
42:0 ezpr title Jesus Returns to Heaven 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus went back to heaven” or “How did Jesus go back to heaven?”
42:1 fmsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast They had hoped that he was the Messiah, but then he was killed 1 This connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. They thought the Messiah would reign as king of Israel. They did not expect him to die so they could not reconcile Jesus being Messiah with Jesus being crucified. His death was in contrast to their expectations for the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
42:2 jlc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Jesus approached them and started walking with them, but they did not recognize him 1 The connecting word **but** indicates a contrast relationship. They knew Jesus well so you would expect them to recognize him, but they did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
42:2 mrbi did not recognize him 1 This could mean ‘did not know that it was Jesus.’
42:2 urx1 all the things that had happened 1 This refers to the teaching and miracles of Jesus, his death, and the reports of his resurrection.
42:3 w5fk on the third day 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “on the third day after his death.”
42:4 axpd it was almost evening 1 This can also be translated as: “the day was ending” or “the sun was going down” or “it was starting to get dark.”
42:4 ig7j he disappeared from their sight 1 This could also be translated as: “he was gone” or “he was no longer there.”
42:5 id4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations That was Jesus! 1 This exclamation emphasizes how shocked the disciples were to see Jesus alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
42:5 ddek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations they told the disciples, “Jesus is alive! We have seen him!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “they told the disciples that Jesus was alive, and that they had seen him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
42:5 xvi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Jesus is alive! 1 The two disciples used this exclamation to emphasize to the other disciples that Jesus was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
42:5 s84t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We have seen him! 1 The two disciples used this exclamation to emphasize that they not only heard that Jesus was alive, but had personally see him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
42:6 h7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Peace to you 1 ‘May you have peace’ or ‘May God give you peace!’ The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
42:6 s4qm a ghost 1 This refers to the spirit of a dead person.
42:6 n4cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why are you afraid? 1 Jesus uses this rhetorical question to comfort them. Alternate translation: “Do not be frightened.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
42:6 clza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you not think it is really I, Jesus? 1 Jesus uses this rhetorical question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. Alternate translation: “Do not doubt I am Jesus!” or “Stop doubting!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
42:7 y51b on the third day 1 This could mean ‘after three days’ or ‘three days later.’
42:8 ql7u proclaim 1 This could mean ‘announce’ or ‘preach.’
42:8 hnot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If they repent, God will forgive their sins 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If people repent, then God will forgive their sins. If they do not repent, then he will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
42:8 qyeu My disciples will proclaim this message starting in Jerusalem 1 This could mean ‘My disciples will begin doing this in Jerusalem’ or ‘My disciples will begin to proclaim these things in Jerusalem.’
42:8 ettk You are witnesses of everything 1 This could mean ‘You will tell other people all the things that.’
42:10 wsz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you & You 1 Each instance of **you** in this frame is plural, and refers to all the disciples present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
42:10 kp1r make disciples in all people groups 1 This could mean ‘help people from every people group become my disciples.’
42:10 r9sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of 1 Here **name** is a metonym that means both, ‘by the authority of’ and, ‘under the authority of.’ Consider translating the word **name** literally if it will be understood in this way in your language. This phrase can also be repeated as in, ‘in the name of the Father, in the name of the Son, and in the name of the Holy Spirit.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
42:10 olb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Father, the Son 1 These are important titles for God the Father and for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
42:10 k7fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Holy Spirit 1 This introduces the Holy Spirit as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
42:11 xd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples my Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
42:11 hss1 a cloud hid him from their sight 1 This could also be translated as: “he disappeared into a cloud.”
42:11 viir rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction Jesus sat down in heaven at the right hand of God 1 To sit down was a symbolic act that indicated that Jesus’ work was completed. Furthermore, sitting at the right hand of God represents taking the place of honor beside him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
42:11 pqja at the right hand of God 1 This could also be translated as: “at the right side of God.”
42:11 w5zt over all things 1 This could mean ‘over everything.’
42:11 gyyt A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
43:0 upr3 title The Church Begins 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how the Church began” or “How did the Church begin?”
43:1 b15k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequential clause. First Jesus returned to heaven. Then the disciples waited in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
43:1 a3nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
43:1 r38h returned to heaven 1 This could mean ‘went back to heaven.’
43:1 wy96 stayed in Jerusalem 1 This could mean ‘stayed in Jerusalem for a while.’ They didn’t stay there permanently.
43:2 pbqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Every year, 50 days after the Passover, the Jews celebrated an important day called Pentecost. Pentecost was a time when the Jews celebrated the wheat harvest. Jews came from all over the world to Jerusalem to celebrate Pentecost together. 1 This is background information about Pentecost. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
43:2 jcgj Pentecost 1 **Pentecost** means ‘fiftieth (day).’ You could use the word **Pentecost** in your translation and let the text explain the meaning. Or you could use a term that means ‘50th day.’
43:2 qcrv celebrated the wheat harvest 1 The Jews would thank God for the wheat harvest by bringing offerings and celebrate by having special meals. Wheat is a grain crop; if you have no word that means **wheat**, you can use a more general word for grain. This happened in May; other crops were harvested at other times of the year.
43:2 kfl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent This year the time for Pentecost came about a week after Jesus had gone back to heaven. 1 This introduces a new event. It is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
43:2 s0am This year 1 This could mean ‘In the year that Jesus died.’
43:3 pqol rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous While the believers were all together 1 The word **While** introduces a simultaneous clause. The two events happened at the same time—the believers were together, and there was a sound like a strong wind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
43:3 n07o a sound like a strong wind 1 This could mean ‘a noise that a strong wind makes’ or ‘the sound that the wind makes when it blows hard.’
43:3 sl88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They were all filled with the Holy Spirit 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
43:3 e1be filled with the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘given ability by the Holy Spirit’ or ‘given power by the Holy Spirit.’
43:3 ybc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in other languages 1 This could be translated as: “in languages other than their own language” or “in foreign languages” or “as people from other places speak.” The believers did not know these languages until the Holy Spirit gave them the power to speak them. Make sure the word used to translate **languages** refers to languages people actually speak and understand. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43:4 jyhd a crowd 1 This could be translated as: “a crowd of people” or “a large group of people.”
43:5 gq24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Peter stood up and said to them 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. People said the disciples were drunk. But if they were drunk, you would not expect Peter to stand up and speak rationally and with authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
43:5 vvlp Listen to me! 1 Peter stated this command in order to cause the crowd to pay close attention to what he was going to tell them.
43:5 lar2 Joel 1 Joel was a prophet in Israel who lived hundreds of years before this happened.
43:5 y49s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes God said, ‘In the last days, I will pour out my Spirit.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “God said that in the last days, he would pour out his Spirit.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
43:5 rx76 the last days 1 This refers to the final days before the end of the world.
43:5 c91i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I will pour out my Spirit 1 Here **pour out** is an idiom that means to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:5 e6zb my Spirit 1 This could mean ‘my Holy Spirit.’
43:6 pc2i General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
43:6 zoat Men of Israel 1 For some languages, it is better to say: “People of Israel” for it to be clear that this included men and women. This could also be translated as: “My fellow people of Israel” or “My fellow Jews” to make it clear that Peter was also a Jew and belonged to the “people of Israel.”
43:6 gvyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations But you crucified him! 1 Peter used this exclamation to strongly accuse the people in the crowd of murdering Jesus, the Messiah whom God had sent to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
43:6 f708 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But you crucified him 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus did many wonderful things, so you would expect people to recognize that he was sent from God. Instead, they crucified him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
43:6 xjyg you crucified him! 1 This could also be translated as: “you caused him to be crucified” or “because of you, he was crucified.” The Jews did not actually nail Jesus to the cross. However, the Jewish leaders caused him to be condemned and many of the people in the crowd had shouted for him to be crucified.
43:7 zxmo General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
43:7 e7je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes what a prophet wrote: ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “what a prophet wrote, that you would not let your Holy One rot in the grave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
43:7 l6ae You will not let your 1 **You** and **your** refer to God the Father. To make that clear, this could be translated as: “You, God, will not let your.” Some languages may have a special way of addressing someone, such as: “You, O God.”
43:7 hqfx rot in the grave 1 This could mean ‘decay in the tomb’ or ‘decompose in the grave.’ This refers to the fact that Jesus did not remain in the tomb very long. It is another way of saying that he did not stay dead, but rather, came back to life again.
43:7 t1k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We are witnesses 1 The word **We** refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. It does not include the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
43:7 yjxl raised Jesus to life again 1 This could mean ‘made Jesus alive again.’
43:8 bah9 General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
43:8 tkkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples God the Father 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
43:8 ed3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom at his right hand 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to the highest place of honor and authority. Alternate translation: “in the most important position” or “in the place of highest honor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:8 di00 causing 1 This could mean ‘enabling the believers to do’ or ‘giving these people the power to do.’
43:9 wl03 General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
43:9 v9qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But know for certain that 1 This phrase indicates contrast relationship. The Jews killed Jesus, but God did the opposite—he made Jesus the lord of everything! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
43:10 c3r3 deeply moved by 1 This could mean ‘very troubled by’ or ‘felt very sad when they heard.’ To be **moved** is to feel strong emotions.
43:10 sild rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they asked 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (they were deeply moved), with the result (they asked Peter and the disciples what they should do). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
43:10 ne4d Brothers 1 This was a normal way for a Jew to address fellow Jews. It could also be translated as: “Friends.”
43:11 riu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal So repent and be baptized 1 The word **So** introduces a goal relationship. The people should repent and be baptized because they want to be forgiven of their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
43:11 ru8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive be baptized 1 This can be stated in active form: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
43:11 abk9 in the name of 1 This phrase means both, ‘by the authority of’ and, ‘under the authority of.’ Consider translating the word **name** literally if it will be understood in this way in your language.
43:11 jf53 Christ 1 This is the same meaning as ‘Messiah.’ It could be translated as: “Anointed One” or “Chosen One.” Instead of translating the meaning, some translators may choose to keep the word **Christ** and spell it using the sounds in their own language.
43:11 r84p Jesus Christ 1 Since **Christ** is a title here, some translators may choose to change the order and say: “Christ Jesus.” Both orders are used in the Bible.
43:11 pqqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Then God will also give you the Holy Spirit as a gift 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was because they had repented and had been forgiven of their sins, and the result is they would also receive the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
43:12 fx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They were baptized 1 This can be stated in active form: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
43:13 bswm thought well of them 1 This could mean ‘had a positive opinion of them.’
43:13 k59i A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
44:0 navx title Peter and John Heal a Beggar 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Peter and John healed a beggar” or “What happened when Peter and John healed a beggar?”
44:1 htn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
44:1 zst9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to the Temple 1 They did not go into the Temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the Temple courtyard” or “into the Temple area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44:1 s7a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants A crippled man was sitting at the gate, begging for money. 1 This introduces a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
44:1 xrou A crippled man 1 This could also be translated as: “A lame man.” This refers to a man who did not have full use of his legs, and could not stand or walk.
44:2 anm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will give you what I do have 1 It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44:2 swsg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy In the name of Jesus 1 Here **name** is a metonym that refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
44:2 ua2w get up 1 This could mean ‘stand up.’
44:3 jj4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Immediately, God healed the lame man 1 The connecting word **Immediately** introduces a sequential clause. Peter spoke, and then the lame man was healed. But the writer wants the readers to know there was no delay—the healing took place as soon as Peter spoke. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
44:3 n7h5 the courtyard of the Temple 1 Only priests could enter the Temple, but ordinary Jews were allowed to come into this area that surrounded the Temple.
44:4 j0ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We did not heal him with our own power 1 **We** here includes Peter and John, but not the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44:4 imbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive because we believe in Jesus 1 **We** here includes Peter and John, but not the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44:5 iqhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor turn to God 1 Here **turn** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
44:5 ye73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will wash away your sins 1 Peter is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if God were physically washing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
44:6 onx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they arrested them and put them into prison 1 The connecting word **So** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the leaders of the Temple were very upset; the result is they arrested Peter and John and put them into prison. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
44:6 uzea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But many people believed what Peter said 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that people would not believe, because Peter and John were put in prison. Instead, 5000 men believed! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
44:6 tza5 The number of men 1 This was in addition to the women and children who believed.
44:7 x8b9 By what power did you heal 1 “Who gave you power to heal”
44:8 wz95 healed 1 This could mean ‘well’ or ‘strong.’
44:8 yefn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God raised him to life again 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus was crucified, so you would expect him to be dead. But what actually happened is that God raised him to life again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
44:8 qn4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom God raised him to life again 1 Here to **raise** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
44:8 qgfl rejected him 1 This could mean ‘refused to accept him’ or ‘refused to believe in Jesus’ or ‘refused to believe that Jesus is the Savior.’
44:8 yltt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but there is no other way to be saved 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. The leaders rejected Christ, so you would expect that he was not a person worth anything. However, he is actually the only one with the power to save people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
44:8 nsjy there is no other way to be saved except through the power of Jesus 1 This could also be translated as: “the only way to be saved is through the power of Jesus” or “only Jesus can save us by his power.”
44:8 q4mj to be saved 1 This can also be translated as: “to be saved from our sins” or “that we can be saved from our sins.”
44:9 cv5o were shocked 1 This could mean ‘were very surprised’ or ‘were amazed.’
44:9 va1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ordinary men who were uneducated 1 The words **ordinary** and **uneducated** share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
44:9 sio0 ordinary 1 This could mean ‘common’ or ‘lower-class.’ Peter and John were simple fishermen.
44:9 nm98 who were uneducated 1 This could mean ‘who did not have a formal education.’ This could also be translated as: “who had not gone to religious school.”
44:9 q8wm then they remembered 1 This could also be translated as: “But then they thought about the fact that.”
44:9 xrbn had been with Jesus 1 This could also be translated as: “had spend time with Jesus” or “had been taught by Jesus.”
44:9 ma9m After saying many things like this 1 This could mean ‘after threatening Peter and John in similar ways.’
44:9 a0u0 let Peter and John go 1 This could mean ‘allowed Peter and John to leave.’
44:9 w34s A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
45:0 nwdv title Stephen and Philip 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Stephen and Philip told people about Jesus” or “What happened when Stephen and Philip told people about Jesus?”
45:1 pgvx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants One of the leaders among the first followers of Jesus was a man named Stephen. 1 This introduces Stephen as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
45:1 c259 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Everyone respected him 1 This is background information about the kind of person Stephen was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
45:2 qdmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
45:2 qssl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so they went to the religious leaders and told lies about him. 1 The word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the Jews were very angry with Stephen because they could not win arguments with him. The result is they told lies about him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
45:2 zrsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We heard Stephen speak evil things about Moses and God! 1 They used this exclamation to express how angry they were with Stephen, and to try to make the other people angry with him as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
45:3 dn8c always reject the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘never obey the Holy Spirit’ or ‘always refuse to listen to the Holy Spirit.’
45:3 uusp our ancestors 1 This could be translated as: “our ancestors, the Israelites.”
45:3 z0hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations But you did something worse than they did! You killed the Messiah! 1 Stephen used these exclamations to accuse the Jews of murdering the Messiah whom God had sent to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
45:4 vw1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction covered their ears 1 This was a symbolic action to show that they did not want to hear what Stephen said. This could also be translated as: “They put their hands over their ears.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
45:4 a6dh yelled loudly 1 They were yelling in anger. Translate this in a way that communicates that they were very upset.
45:5 lvf4 As Stephen was dying 1 This could mean ‘Just before Stephen died.’
45:5 qdks cried out 1 This could mean ‘called out in a loud voice’ or ‘said very loudly.’
45:5 scz4 Jesus, receive my spirit 1 This could mean ‘take my spirit.’ It may be helpful to add ‘please’ to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit”
45:5 gloy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction He fell to his knees 1 This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
45:5 kblz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes do not hold this sin against them 1 This could mean ‘do not consider them guilty of the sin of killing me.’ This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
45:5 phm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory Then he died 1 This is the end of the story about Stephen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
45:6 tskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background That day many people in Jerusalem started persecuting the followers of Jesus, so the believers fled to other places. But in spite of opposition, they preached about Jesus everywhere they went. 1 This is background information about the persecution of the believers after the death of Stephen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
45:6 yeqh But in spite of opposition 1 The Jewish leaders thought they could stop the spread of Jesus’ teaching by persecuting his followers. Instead, this caused them to scatter and spread the message even more widely.
45:7 kqfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a believer in Jesus named Philip 1 This introduces Philip as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
45:7 cepk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
45:7 nocc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background This man was an important official from the land of Ethiopia. 1 This is background information about the official from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
45:7 suea Ethiopia 1 Ethiopia is a country in Eastern Africa.
45:8 aphc the Ethiopian 1 That is, a person from the country of Ethiopia. See note on [45:07](45/07).
45:8 zqlq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns led him like a lamb to be killed, and as a lamb is silent, he did not say a word. They treated him unfairly and did not respect him. They took his life away from him. 1 The pronouns **he**, **him**, and **his** in this quotation refer to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
45:8 oj2z as a lamb is silent 1 This could also be translated as: “like a lamb that is silent even when it is about to be killed.”
45:9 dnt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit “Do you understand what you are reading?” 1 The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
45:9 wc0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Please come and sit next to me 1 It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
45:9 moyr Was Isaiah writing about 1 This can also be translated as: “Was Isaiah referring to.”
45:11 z0i6 some water 1 Use a term that means a larger body of water such as a pond, lake, or stream.
45:11 vux5 May I be baptized? 1 This could also be translated as: “Is there any reason that I cannot be baptized?”
45:12 aaai rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they went down into the water 1 The connecting word **So** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the Ethiopian believed what Philip told him, and asked to be baptized when they saw water nearby. The result is Philip baptized him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
45:12 uhoz carried Philip away 1 This could mean ‘took Philip away’ or ‘snatched Philip away.’
45:12 y6dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory There Philip continued to tell people about Jesus 1 This is the end of the story about Philip. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
45:13 ofea rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory The Ethiopian continued traveling toward his home. He was happy that he now knew Jesus. 1 This is the end of the story about the Ethiopian official. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
45:13 eorl A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
46:0 awnb title Saul Becomes a Follower of Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Saul became a follower of Christ” or “How did Saul become a follower of Christ?”
46:1 qpas rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a man named Saul who did not believe in Jesus 1 This introduces Saul as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
46:1 u797 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background When he was a young man, he guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen 1 This is background information about Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
46:1 vtia guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen 1 See [45:06](45/06).
46:1 etoe from house to house 1 This could mean ‘into many houses.’
46:1 ewvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to arrest both men and women 1 This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46:1 ol4d Damascus 1 Damascus is now the capital of the country of Syria. During Saul’s time, it was a city belonging to the Roman Empire. Most of the people there were not Jewish, but there were some Jews and also some followers of Jesus living there.
46:1 t1st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to bring them back to Jerusalem 1 Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46:2 phy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Just before he reached the city 1 This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
46:2 u8fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why are you persecuting me? 1 This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural. Alternate translation: “You are persecuting me!” or a command “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
46:3 lv61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases Saul did not eat or drink anything for three days 1 It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
46:4 e3u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a disciple in Damascus named Ananias 1 This introduces Ananias as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
46:4 gr6l But Ananias said 1 If it is not clear why the word **But** is used here, this could be translated as: “But Ananias was afraid, so he said.”
46:4 jf7g God answered him 1 This could be translated as: “To reassure Ananias, God said” to make clear why God said this.
46:4 duf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Go! 1 This is a command and also an exclamation. God is emphasizing that Ananias should stop objecting and go to Saul as God instructed him to do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
46:4 wsh4 to declare my name 1 This could mean ‘to teach about me’ or ‘to make me known.’
46:4 lq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for my name 1 Here “my name” is a metonym that refers to Jesus. Saul will suffer many things because he will tell people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for me” or “because of me” or “because he serves me” or “because he teaches others about me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
46:5 fb5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction placed his hands on him 1 Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
46:5 up5t here 1 This could mean ‘to Damascus.’
46:5 xkhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous Immediately 1 This introduces a simultaneous clause. Saul was able to see as soon as Ananias touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
46:6 eyeo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Right away 1 This introduces a new event. This can also be translated as: “Immediately” or “Then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
46:6 z4lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
46:6 t5hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because Saul had tried to kill believers 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (the change in Saul, that he had tried to kill people who believed in Jesus, and now he himself believed in Jesus), with the result (the Jews were amazed). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
46:6 xx3g argued with the Jews 1 This could also be translated as: “gave the Jews good reasons for believing in Jesus” or “spoke persuasively with the Jews.”
46:7 yz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After many days 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
46:7 xyxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the Jews made a plan to kill Saul 1 Here **the Jews** refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
46:7 kujx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to watch for him at the city gates 1 The gates were the only normal way into or out of the walled cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46:7 fa04 lowered him over the city wall in a basket 1 Another way to say this would be: “helped him get into a large basket and lowered the basket with him in it over the city wall.”
46:8 rhgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Saul went to Jerusalem 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
46:8 mosr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but they were afraid of him 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Saul was now a disciple so you would expect the apostles would want to meet with him, but instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
46:8 b6d3 accepted Saul 1 This could mean ‘believed that Saul also was a believer in Jesus.’
46:9 g78j the city of Antioch 1 This was an ancient city located in what is now the southernmost tip of the modern country of Turkey, near its border with Syria and close to the Mediterranean Sea. It was about 450 miles northwest of Jerusalem.
46:9 rx27 to strengthen the church 1 This could also be translated as: “to help the church to grow strong spiritually” or “to help the believers in Jesus to grow strong in their faith” or “to help the people to believe more firmly in Jesus.”
46:9 bw4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive believers in Jesus were first called ‘Christians.’ 1 This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form: “The people of Antioch first called the believers in Jesus ‘Christians.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
46:10 dyso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
46:10 a3p8 Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul to do the work I have called them to do. 1 This sentence could also be translated as: “Appoint Paul and Barnabas to do the special work I have chosen them to do.”
46:10 edzp the church 1 This could also be translated as: “the believers” or “the followers of Jesus.”
46:10 gx67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction placed their hands on them 1 This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. This could also be translated as: “blessed them with the power and authority of the Holy Spirit by putting their hands on them” or “put their hands on them as a sign of their unity in the Spirit.” Some languages may have to say where they placed their hands. If so, you could say they placed their hands on their head, shoulder or back. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
46:10 be3s sent them out 1 This could mean ‘sent them away’ or ‘sent them on their journey.’
46:10 enk8 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
47:0 bh8m title Paul and Silas in Philippi 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened to Paul and Silas in Philippi” or “What happened to Paul and Silas in Philippi?”
47:1 qk41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background As Saul traveled throughout the Roman Empire, he began to use his Roman name, ‘Paul.’ 1 This is background information about why Saul was now called Paul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
47:1 mf3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
47:1 o2qf proclaim 1 This could mean ‘teach’ or ‘preach.’
47:1 l7vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants they met a woman named Lydia 1 This introduces Lydia as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
47:1 rjs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background who was a merchant. She loved and worshiped God. 1 This is background information about who Lydia was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
47:1 yuge merchant 1 This could also be translated as: “seller” or “business owner.”
47:2 o810 She invited Paul and Silas to stay at her house 1 This was the normal custom of the day for people to provide hospitality to visitors in their homes. There were no immoral motives in this arrangement.
47:3 l5gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants a slave girl 1 This introduces the unnamed slave girl as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
47:3 wt36 her masters 1 In this case, this could also be translated as: “her owners.”
47:3 ech3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a fortuneteller 1 This could mean ‘as someone who told people what would happen to them in the future.’ A fortuneteller tried to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a ‘diviner’ or ‘soothsayer.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
47:4 ne6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the way to be saved 1 How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how you can be saved” or “how God saves people” or “God’s plan for saving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
47:5 fwpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent one day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
47:5 b3ot turned to her 1 This could mean ‘turned around and looked at her.’
47:5 mz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy In the name of Jesus 1 This could mean ‘by the authority of Jesus.’ Here **name** stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. Because of Jesus’ authority, Paul could command the demon to leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47:5 a9n2 come out of her 1 This could mean ‘leave her’ or ‘go away from her.’
47:5 kqpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Right away the demon left her 1 ‘the demon came out immediately’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
47:6 mi8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The men who owned the slave girl became very angry! 1 This exclamation emphasizes how angry the men who owned the servant girl became at Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
47:6 l9k4 without the demon 1 This could mean ‘without the power from the demon’ or ‘now that she did not have the demon.’
47:6 v9d5 the future 1 This could mean ‘what would happen to them in the future.’
47:6 lkry This meant that 1 This could also be translated as: “Because of this” or “Therefore.”
47:7 xv9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So the owners of the slave girl 1 The connecting word **So** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the owners could no longer make money. The result was they took Paul and Silas to the Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
47:7 kses rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns who beat 1 **who** refers to the Roman authorities, not the owners of the slave girl. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
47:7 t4bn threw them 1 This could mean ‘put them.’
47:8 s7d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But in the middle of the night 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Paul and Silas had been beaten, put in prison with their feet locked into wood. You would expect them to be crying or protesting, but instead of doing that, they were singing songs of praise to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
47:8 dyoz in the middle of the night 1 This could be translated as: “very late at night” or “very early in the morning.” This was when it was completely dark outside, when people would normally be asleep.
47:8 bubf singing songs of praise to God 1 This can also be translated as: “praising God by singing” or “singing songs to praise God” or “singing songs that gave praise to God.”
47:9 g265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Suddenly 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
47:9 el5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the chains of all the prisoners 1 The possessive **of all the prisoners** here refers chains that were holding the prisoners in place. They did not belong to the prisoners—they belonged to the Roman government. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
47:9 ftb6 fell off 1 This could mean ‘suddenly came off’ or ‘suddenly came apart so that the prisoners were released.’
47:10 u1yt the jailer 1 This could mean ‘the official in charge of the jail.’
47:10 wurr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he got ready to kill himself 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the jailer was afraid of the Roman authorities because he thought the prisoners had escaped. The result is he intended to kill himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
47:10 by1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Paul saw him and shouted 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that the prisoners had escaped and that the jailer will kill himself. Instead Paul stops him from killing himself, and tells him that all the prisoners are still in the jail. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
47:10 oukw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We 1 Some languages have a special form of the word **We** which does not include the person being talked to. Here the **We** does not include the jailer, only Paul and the rest of the prisoners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
47:11 v1g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive What must I do to be saved? 1 The question refers to salvation from being punished by the God who caused the earthquake. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do for God to save me from my sins?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
47:11 dbry Believe in Jesus, the Master 1 This was addressed to both the jailer and his family, who all then believed and were baptized. Some languages may use a grammatical form of the verb **believe** to indicate that Paul is speaking to the group.
47:11 hxx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you and your family will be saved 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you and your family” or “God will save you and your family from eternal punishment for your sins.” Make sure it is clear that the salvation referred to here is spiritual, not physical. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
47:12 xl4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so Paul and Silas baptized them 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the jailer and his whole family believed in Jesus. The result was that Paul and Silas baptized all of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
47:13 e0f8 the leaders of the city 1 This refers to the officials of the city or the authorities of the city.
47:13 eqfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory and then left the city 1 This indicates that end of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
47:13 cn7u The good news about Jesus kept spreading 1 This could mean ‘People in more and more places were hearing the good news about Jesus.’
47:13 v34x the Church kept growing 1 This could mean ‘more and more people were becoming part of the Church’ or ‘more and more people were believing in Jesus.’
47:14 rlpz A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
48:0 vwon title Jesus Is the Promised Messiah 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus Is the Messiah that God promised to send” or “How is Jesus Is the Messiah that God promised to send?”
48:1 rs6v God created the world 1 This could mean ‘God made the world out of nothing.’
48:1 yndx perfect 1 This could mean ‘exactly as it should be’ to accomplish all that God intended for it.
48:1 rkk3 There was no sin 1 For some languages, it is not possible to express **sin** as a thing, rather it is an action. In those cases this could be translated as: “No one ever sinned” or “People did not sin” or “Nothing evil had happened.”
48:1 n65i There was no sickness or death 1 This could mean ‘No one got sick and no one died’ or ‘They did not get sick or die.’
48:2 wm77 the garden 1 This refers to the garden created by God where he placed the first man and woman.
48:2 o12t deceive her 1 This could mean ‘lie to her.’ Satan lied by leading Eve to doubt what God had said. By doing this, he tricked her into disobeying God.
48:2 euj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because they sinned, everyone on earth dies 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (they sinned), with the result (everyone on earth dies). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
48:3 vkc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God wanted to make peace 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that God would want to destroy his enemies. Instead God wants to make peace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
48:4 u2wf crush Satan’s head 1 This could also be translated as: “step on Satan’s head and smash it down flat” or “shatter Satan’s head by stepping on it.” This (crushing the head) represents a person stepping on the head of a snake. The head is completely crushed, and the snake is dead and therefore harmless.
48:4 ljfe bite his heel 1 This represents a snake on the ground biting a person’s foot. In this case, Satan would cause the Messiah to suffer, but would not destroy him.
48:4 f6nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God would raise him to life again 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Satan would kill the Messiah, so you would expect him to be dead. Instead, God would raise the Messiah to life again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
48:4 sspm raise him to life again 1 This could mean ‘make him alive again.’
48:5 cbxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God sent Jesus 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect God to kill everyone because everyone has sinned. Instead, God sent Jesus to save people from their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
48:6 me7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background For hundreds of years, priests kept on offering sacrifices to God 1 This is background information about the sacrifices the priests offered to God in the past. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
48:6 scmb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions But those sacrifices could not forgive their sins 1 This indicates an exceptional relationship. The sacrifices could show people their sin and that it deserved punishment, but it could not forgive those sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
48:6 iv5i He gave himself 1 This could also be translated as: “Jesus allowed himself to be killed.”
48:7 y4yo all the people groups on the earth 1 This could also be translated as: “people from all different parts of the world.”
48:7 t1a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because God saves from sin everyone who believes in Jesus 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (God saves from sin those who believe in Jesus), with the result (all the people groups are blessed through Abraham’s descendant Jesus). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
48:7 nz4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When these people believe in Jesus 1 The connecting word **When** connects the reason (people believe in Jesus (Abraham’s descendant)), with the result (God considers people who believe in Jesus to be Abraham’s descendants). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
48:8 cuj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But then God gave a ram for the sacrifice instead of Isaac 1 The connecting words **But then** introduces a contrast relationship. God told Abraham to sacrifice his son Isaac, instead of allowing Isaac to be sacrificed, God provided a ram. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
48:8 uhlj instead of Isaac 1 This can also be translated as: “in the place of Isaac” or “in Isaac’s place” or “so that he would not have to offer Isaac as a sacrifice.”
48:8 gro5 deserve to die 1 This could mean ‘should die.’
48:8 phrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God gave Jesus 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. We all deserve to die for our sin but instead God gave Jesus to die in our place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
48:8 ienk to die in our place 1 This can also be translated as: “to die in the place of each of us” or “so that he would not have to kill us.”
48:9 weue rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When God sent the last plague on Egypt 1 This clause gives background information about the time during the last plague on Egypt. The main event is the Passover that shows how God will pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
48:9 ra3r sent the last plague on Egypt 1 This could mean ‘caused the final disaster to come on Egypt.’ This was the tenth plague when God caused the firstborn sons of the Egyptians to die.
48:9 mw2l its blood 1 This could mean ‘the lamb’s blood.’
48:9 m5lu door frames 1 If door frames are not known, this could be translated as: “doors.”
48:9 d9t0 passed over 1 This could also be translated as: “passed by” or “went by.” You may want to connect how this is translated with how **Passover** is translated.
48:10 cx8j blood of Jesus 1 This could be translated as: “The sacrifice that Jesus made of himself when he died for sinners.” The word **blood** here also means ‘death.’
48:11 c103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because they were the people he had chosen to belong to himself 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (the Israelites were God’s chosen people), with the result (God made a covenant with them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
48:11 diqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result If anyone in any people group accepts this New Covenant 1 The connecting word **If** connects the reason (he accepts the New Covenant and believes in Jesus), with the result (he joins God’s people). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
48:12 z1s8 the greatest prophet 1 This could mean ‘the most important prophet.’
48:12 zdtw call Jesus the Word of God 1 Jesus reveals God’s character. The other prophets preached the message God gave them, but Jesus revealed God in his preaching and his actions.
48:13 hsjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he is the descendant of David who can rule forever 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah. The result is he is the descendant of David who can rule forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
48:14 fe5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Jesus is the king of the entire universe 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. David was a king of Israel, so you would expect him to be one of the greatest kings ever. Instead, Jesus is far greater, because he is king of the universe. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
48:14 f775 the king of the entire universe 1 This could mean ‘the king over everyone and everything everywhere.’
48:14 fl51 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
49:0 mnji title God’s New Covenant 1 This title can also be translated as: “About the New Covenant that God made with people” or “What is the New Covenant that God made with people?”
49:1 l693 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples God’s Son 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
49:1 th09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but the Holy Spirit came to her 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Mary was a virgin, so you would not expect her to become pregnant. Instead, the Holy Spirit caused her to become pregnant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
49:2 sfb3 raised dead people to life 1 This could also be translated as: “caused dead people to become alive again.”
49:3 eqhg a great teacher 1 This could mean ‘a very important teacher’ or ‘an excellent teacher.’
49:3 triq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
49:3 fne4 the same way 1 This could mean ‘as much as’ or ‘the same amount that’ or ‘to the same degree that.’
49:6 lysi other people will not 1 This could mean ‘other people will not accept him and therefore will not be saved.’
49:9 gyrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God loved everyone in the world 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Everyone is an enemy of God, so you would expect God to hate and destroy them. Instead, God loves everyone and gave his son for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
49:9 xxn2 gave his only Son 1 This could also be translated as: “offered his only Son to the world as a sacrifice for sins” or “gave us his only Son to be a sacrifice for our sins.”
49:9 ew0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead, believers will live with him forever 1 The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Those who believe in God still sin, so you would expect them to be punished. Instead, they will live with God forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
49:10 tn9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because you have sinned 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (you have sinned), with the result (you deserve to die). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
49:10 i13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Jesus took the punishment for sin in our place 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect God to be angry with you because of your sin. Instead, he punished Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
49:11 oxoq take away 1 This could mean ‘remove the penalty of’ or ‘remove the punishment for.’ The sacrifice of Jesus causes God to look at our sin as if it never existed.
49:11 rnmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God will forgive any sin 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Jesus sacrificed himself), with the result (God forgives people’s sin). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
49:12 mjkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead 1 The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that doing good things might save you, or that nothing could make you God’s friend. Instead, believing in Christ saves you and makes you God’s friend. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
49:12 es4b instead of you 1 This could mean ‘ in your place.’
49:12 tv9x raised him to life again 1 This could also be translated as: “made him alive again.”
49:12 c6uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you believe this 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you believe in Christ, then God will forgive your sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
49:13 ep3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions But he will not save 1 The connecting word **But** introduces an exceptional relationship. God saves everyone who believes. But people who do not believe are excluded from the **everyone**. Alternate translation: “God will only save those who believe in Jesus and accept him as their Master. He will not save those who do not believe in him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
49:13 o643 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he can be a friend to you. 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (you believe in Jesus), with the result (he can be a friend to you). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
49:14 m02a to believe in him 1 This can also be translated as: “to trust in him” or “to trust in him to save you” or “to entrust your whole life to him.”
49:14 oxln to be baptized 1 This could also be translated as: “to have someone baptize you” or “to let them baptize you.”
49:14 lmdd believe that 1 This can also be translated as: “acknowledge that” or “agree that.”
49:14 gu3j to take away 1 See note on [49:11](49/11).
49:15 n1sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you believe in Jesus and confess what he has done for you, you are a follower of Jesus! 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you believe in Jesus and confess what he has done for you, then you are a Christ follower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
49:15 akaq kingdom of darkness 1 **Darkness** is used here to refer to sin and everything that is evil. This could be translated as: “evil rule over people, which is like darkness.”
49:15 nlsx kingdom of light 1 **Light** here refers to God’s holiness and goodness. This could be translated as: “righteous rule over people, which is like light.” The Bible often compares evil to darkness, and goodness to light.
49:16 stvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you are a follower of Jesus 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you are a Christ follower, then God has forgiven your sins and you are his close friend. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
49:16 ujml considers you to be 1 This could mean ‘thinks of you as’ or ‘regards you as’ or ‘calls you.’
49:17 xlnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you are a friend of God and a servant of Jesus the Master 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you are a friend of God, then you want to obey Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
49:17 f4z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God always does what he says he will do 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that, when Satan tempts you to sin and you do sin, you would become the enemy of God again. Instead, God keeps his promise. He forgives the sin that you do and gives you the strength to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
49:17 oriw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if you confess your sins 1 The connecting word **if** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you confess your sins, then God will forgive you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
49:17 nyv5 confess your sins 1 This could be translated as: “admit to God what you have done wrong.”
49:17 bwcz He will give you strength to fight against sin 1 This could mean ‘He will give you spiritual strength to refuse to sin.’
49:18 f9qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you do all these things 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you do the things God tells you to do, then you will become a strong friend of his. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
49:18 bk6b A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
50:0 hhwk title Jesus Returns 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when Jesus returns to earth again” or “What will happen when Jesus returns to earth again?”
50:1 cb68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background For almost 2,000 years, more and more people around the world have been hearing the good news about Jesus the Messiah. The Church has been growing. 1 This is background information about what has happened to the Church until today. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
50:1 w43m The Church has been growing 1 This could also be translated as: “The number of people in the Church around the world has been increasing” or “The number of believers in Jesus has been increasing.”
50:1 y5qd at the end of the world 1 This phrase means ‘right before the present world comes to an end’ or ‘in the final days of this world.’
50:1 wy2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Though he has not yet come back 1 The connecting word **Though** introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus has not come back for 2,000 years, so you would expect he is not coming back as he promised. Instead, Jesus will come back as he promised. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
50:2 kdkg the end will come 1 This could be translated as: “the end of this world will come” or “the end of this world will happen” or “this present world will end.”
50:3 wk5h make disciples 1 This has the meaning, ‘help people to become my disciples.’
50:3 udku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The fields are ripe for harvest 1 The words **fields** and **ripe for harvest** are metaphors. The **fields** represent people. The words **ripe for harvest** mean that people are ready to accept the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: This could also be translated as: “They are ready to be brought to God like fields that are ripe for harvest” or “They are ready to be gathered and brought to God like fields whose crops are ripe and ready to be gathered.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50:3 xa4z The fields 1 In this expression, **The fields** represents the people in the world.
50:3 q0ck ripe 1 **Ripe** here represents being ready to believe in Jesus.
50:3 brsr harvest 1 **Harvest** here represents the work of bringing people to God by teaching them about Jesus.
50:4 s8vy not greater than 1 This could mean ‘not more important than’ or in this case, ‘not treated better than.’
50:4 p7vf because of me 1 This could mean ‘because you obey me’ or ‘because you teach people about me’ or ‘because you belong to me.’
50:4 kshg in this world 1 This could also be translated as: “in this lifetime.”
50:4 zu7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you remain faithful to me to the end, then God will save you 1 The connecting word **if** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you remain faithful to the end, then God will save you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
50:4 rbh7 remain faithful to me 1 This could mean ‘Keep obeying me.’
50:4 xok1 to the end 1 This could mean ‘to the end of your life.’
50:4 jdh8 will save you 1 This refers to spiritual salvation rather than physical deliverance from harm. It has already been stated that many believers will be killed or tortured.
50:5 th62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables told his disciples a story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
50:5 ya3w good seed 1 This seed was wheat grain. If this type of seed is not known in your language area, it is best to use a general term for **seed**. If there is no general term, it may be necessary to choose a type of grain seed that is known and say, for example: “good seed like rice.”
50:5 avfj weed seeds 1 The weed seeds that were planted would grow up as tall grass but could not be eaten. They were useless.
50:5 twzk wheat seeds 1 Wheat is a kind of grain that grows like a tall grass. It has seeds that people use for food.
50:6 ut87 General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
50:6 zfgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Master, you planted good seed 1 Here **you** is a metonym that refers to his servants. The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “we planted good seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
50:6 oa7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes The man answered, ‘Only my enemies would want to plant them. It is one of my enemies who did this.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The man answered that only his enemies would want to plant them, so it was one of his enemies who did this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
50:6 a7h4 Only my enemies would want to plant them 1 If possible, translate this in a way that indicates that the speaker did not see this happen.
50:7 q14z General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
50:7 sd9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Should we pull out 1 Here **we** is exclusive. It refers to the servants but not the master. The servants would not expect the master to pull weeds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
50:7 bka5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual If you do that, you will pull 1 Each occurrence of **you** in this frame is plural, referring to all of the servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
50:7 rill you will pull out some of the wheat as well 1 This could mean ‘you will accidentally pull out some of the wheat also.’ It would be too difficult to distinguish young wheat from the weeds, and to pull the weeds without uprooting the wheat.
50:7 hx3j until the harvest 1 This could mean ‘until the time when the wheat is ready to harvest’ or ‘until the wheat has grown enough to be harvested.’
50:7 vk5r the wheat 1 This could mean ‘the harvested wheat grains.’
50:7 fms0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown barn 1 This refers to the building where the harvested wheat grain was saved and stored. It could also be called a ‘storehouse.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
50:8 dsy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result The disciples did not understand the meaning of the story, so they asked Jesus to explain it to them 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the disciples did not understand the meaning of the story. The result is they asked Jesus to explain it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
50:8 yjlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person the Messiah 1 Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
50:8 i02m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the people of God’s kingdom 1 This refers to the people who belong to or are part of the kingdom of God. It can also be translated as: “the people who live under God’s authority” or “the people who have submitted to God’s rule” or “the people who will live with God in his kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
50:9 uzv1 who belong to the devil 1 This could mean ‘who obey the devil’ or ‘who are ruled by the devil.’
50:9 nzl4 the devil 1 This could also be translated as: “Satan.”
50:9 gqw6 the evil one 1 This is another title for Satan. It could be translated as: “Satan,” but the title, **evil one** describes his character.
50:9 nmkm represents the end of the world 1 This could mean ‘represents what will happen to people at the end of the world.’
50:9 w4ko the harvesters 1 This could also be translated as: “the men who harvest the ripe grain” or “the workers who gather in the ripe grain.”
50:10 m3il who belong to the devil 1 This could also be translated as: “who obey the devil” or “who are ruled by the devil.” This refers to those who do not believe in Jesus but follow the evil ways of the devil.
50:10 uu2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction cry and grind their teeth 1 They will **grind their teeth** as a symbolic act representing their extreme sadness and suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
50:10 zlcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions But the people who are righteous 1 The word **But** introduces an exceptional relationship. The people who are righteous because they followed Jesus will not be thrown in the fire with everyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
50:10 gys2 the people who are righteous 1 This refers to the people who belong to the Messiah (See: [50:08](50/08)).
50:10 tyy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile shine like the sun 1 This could also be translated as: “be glorious like the sun” or “show pure goodness as the sun shows bright light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
50:11 k22r he left 1 This could also be translated as: “he left the earth” or “he left to go back to heaven.”
50:11 jd9n will come on the clouds in the sky 1 This could mean ‘the clouds in the sky will surround him as he comes’ or ‘the clouds of the sky will carry him along.’
50:11 yaba rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous When Jesus returns 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a simultaneous clause. Jesus’ followers who have died will rise and meet him in the sky at the time of Jesus’ return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
50:11 o821 Jesus returns 1 This could mean ‘Jesus returns to the earth.’
50:11 v0d4 meet him in the sky 1 This could mean ‘join him in the sky.’ Those who believe in Jesus will go up to be near Jesus while he is in the sky.
50:12 t9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the followers of Jesus who are still alive 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. After the Jesus followers who died rise to meet Jesus in the air, the Jesus followers who are still alive will also join Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
50:12 g9jf still alive 1 This could mean ‘still alive when Jesus returns.’
50:12 suuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that, Jesus will live with his people 1 The connecting words **After that** introduce a sequential clause. After Jesus followers have joined Jesus, they will live together forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
50:13 pucg a crown 1 This crown represents our reward for believing in Jesus and serving him in this life.
50:13 zj3j perfect 1 This could mean ‘complete’ or ‘total.’
50:14 u49v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God will judge everyone who does not believe 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. In contrast to the wonderful place of peace where Jesus’ followers will live, those who did not believe will suffer forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
50:14 txh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction weep and grind their teeth 1 See note on [50:10](50/10). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
50:15 yi59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When Jesus returns 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a sequential clause. After Jesus returns, he will destroy Satan and his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
50:15 wtdb his kingdom 1 This could also be translated as: “Satan’s evil rule over people” or “all the evil things he does and the evil people he controls.”
50:15 lp9m rather than 1 This could mean ‘instead of.’
50:16 lrvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the result (God destroyed the world), with the reason (Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into the world). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
50:16 evgf brought sin into 1 This could be translated as: “caused sin to enter.”
50:16 tvuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But some day God will create 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. It is expected that God will destroy the world because of sin. Instead of leaving it destroyed, God creates a new heaven and a new earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
50:16 tdlr a new heaven 1 This could also be translated as: “a new sky” or “a new universe.” It refers to a new set of stars and everything else in the sky.
50:16 gews a new earth 1 This current earth on which we live will be replaced by a new and improved one.
50:17 v7hx wipe away every tear 1 This could also be translated as: “bring an end to all of our grief” or “make trouble end” or “tenderly take away any sadness people have.”
50:17 ovna rule his kingdom justly and with peace 1 This could also be translated as: “rule over his people fairly, in a way that brings them peace.”
50:17 jmjj A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1 Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
2 1:0 i6lj title The Creation 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the world” or “How did God make the world?”
3 1:1 lm48 the beginning 1 This could mean ‘the beginning of all things,’ before anything existed except God.
4 1:1 qyk4 created 1 This term here means that God made it from nothing.
5 1:1 l2hb the universe 1 This includes everything that God created on the earth and in the heavens, both visible and invisible things.
6 1:1 zd15 the earth 1 The word **earth** refers to the whole world that people live on.
7 1:1 uzic dark 1 It was completely dark. There was no light at all, since God had not yet created light.
8 1:1 zwj2 empty 1 God had not yet created anything except for the bare earth covered by water.
9 1:1 ffdv he had not yet formed anything in it 1 There were no distinguishing features–just water covering everything.
10 1:1 lr8g God’s Spirit 1 The Spirit of God, sometimes called the Holy Spirit, was present in the beginning, moving freely over the earth in order to create all that he had planned to do.
11 1:2 n2rx God said 1 God created light by means of a simple verbal command.
12 1:2 zzmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God said, “Let there be light!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said that there should be light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
13 1:2 ux0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Let there be light! 1 The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “There shall be light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
14 1:2 pudg light 1 This was a special light that God created. The sun was not created until later.
15 1:2 q7zf was good 1 This phrase is often repeated through the Creation story, and emphasizes that each stage of creation was pleasing to God and accomplished his plan and purpose.
16 1:2 dtu0 creation 1 This word is used here to refer to the six-day period during which God brought into being everything that exists.
17 1:3 miua the second day 1 God’s work of creation was orderly, purposeful, and sequential. The things he created each day built upon and depended on the acts of the previous days.
18 1:3 h418 Let there be an expanse above the waters 1 God created the sky by speaking a command.
19 1:3 htqa sky 1 This term refers to all of the space above the earth, including the air we breathe and the heavens.
20 1:4 mbj9 the third day 1 The next in the series of orderly days in which God prepared the earth for life
21 1:4 hpg8 Let the water come together in one place and the dry land appear 1 God created the dry land by speaking a command.
22 1:4 sozb earth 1 This word is used here to refer to dirt or soil, which is what dry land is made of.
23 1:4 htvi created 1 This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
24 1:5 oefy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God said, “Let the earth produce all kinds of trees and plants.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said that the earth should produce all kinds of trees and plants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
25 1:5 pvo1 God said 1 God created all vegetation by speaking a command.
26 1:5 a4rn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Let the earth produce all kinds of trees and plants 1 The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “The earth will produce all kinds of trees and plants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
27 1:5 wdj7 all kinds 1 The many different species, or types, of plants and trees.
28 1:5 bnyk created 1 This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
29 1:5 bjnw was good 1 This phrase is often repeated through the Creation story, and emphasizes that each stage of creation was pleasing to God and accomplished his plan and purpose.
30 1:6 hmg5 the fourth day 1 the next in the orderly series of days in which God created
31 1:6 ef9m Let there be lights in the sky 1 God created the sun, moon, and stars by speaking a command.
32 1:6 aagi light 1 Shining objects in the sky now provided light for the earth.
33 1:6 bcr2 day and night, seasons and years 1 God created different lights to mark days, nights, seasons, and years. He divides time periods which are indicated by the positions of the lights. These periods are cyclical and continue until the end of time.
34 1:6 ag3s created 1 This word is used here in the sense of making something out of nothing.
35 1:7 z7k7 the fifth day 1 God continues his orderly progression of creation that he started during the previous four days.
36 1:7 jwbj Let living things fill the waters, and birds fly in the sky 1 God created water creatures and the birds by speaking a command.
37 1:7 cgug everything that swims 1 God not only made fish, but every kind of living thing that lives in the waters. Every one exists because God chose to create it.
38 1:7 qe0j all the birds 1 God did not make just one kind of bird, but all of the amazing variety of shapes, sizes, colors, and kinds of birds.
39 1:7 nzlf it was good 1 This phrase is repeated throughout creation to show that every step went exactly according to God’s wise plan and purpose.
40 1:7 qkab blessed them 1 God speaks his desire that they would prosper and that things would go well for them in the world in which he had placed them.
41 1:8 m1wk the sixth day 1 the next event in a continuing, orderly progression of days and creative acts
42 1:8 z88y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Let there be all kinds of land animals! 1 The result of this command happened immediately because it was spoken by God. It may be more natural to translate this as a statement of certainty that this would definitely happen. For example, you could translate this as: “There will be all kinds of land animals!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
43 1:8 bsl8 all kinds 1 This indicates a great variety, but also order.
44 1:8 fcd8 land animals 1 Every kind of animal that lived on the land, as opposed to the birds, or animals that live in the seas.
45 1:8 bm27 farm animals 1 The kinds of land animals that commonly live peacefully with people—as in tame, or domesticated, animals.
46 1:8 q9wj crawled on the ground 1 This probably includes reptiles and possibly insects.
47 1:8 g7tg wild 1 The kinds of animals that do not normally live peacefully with people, usually because they are afraid of people, or dangerous to them.
48 1:8 r43q it was good 1 This phrase is repeated throughout creation to show that every step went exactly according to God’s wise plan and purpose.
49 1:9 f0bf Let us make 1 This indicates God’s deliberate, willful decision to create man in a particular way for a particular purpose. You could translate this as: “We will make.”
50 1:9 a4xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns us & our & us 1 The Bible teaches that there is one God, but the Old Testament word **God** is a plural form, and God uses plural pronouns when speaking to himself. Some understand this as a special way of speaking that expresses God’s majesty, and others understand this as God the Father speaking to the Son and the Spirit, who are all God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
51 1:9 uie7 in our image 1 An image is a physical representation of someone or something. Humans were made in such a way that we display or represent some of the qualities or traits of God.
52 1:9 aobv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet in our image to be like us 1 The two phrases, **in our image** and **like us** are a doublet. They means almost the same thing. Together, they emphasize that man was to be very much like God, although not exactly the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
53 1:9 f3ao like us 1 Humans share some of God’s characteristics, but not all of his qualities. This phrase should be translated with words that show man is similar to God, but not equal with him, nor the same as he is.
54 1:9 ou4z rule over 1 God gave people the right and power to manage, guide, and control how the earth and the animals will be used.
55 1:10 f4fq took some soil 1 God made man from the dust, or dry soil from the ground. This word should probably be different from the general word used for earth.
56 1:10 qdg7 formed it 1 This word expresses that God personally fashioned the man in the same way that a person shapes something with his hands. Make sure that a different word from ‘create’ is used. Note that this is very different from how he created everything else through a simple spoken command.
57 1:10 kun5 a man 1 Only the man was made at this time; the woman was made later by a different method.
58 1:10 imbt breathed life 1 This phrase expresses God’s very personal, intimate action as he transferred life from himself into Adam’s body, comparing this to how a human being breathes out air.
59 1:10 uygx life 1 In this event, God breathed both physical and spiritual life into the man.
60 1:10 xjtq Adam 1 Adam’s name is the same as the Old Testament word for ‘man,’ and similar to the word for **soil**, the substance from which he was formed.
61 1:10 s198 a large garden 1 An area of land planted with trees and plants for a purpose–usually to produce food or to provide beauty.
62 1:10 mvxv to care for it 1 To maintain the garden by preparing soil, planting, tending, and harvesting.
63 1:11 xsie In the middle 1 The central location emphasizes the importance of the two trees.
64 1:11 vm7z the garden 1 An area of land planted with trees and plants for a purpose–usually to produce food or to provide beauty.
65 1:11 om44 the tree of life 1 Anyone who ate fruit from this tree would never die.
66 1:11 zu2s the tree of the knowledge of good and evil 1 The fruit of this tree could enable a person to know both good and evil.
67 1:11 wfp2 knowledge 1 To know or understand by personal experience.
68 1:11 gq8y good and evil 1 **Evil** is the opposite of **good**. Just as **good** refers to what is pleasing to God, **evil** refers to everything that is not pleasing to God.
69 1:11 h8ge would die 1 In this instance, he would die both physically and spiritually.
70 1:12 p35k not good 1 This is the first time that anything in creation was not good. It means it was ‘not yet good’ because God was not finished with the creation of humans.
71 1:12 i11y alone 1 Adam was the only human, with no possibility of a relationship with another person, and unable to have children and multiply.
72 1:12 tvrl Adam’s helper 1 There was no one who was similar enough to Adam to join with him to accomplish the task that God gave to him. None of the animals could do this.
73 1:13 zd38 a deep sleep 1 This was a deeper sleep than normal.
74 1:13 t80l took one of Adam’s ribs and made 1 The verbs indicate God’s very personal act of removing the rib from Adam and shaping it into a woman.
75 1:13 n5pj a woman 1 She was the first woman, the female version of human beings that was missing until now.
76 1:13 cw50 brought her to him 1 God personally introduced them. He presented the woman to Adam, almost like offering a special gift.
77 1:14 i8wl At last! 1 Adam’s exclamation indicates that he had been waiting for something like the woman.
78 1:14 hd8k like me 1 The woman was the same type of being as Adam, even though there were important differences between them.
79 1:14 svub Woman 1 This word is the feminine form of the word ‘man.’
80 1:14 f23l made from Man 1 The woman was formed directly from Adam’s own body.
81 1:14 zupn a man leaves 1 This is stated in the present tense to indicate what would become the normal situation in the future. Adam did not have a mother or father, but all other men would.
82 1:14 k1g4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom becomes one 1 The husband and wife will share an intimate bond of unity and a commitment to one another that will surpass their relationships to anyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
83 1:15 liky God made 1 God formed the man and the woman in a very personal way.
84 1:15 d9xu in his own image 1 An image is a physical representation of someone or something. God made people to display or represent some of his qualities and traits, but not to be equal to him.
85 1:15 tljk very good 1 More intense than the **it was good** statements on previous days. **Very good** refers to all of creation, not just the man and the woman. Everything was exactly as God intended it to be.
86 1:15 hk84 creation 1 This word is used here to refer to the six-day period during which God made everything that exists.
87 1:16 toy1 the seventh day 1 The next day after the six days of creation were completed.
88 1:16 cpxu finished all the work that he had been doing 1 Specifically, God finished the work of creation. He still performs other work.
89 1:16 rit2 blessed the seventh day 1 God had a special, positive plan for the seventh day, and for every seventh day to follow.
90 1:16 lrdv made it holy 1 That is, God ‘set apart’ the day as a special day. It was not to be used in the same way as the other six days of the week.
91 1:16 gxw7 the universe 1 This includes everything that God created on the earth and in the heavens, both visible and invisible things.
92 1:16 qqac A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
93 2:0 vna2 title Sin Enters the World 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how people began to sin” or “How did people begin to sin?”
94 2:1 q9wd the beautiful garden 1 This refers to a special collection of trees and plants that God prepared for Adam and Eve to enjoy and from which to eat. This should be the same word that was used in [01:11](01/11). See how you translated it there.
95 2:1 con5 shame 1 the feeling that comes with knowing we have sinned or that we fall short in some way
96 2:1 sjyf talked with God 1 The word for **talk** should be the same as would be used to refer to talking to a human being. God may have taken a physical form to talk to the man and the woman since the text indicates that they talked to him face-to-face.
97 2:2 s5fb a snake 1 This refers to an elongated, legless creature that now moves by wiggling on its belly. Although later on in the story it is revealed that Satan spoke through the snake, this should not be said here in this frame.
98 2:2 qe44 crafty 1 clever and sly, with the intent to deceive
99 2:2 y2xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He asked the woman, “Did God really tell you not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He asked the woman if God had really told her not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
100 2:2 y9sm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did God really tell you not to eat the fruit from any of the trees in the garden? 1 This is a rhetorical question. The snake asked the woman whether God actually said not to eat from any of the trees in the garden. But he was only pretending that he didn’t know what God had said because he wanted to create doubt in the woman’s mind. He wanted her to question God’s goodness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
101 2:2 o0ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. God had given this command to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
102 2:2 cdlk the fruit from any of the trees 1 This refers to all of the various types of fruit from each of the different trees in the garden.
103 2:3 qnrf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The woman answered, “God told us we could eat the fruit of any tree except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. God told us, ‘If you eat that fruit or even touch it, you will die.’” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The woman answered that God had told them that they could eat the fruit of any tree except from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, and that if they ate that fruit or even touched it, they would die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
104 2:3 wh7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns If you eat that fruit or even touch it, you will die 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. God had given this command to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
105 2:3 vqgx the fruit 1 We don’t know what kind of fruit this was. We only know that it grew on this tree. If possible, it is best to use a general word for fruit here, and not a word for a specific kind of fruit.
106 2:3 bv1c the tree of the knowledge of good and evil 1 The woman correctly understood that they were not allowed to eat from this one tree that would enable them to understand evil as well as good.
107 2:3 wgfj you will die 1 Use your ordinary word for death, for a person’s physical life to end. Don’t avoid the term just because the thought of death sounds too harsh.
108 2:4 vja6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The snake responded to the woman, “That is not true! You will not die. God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God and will understand good and evil like he does.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The snake responded to the woman that this was not true! They would not die. God just knew that as soon as they ate it, they would be like God and would understand good and evil like he does.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
109 2:4 hdre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns You will not die. God just knows that as soon as you eat it, you will be like God 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the plural form. Satan was speaking about what would happen to both the man and the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
110 2:4 kid5 like God 1 The man and the woman were already made in the likeness of God. The snake is suggesting that the woman would be more like God if she understood evil. However, God never intended for her to have this knowledge.
111 2:4 hrsk will understand good and evil 1 To know from personal experience what things are good and what things are bad, or being able to know whether something is good or bad.
112 2:4 papn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism good and evil 1 This is a merism. **Good** and **evil** are two extremes that represent everything in between them. Satan is saying that they would understand everthing about what is right and wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
113 2:5 nslb wise 1 The woman wanted to have insight and understanding like the snake seemed to have, and like God has.
114 2:5 p91r who was with her 1 This is important information because it shows that the man was present when the woman made the decision to eat the fruit.
115 2:6 z7qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom their eyes were opened 1 This expression means they now understood something for the first time. This could be translated as: “they saw things differently.” In your language, there may be an expression with similar meaning that you could use to translate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 2:6 gd3c they realized they were naked 1 After the man and the woman disobeyed God, they felt ashamed that they were naked. That is why they used leaves to try to cover their naked bodies.
117 2:6 r99s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit They tried to cover their bodies 1 The man and the woman tried to cover their bodies in order to hide from God because they were ashamed that they were naked. You may want to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “They were ashamed that they were naked, and tried to cover their bodies to hide from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
118 2:7 xro8 God walking 1 It seems that God regularly came to the garden to walk and talk with the man and the woman. We do not know what this looked like. If it is possible, it is best to use the same word that would be used to talk about a person walking.
119 2:7 fe8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God called to the man, “Where are you?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God called to the man and asked him where he was.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
120 2:7 x7xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Where are you? 1 This is a rhetorical question. God already knew the answer to this question. The purpose of the question was to force the man and the woman to explain why they were hiding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
121 2:7 o87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the singular form. God was speaking only to the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
122 2:7 a8g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Adam replied, “I heard you walking in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked. So I hid.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Adam replied that he heard God walking in the garden, and was afraid because he was naked. So he hid.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
123 2:8 nqmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God asked, “Who told you that you were naked? Did you eat the fruit I told you not to eat?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God asked who told Adam, that he were naked, and it he had eaten the fruit that God told him not to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
124 2:8 pt3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Who told you that you were naked? 1 Or, “How did you find out that you were naked?” God already knows the answer to all of his questions. By asking this question and the following question, he was giving Adam the opportunity to admit his sin of disobedience. Being naked was not a sin. God created them that way. Their knowledge of their nakedness was the problem. Their shame showed that they had sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
125 2:8 sxm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did you eat the fruit I told you not to eat? 1 This is a rhetorical question. God already knew that Adam had eaten the fruit that God had told him not to eat. This can be translated as: a statement: “You ate the fruit that I told you not to eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126 2:8 zo01 she gave me the fruit 1 The man blamed the woman rather than confessing his disobedience and accepting responsibility for disobeying God.
127 2:8 vapd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God asked the woman, “What have you done?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God asked the woman what she had done.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
128 2:8 w2ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What have you done? 1 Or, “Why have you done this?” God already knew the answer to this question. By asking this question, he was giving the woman the opportunity to admit her guilt. He was also implying that she should not have done what she did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
129 2:8 w9bi The snake tricked me 1 The snake deceived or misled her. He lied to her. Don’t use a word that indicates that he cast a spell on her or bewitched her. The woman blamed the snake rather than confessing her disobedience and accepting responsibility for disobeying God.
130 2:9 k8av You are cursed! 1 This could also be translated as: “I curse you!” or “Great harm will come to you.” Do not use a word that implies magic.
131 2:9 gklw will hate each other 1 The woman would hate the snake and the snake would hate the woman. The women’s descendants would also hate the snake’s descendants, and the snake’s descendants would hate them.
132 2:9 hh3x The woman’s descendant 1 Refers to one of her descendants in particular.
133 2:9 rz9x will crush your head 1 The descendant of the woman will destroy the descendant of the snake.
134 2:9 nqqe will wound his heel 1 The descendant of the snake will wound the descendant of the woman.
135 2:10 rw36 childbirth very painful 1 Some languages may need to express this as a verb. You could say: ‘I will cause you to have much more pain when you give birth to children.’
136 2:11 ym34 the ground is cursed 1 As punishment for Adam’s disobedience, the earth would no longer be fruitful. Adam would have to work very hard to raise enough food to eat.
137 2:11 ac2q you will die 1 The ultimate punishment for their disobedience was death. Spiritual death is our separation from God. Physical death is our separation from our body.
138 2:11 obty will return to soil 1 God created Adam from the soil and gave him life. As a result of sin, his life will be taken from him and his body will decompose and become soil again.
139 2:11 s5su Eve, which means “life-giver,” 1 God gave life to Adam and Eve, and it is passed on to every person through childbirth.
140 2:11 hs6x the mother of all people 1 This means that she would be the female ancestor of all people. Some languages might say ‘she would be the grandmother of all people.’
141 2:12 jqaw like us by knowing good and evil 1 Here, this phrase points to a new way that Adam and Eve would be like God. Because they had sinned, they were aware of evil and could experience it. You could say: “because now they knew both good and evil.”
142 2:12 qg82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns like us 1 The Bible teaches that there is one God, but the Old Testament word ‘God’ is a plural form, and God uses plural pronouns when speaking to himself. Some understand this as a special way of speaking that expresses God’s majesty, and others understand this as God the Father speaking to the Son and the Spirit, who are all God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
143 2:12 ay4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism good and evil 1 This is a merism. **Good** and **evil** are two extremes that represent everything in between them. God is saying that they would understand everything about what is right and wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
144 2:12 ehcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they must not be allowed 1 This can be stated in active form: “we must not allow them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
145 2:12 whfk the fruit 1 The specific kind of fruit is not revealed, so it is best to translate this using a general word for fruit.
146 2:12 syma the tree of life 1 This was an actual tree with fruit (See: [01:11](01/11)). If a person ate this fruit, he would live continually and never die.
147 2:12 ho60 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
148 3:0 w76z title The Flood 1 This title can also be translated as: “About God made a great flood” or “What happened when God made a great flood?”
149 3:1 zqvf After a long time 1 This story happens many generations (hundreds of years) after creation.
150 3:1 m0vs very wicked and violent 1 It may be more natural to say: “had become wicked and did violent things.”
151 3:1 b1cx It became so bad 1 It may be clearer to say: “People were behaving in such harmful and evil ways.”
152 3:1 clwy God decided to destroy 1 This does not mean that the earth would be destroyed completely. Rather God planned to destroy all the people who had rebelled against him and who had caused such evil and violence. This flood would also kill all the land animals and the birds.
153 3:1 w6ra a huge flood 1 Very deep water that would cover the earth, even in places where the ground was normally dry, and even covering the tops of the highest mountains.
154 3:2 byxv God was pleased with Noah 1 God was pleased with Noah because he feared and obeyed God. So even though Noah was not sinless, God was gracious to him and made a plan to rescue his family from the devastating flood. Make sure this does not sound like Noah was lucky or that he just happened to escape. Rather, it was God’s choice.
155 3:2 yqq2 was going to make a big flood 1 God planned to cause deep water to cover the earth by sending a lot of rain. That is, he planned to cause the flood by causing a lot of rain to fall.
156 3:2 jhhl a big flood 1 See how you translated this in [03:01](03/01).
157 3:3 rtkd the boat 1 The boat was big enough to carry eight people, two of every kind of animal, and their provisions for almost a year.
158 3:4 wnd6 Noah warned the people 1 Noah told everyone that God planned to destroy the world because of sin.
159 3:4 tvfv to turn to God 1 This means that they should stop sinning and start obeying God.
160 3:6 att5 God sent 1 Noah did not need to find the animals. God sent them to him.
161 3:6 xg2k used for sacrifices 1 For some languages, it may be better to say something like, ‘animals that were acceptable to sacrifice to God.’ God had decided that people should sacrifice animals to him, but he only permitted them to sacrifice certain kinds of animals.
162 3:6 dkq8 God himself closed the door 1 This emphasizes that it was God who shut the door.
163 3:7 ahvc rain, and rain, and rain 1 This emphasizes that there was an unusual, extreme amount of rain. Other languages may have a different way of emphasizing this.
164 3:7 egbq gushing up 1 This indicates that there was a large amount of water coming out.
165 3:7 tm18 the whole world was covered 1 This refers to all the earth being covered with water from the flood.
166 3:9 acyq the rains stopped 1 This could be translated as: “it stopped raining.”
167 3:9 edq4 the boat rested 1 There was so much water from the rain that it covered the mountains. The ship floated over the mountains, and when the water started to go down, the ship went down with the water and settled on a mountain.
168 3:9 bdgi After three more months 1 During the next three months, the water continued to go down.
169 3:9 bdez were visible 1 Other ways to translate this would be “were showing” or “appeared” or “could be seen.” It may be more clear to say: “After three months, the water had gone down enough so that Noah and his family could clearly see the tops of the mountains.”
170 3:10 xj4c a raven 1 A black bird that flies and eats a variety of plant and animal foods, including the rotting flesh of dead animals.
171 3:11 co1y a dove 1 A small white or gray flying bird that eats seeds or fruit.
172 3:11 js7m an olive branch 1 An olive tree’s fruit contains oil which people use for cooking or putting on their skin. If your language does not have a word for **olive branch**, you could translate it as: “branch from a tree called ‘olive’” or “branch from an oil-tree.”
173 3:11 nzdg The water was going down 1 It may be more natural in your language to say: “the water was going away” or “the level of the water was getting lower.”
174 3:12 h2gp waited another week 1 You could say: “waited seven more days.” The word **waited** shows that Noah was allowing time for the floodwaters to go down before sending out the dove again.
175 3:13 z2q4 Two months later 1 This means two months after Noah released the dove from the ark. It may be necessary to say this explicitly if it is not clear.
176 3:13 b5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said to Noah, “You and your family and all the animals may leave the boat now. Have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Noah that he and his family and all the animals could leave the boat then, and have many children and grandchildren and fill the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
177 3:13 lurj Have many children 1 To make sure it is clear that this was God’s command and desire, you could say: “You must have many children” or “I want you to have many children.”
178 3:13 ii8h fill the earth 1 If this is not clear, it may be necessary to say: “and fill the earth with people” or “so that there will be many people living on the earth.”
179 3:13 v0br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go came out 1 Some languages would say: “went out” instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
180 3:14 u30w animal that could be used for a sacrifice 1 Another way to say this would be: “that people could use to sacrifice to him.”
181 3:14 he14 God was happy 1 God was pleased with Noah for sacrificing these animals.
182 3:15 um5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “I promise I will never again curse the ground because of the evil things that people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God promised to never again curse the ground because of the evil things that people do, or destroy the world by causing a flood, even though people are sinful from the time they are children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
183 3:15 jf5p never again 1 This means ‘not ever again’ or ‘not again at any time’ or ‘truly not again.’ Examples: ‘I will not ever again curse the ground’ or ‘I will not curse the ground again at any time’ or ‘I will truly not curse the ground again.’
184 3:15 dd21 curse the ground 1 The earth and the other creatures suffered because of man’s sin.
185 3:15 clt9 the world 1 This refers to the earth and the living creatures that lived on it.
186 3:15 rsay people are sinful from the time they are children 1 Another way to say this would be: “people do sinful things their entire lives.”
187 3:16 z8z9 rainbow 1 This is the multicolored arc of light that often appears in the sky after a rainstorm.
188 3:16 kq3l a sign 1 A sign is something (such as an object or event) that gives a certain meaning or which points to something that is true or will happen.
189 3:16 c5q4 of his promise 1 In some languages, it may be better to say: “to show that he had promised.”
190 3:16 gz22 Every time 1 Make sure it is clear that this means every time a rainbow appeared from that time on. It may be necessary to add: “From then on, every time…”
191 3:16 zrkk what he promised 1 This refers back to the previous frame in which God promised to never again destroy the earth with a flood.
192 3:16 mcy2 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
193 4:0 q8f7 title God’s Covenant with Abraham 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made a covenant with Abraham” or “Why did God make a covenant with Abraham?”
194 4:1 e6dt Many years after the flood 1 Many generations had passed since the end of the flood.
195 4:1 jyda there were again many people 1 Noah’s family multiplied into enough people to fill a city.
196 4:1 yif2 the same language 1 This means there was only one language, so they could all understand each other.
197 4:1 t0yn a city 1 It is best to use a general word for **city** since the text does not give a specific name.
198 4:2 byba a tall tower that would reach heaven 1 This structure was so tall that its top would be in the sky.
199 4:2 afks heaven 1 This could be translated as: “sky.”
200 4:3 ga03 changed their language 1 In an instant, God miraculously gave them different languages to speak so that, suddenly, they were no longer able to understand each other.
201 4:3 s468 many different languages 1 Instead of one large group of people speaking one language, there were now many smaller people groups each speaking its own separate language.
202 4:3 hnr7 spread the people 1 When God changed their languages, he caused these groups of people to scatter out on the earth. Each group moved to its own area.
203 4:3 y07t Babel 1 We don’t know the exact location of this city, other than it was somewhere in the ancient Middle East.
204 4:3 i23v confused 1 This refers to how the people were confused or mixed-up when they could no longer understand each other after God changed their language.
205 4:4 kfkk Hundreds of years later 1 This could be translated as: “many generations after the people split into different language groups at Babel.” or “a long time after that happened.”
206 4:4 avgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told him, “Leave your country and family and go to the land I will show you. I will bless you and make you a great nation. I will make your name great. I will bless those who bless you and curse those who curse you. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told him to leave his country and family and go to the land he would show him. God would bless him and make him a great nation. He would make his name great. He would bless those who curse Abram and curse those who curse him. All families on earth will be blessed because of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
207 4:4 uatd Leave your country 1 This refers to the area where Abram was born and grew up (a region in Central Asia called ‘Ur’). It could be translated as: “native region” or “homeland” or something similar.
208 4:4 mymp and family 1 God was calling Abram to leave behind most of his relatives. However, God was not telling Abram to abandon the people he was responsible for, including his wife.
209 4:4 b4ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy make you a great nation 1 Here **great nation** is a metonym that means God would cause Abram to have many descendants, and they would become a large and important nation or country. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
210 4:4 ypev will make your name great 1 This means that Abram’s name and family would become well-known throughout the world and people would think well of them.
211 4:4 hsfs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive All families on earth will be blessed because of you 1 This can be stated in active form: “I will bless all families on earth because of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
212 4:4 gzsw All families on earth 1 Abram’s decision to follow God would affect not only his own family, but also families from every people group on earth.
213 4:5 mnef He took 1 Some languages would say: “He brought” here. Others would use two different verbs here, such as: “He caused his wife to come with him” or “He brought along all of their servants and possessions.”
214 4:5 e69m God showed him 1 Somehow God made it clear to Abram where he was to go. The text doesn’t tell how God showed him.
215 4:5 n4dh the land of Canaan 1 The name of this land was ‘Canaan.’ This could be translated as: “the land called Canaan.”
216 4:6 zznr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you all this land, and your descendants will always possess it.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Abram to look all around, for God would give to him all this land, and his descendants would always possess it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
217 4:6 uf8p all this land 1 If Abram was standing on a mountain, he could have seen a very large area. On several occasions, God promised to give the entire land of Canaan to Abram and his descendants.
218 4:6 bb0t your descendants will always possess it 1 God promised to give the land to Abram and also to his descendants.
219 4:6 wtvu Then Abram settled in the land 1 Abram lived there along with all those who had gone there with him.
220 4:7 nqh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Melchizedek blessed Abram and said, “May God Most High who owns heaven and earth bless Abram.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Melchizedek blessed Abram and asked that God Most High who owns heaven and earth would bless Abram.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
221 4:7 sy9j Melchizedek 1 Melchizedek was the recognized religious authority in Canaan who received and presented offerings to God.
222 4:7 tc6p God Most High 1 The people of Canaan worshiped many false gods. The title **Most High God** explains that the God that Melchizedek worshiped was far superior to all of them, and was the same God that Abram worshiped.
223 4:8 jgg0 Many years went by 1 A large number of years had passed since God had first promised that Abram would have a son.
224 4:8 shwl as the stars in the sky 1 This expression means that Abram’s descendants will be so many that no one can count them all.
225 4:9 z4yk two parties 1 The parties could be two people, two groups of people, or a person and a group of people.
226 4:9 zcg8 in this case, God made a promise to Abram 1 The promise that God made to Abraham was without conditions. God would do what he promised. It did not depend on what Abram did.
227 4:9 kapa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “I will give you a son from your own body. I give the land of Canaan to your descendants.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God said he would give Abram a son from his own body, and would give the land of Canaan to his descendants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
228 4:9 gmb5 from your own body 1 With his own body, Abram would cause his wife to become pregnant, so that, together, they would have their own, natural son. This was an amazing promise, since Abram and Sarai were very old.
229 4:9 pfam did not have a son 1 Abram still did not have any descendants who could possess the land.
230 4:9 wx5y A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
231 5:0 how2 title The Son of Promise 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God promised Abraham that he would have a son” or “How did God promise to give Abraham a son?”
232 5:1 temq they still did not have a child 1 Without a child, Abram had no descendants to become a great nation.
233 5:1 jdn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him, “Since God has not allowed me to have children, and now I am too old to have children, here is my servant, Hagar. Marry her also so she can have a child for me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him that since God had not allowed her to have children and now I am too old to have children, Abram should take her servant, Hagar, and marry her also so she could have a child for Sarai.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
234 5:1 dw0n Marry her also 1 Abram would take Hagar as a second wife, but Hagar would not have the full status of a wife as Sarai did. She was still Sarai’s servant.
235 5:1 ljh2 have a child for me 1 Since Hagar was Sarai’s servant, Sarai would be considered the mother of any children that Hagar bore.
236 5:2 zq37 married 1 Hagar became Abram’s concubine–a ‘second wife’ of lower status. Hagar was still Sarai’s servant.
237 5:2 pfsd became jealous of Hagar 1 Sarai was jealous of Hagar because Hagar could have children and Sarai could not.
238 5:3 gc5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God also told Abram, “You will be the father of many nations. I will give you and your descendants the land of Canaan as their possession, and I will be their God forever. You must circumcise every male in your family.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God also told Abram that Abram would be the father of many nations. God would give him and his descendants the land of Canaan as their possession and would be their God forever. Abram must circumcise every male in his family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
239 5:3 vdj7 the father of many nations 1 Abram would have many descendants, and they would have their own lands and rule themselves. They and others would remember that Abram was their ancestor and would honor him.
240 5:3 b9er I will be their God 1 Another way to say this is: “I will be the God that they will worship.”
241 5:3 phbf every male in your family 1 This could be translated as: “every boy and man in your family.” This included Abram’s servants and his descendants.
242 5:4 euvk General Information 1 God continues to speak to Abram.
243 5:4 trv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations “Your wife, Sarai, will have a son—he will be the son of promise. Name him Isaac. I will make my covenant with him, and he will become a great nation. I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “His wife, Sarai, would have a son—he will be the son of promise. He would name him Isaac. God would make is covenant with Isaac, and he will become a great nation. God would make Ishmael a great nation, too, but his covenant would be with Isaac.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
244 5:4 soaz the son of promise 1 Isaac would be the son that God promised to Sarai and Abram. He would also be the son that God would use to give Abram many descendants.
245 5:4 jcti I will make my covenant with him 1 This would be the same covenant that God made with Abram.
246 5:4 u89c father of many 1 As God had promised, Abraham would become the ancestor of many people who would even become many nations.
247 5:4 pdyb princess 1 A princess is a daughter of a king. The names Sarai and Sarah apparently both meant ‘princess.’ But God changed her name to signify that she would be the mother of many nations, and some of her descendants would be kings.
248 5:5 m26i all the males in his household 1 This means all of the men and boys that Abraham was responsible for, including his male servants, young and old.
249 5:6 trwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God tested Abraham’s faith by saying, “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God tested Abraham’s faith by telling him to take Isaac, his only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
250 5:6 dwja God tested Abraham’s faith 1 God wanted Abraham to show that he was completely submitted to God, that he would obey whatever God told him to do.
251 5:6 r82o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your only son 1 It is implied that God knows that Abraham has another son, Ishmael. This emphasizes that Isaac is the son that God promised to give Abraham. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “your only son whom I have promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252 5:6 eef5 kill him 1 God did not want human sacrifice. God wanted to see that Abraham loved God more than he loved his son and would obey God even when God told him to give his son back to God.
253 5:6 aw61 prepared to sacrifice his son 1 Abraham got ready to sacrifice his son. God stopped him before he killed his son.
254 5:7 jb4k walked to the place of sacrifice 1 God had told Abraham to sacrifice Isaac on a special high hill that was about three days’ walk from where they lived.
255 5:7 ez0z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Isaac asked, “Father, we have wood for the sacrifice, but where is the lamb?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Isaac told his father that they had wood for the sacrifice, but he did not know where the lamb was.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
256 5:7 cndz wood for the sacrifice 1 For a sacrifice, normally the lamb was killed and then placed on top of wood so that the wood and the lamb could be burned up with fire.
257 5:7 e5cy the lamb 1 A young sheep or goat would be the normal animal for a sacrifice.
258 5:7 qw8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Abraham replied, “God will provide the lamb for the sacrifice, my son.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Abraham replied to his son that God would provide the lamb for the sacrifice.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
259 5:7 qmv0 will provide the lamb 1 Abraham may have believed that Isaac was the lamb that God provided, although God fulfilled Abraham’s words by providing a ram to sacrifice in Isaac’s place.
260 5:8 auut to kill his son 1 God did not want human sacrifice. God wanted to see that Abraham loved God more than he loved his son and would obey God even when God told him to give his son back to God.
261 5:8 t5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God said, “Stop! Do not hurt the boy! Now I know that you fear me because you did not keep your only son from me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told him to stop, and not to hurt the boy! God now knew that Abraham feared God because he did not keep his only son from him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
262 5:8 wy4t you fear me 1 Abraham feared God, which included respect and reverence for God. Because of those things, he obeyed God.
263 5:8 s1mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your only son 1 Ishmael was also Abraham’s son, but Isaac was the only son of Abraham and Sarah. God’s covenant was with Isaac and it was through Isaac that God would fulfill his promise. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “your only son whom I have promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
264 5:9 y8d1 a ram 1 A ram is an adult male sheep.
265 5:9 oncb God had provided the ram 1 Just at the right moment, God caused the ram to be stuck in the bush.
266 5:10 pted rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God said to Abraham, “Because you were willing to give me everything, even your only son, I promise to bless you. Your descendants will be more than the stars in the sky. Because you have obeyed me, I will bless all the families of the world through your family.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God said to Abraham that because Abraham was willing to give God everything, even his only son, he promised to bless him. His descendants will be more than the stars in the sky. Because Abraham had obeyed him, God would bless all the families of the world through Abraham’s family.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
267 5:10 dk6t your only son 1 See explanation in [05:08](05/08).
268 5:10 wpgm the stars in the sky 1 See explanation in [04:08](04/08).
269 5:10 l9k9 all the families of the world 1 Here, **families** refers to the larger distinct groups of people on earth, rather than to each set of parents and children.
270 5:10 tndw your family 1 Here, **family** refers to the many descendants that Abraham would have. The future generations of the world would be blessed through Abraham’s descendants. The greatest blessing would come many generations later through God’s chosen servant, the Messiah.
271 5:10 zpnv A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
272 6:0 ln8a title God Provides for Isaac 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God got a wife for Isaac” or “How did God get a wife for Isaac?”
273 6:1 stnv sent one of his servants back 1 This could be translated as: “told one of his servants to go back.” The word **back** means that the servant would be going to the same place where Abraham used to live long ago before he came to Canaan. Make sure the translation of this phrase makes that clear.
274 6:1 ebhn to the land 1 This land was east of where Abraham was now living.
275 6:1 g10j to bring back a wife for his son, Isaac 1 This could be translated as: “to bring back an unmarried woman for his son, Isaac, to marry.”
276 6:2 jn75 the granddaughter of Abraham’s brother 1 Specifically, she was the daughter of Abraham’s brother’s son. Her grandfather was Abraham’s brother.
277 6:3 x2os Rebekah agreed 1 Even though Rebekah’s parents were arranging her marriage, they did not force her to go marry Isaac.
278 6:4 sl9v God then blessed Abraham’s son Isaac because of the covenant he had made with Abraham. 1 The promises of the covenant that God made with Abraham were not for him only, but also for his descendants.
279 6:4 bo4d countless 1 This could also be translated as: “very many.” The word **countless** means there would be so many descendants that people would not be able to count them.
280 6:5 fmvr in Rebekah’s womb 1 This could mean ‘inside her.’
281 6:6 uj1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Rebekah, “You will give birth to two sons. Their descendants will become two different nations. They will struggle with each other. But the nation coming from your older son will have to obey the nation coming from your younger son.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Rebekah that she would give birth to two sons. Their descendants would become two different nations. They would struggle with each other. But the nation coming from her older son would have to obey the nation coming from her younger son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
282 6:6 wy0a They will struggle with each other 1 Both the two sons and the nations that will come from them will continually fight with each other. Compare to [06:05](06/05).
283 6:6 lsbd your older son 1 Even though the babies were twins, the baby that came out first would be treated as the older son.
284 6:7 qkna Rebekah’s babies were born 1 Some languages have a more indirect way of saying this such as: “when Rebekah saw and took them” or “when Rebekah brought them to light.”
285 6:7 i86k the older son came out & the younger son came out 1 This could be translated as: “the first son to come out was…the second son to come out was.” Make sure that the way **older** and **younger** are translated still communicates that the boys were twins.
286 6:7 u3fz red 1 This may mean that his skin was very red or that the hair on his body was red.
287 6:7 t0ol hairy 1 Esau had a lot of hair on his body. You could say: “the older son’s body was red, with lots of hair.”
288 6:7 fsqb A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
289 7:0 mhz1 title God Blesses Jacob 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God helped Jacob” or “What did God do to help Jacob?”
290 7:1 a5s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background As the boys grew up, Jacob loved to stay at home, but Esau loved to hunt animals 1 This is background information telling how the boys were different from each other, and that their parents each favored one child over the other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
291 7:1 vf5f loved to stay at home & loved to hunt 1 Some languages will use a word for **love** here that is different from the one used for, “Rebekah loved Jacob.” For example, this could be translated as: “liked to stay at home…liked to hunt” or “preferred to stay at home…preferred to hunt.”
292 7:1 kmsg at home 1 This expression refers to the area around the family dwellings. Jacob preferred to stay close to the tents where they lived. Some languages have a special expression for **at home**.
293 7:1 buit rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Esau loved to hunt animals 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Esau’s love of hunting with Jacob’s love of staying home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
294 7:1 l1oe Rebekah loved Jacob, but Isaac loved Esau 1 This could be translated as: “Rebekah was more fond of Jacob, and Isaac was more fond of Esau.” This does not necessarily mean that Rebekah and Isaac did not love the other son, but that each parent had a favorite.
295 7:1 oxd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Isaac loved Esau 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Isaac’s love of Esau with Rebekah’s love of Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
296 7:2 nbce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Esau said to Jacob, “Give me some of the food you have made.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Esau asked Jacob to give him some of the food that Jacob had made.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
297 7:2 l1sl Give me some of the food & you will give it all 1 Some languages may prefer to use two different words for **give** here. This would also apply to, “Esau promised to give…Jacob gave” in the last two sentences.
298 7:2 svny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jacob responded, “First, promise me that everything you should receive because you were born first, you will give it all to me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jacob told Esau to first promise that everything Easu would receive because he was born first, he would give it all to Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
299 7:2 wznw everything you should receive because you were born first 1 According to their custom, since Esau was the oldest son, he should have been the one to receive twice as much of their father’s wealth when their father died. Jacob thought of a way to take these rights of the oldest son from Esau.
300 7:3 ss81 give his blessing 1 It was customary for fathers to formally express their desire for good things to happen to their children. Normally, the older son received the best promise. Isaac wanted this extra prosperity to happen to Esau.
301 7:3 ea6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But before he did 1 The connecting word **But** here contrasts Isaac’s desire to give Esau a blessing with the Rebekah and Jacob’s trick that intervened, preventing him from doing so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
302 7:3 of4g tricked him 1 The word **trick** means to do something to deliberately deceive someone. Rebekah came up with a plan to deceive Isaac into giving Jacob the special blessing instead of Esau.
303 7:3 spr2 pretend 1 The word **pretend** shows how Jacob would deceive his father (who had very poor eyesight in his old age).
304 7:3 s5we rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Jacob put on Esau’s clothes and put goatskins on his neck and hands. 1 The connecting word **So** here connects the result, Jacob put on Esau’s clothes and goatskin to deceive Isaac, with the reason, Isaac was old and blind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
305 7:3 aupu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Esau’s clothes 1 This refers to the clothes that Esau owned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
306 7:3 foga goatskins 1 The hairiness of the goatskins would make Jacob feel like Esau.
307 7:4 o02a Jacob came to Isaac 1 In some languages, it might be more natural to say: “Jacob went to Isaac.”
308 7:4 w3fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When Isaac felt the goat hair and smelled the clothes, he thought it was Esau and blessed him. 1 This is a sequential clause. The word **When** connects Isaac feeling and smelling Jacob with the resulting action (he believed it was Esau and blessed him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
309 7:4 rgt4 he thought it was Esau 1 He thought that the person he was touching and smelling was Esau.
310 7:5 u325 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because Jacob had stolen his rights as oldest son and also his blessing 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason, Jacob stole Esau’s rights and blessing, with the result, Esau hated Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
311 7:5 dsks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his rights 1 This refers to the the extra blessing and inheritance that belonged to Esau because he was the firstborn son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
312 7:5 y6l9 rights as oldest son 1 Jacob found a way to get the larger portion of their father’s wealth that should have gone to Esau as the older son. See also note on [07:02](07/02).
313 7:5 sclr his blessing 1 Jacob also tricked their father into giving him the promise of extra prosperity that Isaac intended to give to Esau. See also note on [07:03](07/03).
314 7:5 apwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So he planned to kill Jacob 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result, Esau planned to kill Jacob, with the reason, Esau hated Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
315 7:6 a43t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan 1 The connecting word **But** is used in a contrast relationship. It contrasts Esau’s plan to kill Jacob with Rebekah hearing of it and devising a different plan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
316 7:6 lm1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Esau’s plan 1 This refers to the plan that Esau had decided to do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\nEsau’s plan was to kill Jacob after his father died.
317 7:6 a70x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So she and Isaac sent Jacob far away 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result, Rebekah and Isaac sent Jacob far away, with the reason, Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan to kill Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
318 7:6 zehh she and Isaac sent Jacob far away 1 Rebekah wanted to protect Jacob from Esau, so she talked to Isaac about sending Jacob away.
319 7:6 gs14 far away to live with her relatives 1 This was the same place where Rebekah was living when Abraham’s servant asked her to be Isaac’s wife. To make this clear, you could add: “in the same land where she used to live.” The land was to the east, several hundred miles away.
320 7:6 ydz5 her relatives 1 This could also be translated as: “their relatives.” Since Abraham’s brother was Rebekah’s grandfather, her relatives were also Isaac’s relatives.
321 7:7 nw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Rebekah’s relatives 1 This refers to a social relationship—these people were related to Rebekah as part of her extended family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
322 7:7 jbla rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background During that time he married and had 12 sons and a daughter. God made him very wealthy. 1 This is background information about what happened while Jacob was away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
323 7:7 mgy9 very wealthy 1 This included money, large herds of animals and other possessions.
324 7:8 naby rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background After 20 years 1 Jacob had lived for twenty years in the land where his mother was from. If that is not clear you could say: “After twenty years living in the land where his relatives were…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
325 7:8 avqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his family 1 This refers to a social relationship—the people who were his family, those related to him by birth or marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
326 7:8 ahpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession all his flocks and herds of animals 1 This refers to ownership—all the groups of animals that belonged to him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
327 7:8 jb9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown herds 1 A **herd** is a large group of animals. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
328 7:9 mir9 Your servant, Jacob 1 Jacob was not actually Esau’s servant. But Jacob told his servants to say this because he wanted to show Esau that he was coming to him humbly and respectfully, so that Esau would no longer be angry with him.
329 7:10 ah4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Esau no longer wanted to harm Jacob 1 The connecting word **But** here contrasts Jacob’s fear of Esau wanting to kill him with Esau no longer wanting to harm Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
330 7:10 xaee rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead, he was very happy to see him again 1 The connecting word **Instead** contrasts Jacob’s fear of Esau wanting to kill him with Esau being happy to see Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
331 7:10 hjkz lived peacefully 1 This refers to the fact that Esau and Jacob were not angry at each other and did not fight with each other.
332 7:10 hmhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then Isaac died 1 The connecting word **Then** connects the timing of events. Jacob’s return to Canaan and living there were followed by Isaac’s death and Jacob and Esau burying him together. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
333 7:10 r9uo buried him 1 This could mean that they dug a hole in the ground, placed Isaac’s body in it, and covered the hole with dirt or stones. Or it could mean that they placed Isaac’s body in a cave and covered the opening.
334 7:10 erbu The covenant promises 1 These were the promises that God made in his covenant with Abraham.
335 7:10 v9bs passed on from Isaac to Jacob 1 The promises went from Abraham to his son Isaac, and now to Isaac’s son Jacob. Esau did not receive the promises (See: [06:04](06/04)).
336 7:10 sqs3 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
337 8:0 mics title God Saves Joseph and His Family 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God took care of Joseph and his family” or “How did God rescue Joseph and his family?”
338 8:1 ewlu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Many years later, when Jacob was an old man 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
339 8:1 ga59 sent 1 This word means that Jacob told Joseph to go and Joseph went.
340 8:1 tv09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his favorite son 1 This phase refers to a social relationship—the favorite son who was born to him. This could be translated as: “the son he loved more than any of his other children.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
341 8:1 w4fv check on 1 This means that Joseph is to go and see if everything is all right with his brothers. Some languages might say something like: “to see about his brothers’ well-being.”
342 8:1 c80b his brothers 1 These were Joseph’s older brothers.
343 8:1 jib8 were taking care of the flocks 1 Since this was several days’ journey away, it may be necessary to say: “who were far away taking care of…”
344 8:2 mlye rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because their father loved him most, and because Joseph had dreamed 1 The word **because** connects the two reasons Joseph’s brothers hated him (their father loved him most and Joseph’s dream), with the result (they hated him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
345 8:2 xh66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When Joseph came 1 The word **When** indicates the order of events. After Joseph came the brothers took him captive and sold him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
346 8:2 ccu1 came to his brothers 1 Another way this could be translated is: “reached the place where his brothers were.”
347 8:2 ub5h took him captive 1 They took him against his will. It was not right for them to do this.
348 8:2 bnu4 slave traders 1 These were people who made a business of buying people from one owner and selling them as slaves to another owner.
349 8:3 c6d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Before Joseph’s brothers returned home 1 The connecting word **Before** indicates the order of events. Joseph’s brothers tore his robe and dipped it in blood. Then they returned home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
350 8:3 cfim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession goat’s blood 1 This connects the blood with the goat, of which it was a part. The brothers wanted Jacob to think that the blood on the clothes was Joseph’s blood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
351 8:3 lly0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he would think that a wild animal 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (showing Jacob the torn robe dipped in blood), with the desired result (Jacob thinking a wild animal killed Joseph). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
352 8:4 ta81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River. 1 This is background information about the country of Egypt where the slave traders took Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
353 8:4 gtsr a wealthy government official 1 This was a person who was part of the Egyptian government. Another way to say this would be: “a leader in Egypt’s government.”
354 8:4 b739 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Joseph served his master well, and God blessed Joseph. 1 The connecting word **and** indicates two events that happened when Joseph became a slave. There is no indication of cause and effect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
355 8:5 tukk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism tried to sleep with Joseph 1 Another way to say this would be: “tried to seduce Joseph to have sex with her.” To **sleep with** is a way of expressing this in order not to be crude or offensive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
356 8:5 h4jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Joseph refused to sin against God 1 The connecting word **but** indicates a contrast. You would expect that when Joseph’s master’s wife tried to sleep with him, Joseph would agree, but instead he did the unexpected and refused. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
357 8:5 fqf9 sin against God 1 It is against God’s law for people to have sex together if they are not married to each other. Joseph did not want to sin by disobeying God’s law.
358 8:5 xvyc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even in prison 1 The connecting word **Even** indicates a contrast. You would expect Joseph to become bitter in prison but, instead, he continued to be faithful and God continued to bless him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
359 8:5 upxw remained faithful to God 1 Another way to say this would be: “continued to obey God.”
360 8:6 cpy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background which is what the Egyptians called their kings 1 This is background information about the title, ‘Pharaoh.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
361 8:6 s8pl disturbed him greatly 1 This means that the king felt very afraid and confused (because of what he had seen in the dreams).
362 8:6 tex1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit None of his advisors could tell him the meaning of the dreams. 1 The interpretation of dreams was important in the ancient Near East. It was seen as possible only through divine power. This can be clearly stated: “God did not enable any of his advisors to tell him the meaning of the dreams..’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363 8:6 jfx5 his advisors 1 These were men with special powers and knowledge who could sometimes tell what dreams meant. Some translations refer to them as ‘wise men.’
364 8:6 tba9 the meaning of the dreams 1 People in Egypt believed that dreams were messages from the gods telling them about what would happen in the future. God used Pharaoh’s dreams to tell him what would happen.
365 8:7 zx9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams 1 Yahweh gave Joseph the power to interpret dreams in order to bring himself glory and to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people. This can be clearly stated: “God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams in order to protect Joseph and the Hebrew people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
366 8:7 fx3x to interpret dreams 1 To **interpret** is to tell what something means. So Joseph was able to tell people what their dreams meant.
367 8:7 dx3z had Joseph brought to him 1 Another way to say this would be: “ordered his servants to bring Joseph to him.”
368 8:7 wx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations and said, “God is going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “and told him that God was going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
369 8:7 xpky God is going to send 1 God will cause the crops to grow well for seven years, and after that he will cause them to produce very little food so that the people and animals will not have enough to eat.
370 8:7 wjnf famine 1 The gardens and fields would produce so little food that people and animals would not have enough to eat.
371 8:8 zbif was so impressed with Joseph 1 Pharaoh was amazed by Joseph’s wisdom and felt respect for him; he trusted Joseph to make wise decisions that would benefit the people. It may be clearer to say: “impressed with Joseph’s wisdom.”
372 8:8 py9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes how unusual it was for a slave to be so honored by the Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
373 8:8 kkyi the second most powerful man 1 Pharaoh made Joseph a very powerful and important ruler over all of Egypt. Only Pharaoh was more powerful and important than Joseph.
374 8:9 hnfl to store up large amounts of food 1 From the abundant harvests, they took food to the cities and stored it there. The food then belonged to Pharaoh.
375 8:9 h505 famine 1 See how you translated this in [08:07](08/07).
376 8:10 ehrd The famine was severe 1 The famine was very bad. There was very little food and many people outside of Egypt were starving.
377 8:10 th80 Egypt, but also in Canaan 1 For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to say: “the country of Egypt, but also in the land of Canaan.”
378 8:11 j8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So, Jacob sent his older sons to Egypt to buy food. 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (Jacob send his sons to buy food), with the reason (the famine was bad in Canaan). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
379 8:11 bzkk his older sons 1 These were Joseph’s older brothers who had sold him into slavery.
380 8:11 y18i did not recognize Joseph 1 They did not know that the man was Joseph, because now Joseph was much older than when they last saw him, and he was dressed as an Egyptian ruler.
381 8:11 a07j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Joseph recognized them. 1 The connecting word **But** indicates a contrast relationship. It contrasts Joseph’s brothers not recognizing him with Joseph recognizing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
382 8:12 u1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After testing his brothers 1 The connecting word **After** begins a sequential clause. Joseph tested his brothers to see if they had changed and then he revealed who he was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
383 8:12 lj8p testing his brothers 1 Joseph placed his older brothers in a difficult situation to see if they would protect their youngest brother or treat him as badly as they had treated Joseph. When they protected their youngest brother, Joseph knew they had changed.
384 8:12 fv7u if they had changed 1 Another way to say this would be: “if they were different than they used to be.” Years ago Joseph’s brothers sold him into slavery. Joseph wanted to find out if they would now do what was right.
385 8:12 s28f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations I am your brother, Joseph! 1 This is a strong statement that Joseph was indeed their brother, even though he knew they would find it very difficut to believe that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
386 8:12 fb7o Do not be afraid 1 Joseph gave this command to his brothers who were afraid because they had greatly wronged Joseph. Now, as a great ruler, he had the power to punish them. Joseph could refuse to sell them food, or could even put them in prison or kill them. Another way to say this would be: “You do not need to fear any punishment from me.”
387 8:12 gx2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God used the evil for good! 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Joseph’s brother’s desire to do evil to God’s using it for good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
388 8:12 z1yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations God used the evil for good! 1 This is a strong statement, because it is surprising that God was able to cause good to happen from the evil thing the brothers did to Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
389 8:12 lypw evil for good 1 Joseph’s brothers did an evil thing when they sold Joseph as a slave and he was taken to Egypt. But God allowed this so that Joseph could save thousands of people, including his own family, from starving during the famine. This was a very good thing.
390 8:14 gj6m Even though Jacob was an old man, he moved to Egypt 1 Egypt was a great distance away from Canaan, and it would have been difficult for an elderly man to walk or ride a cart that far.
391 8:14 pezf Before Jacob died 1 Jacob died in Egypt. He did not get to return to Canaan, the land God had promised to give to him and his descendants.
392 8:15 i8yn The covenant promises 1 Long ago God made an agreement with Abraham and promised him that he would give him many descendants; they would possess the land of Canaan and become a great nation. God also promised that all peoples would be blessed through Abraham’s line (See: [07:10](07/10)).
393 8:15 o0rz were passed on to 1 Other ways to say this are: “passed down to” or “given to” or “applied to.” God’s promise to Abraham was also for Abraham’s children, grandchildren and all the rest of his descendants (See: [06:04](06/04)).
394 8:15 fm78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the 12 tribes of Israel 1 God had promised Abraham, Isaac and Jacob that their descendants would become a great nation. God later changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob’s 12 sons became 12 great tribes. These 12 tribes made up the ancient nation called Israel, which was named by Jacob’s new name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395 8:15 hbyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 12 1 This could also be written in words: “twelve.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
396 8:15 z623 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
397 9:0 kgmw title God Calls Moses 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God called Moses to work for him” or “How did God call Moses to work for him?”
398 9:1 fe1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Joseph died 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
399 9:1 wfof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his relatives 1 This refers to a social relationship—all the people who were related to him by birth or marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
400 9:1 nqg2 They were called the Israelites 1 The people group that descended from Jacob was called ‘Israel,’ which is the name that God gave to Jacob. The people from that group were called **Israelites**.
401 9:2 dg1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After hundreds of years 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
402 9:2 rjza rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Israelites 1 ‘Israelite people’ or ‘people of Israel’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
403 9:2 pl6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Egyptians 1 ‘Egyptian people’ or ‘people of Egypt’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
404 9:2 mynm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because there were so many of them 1 The connecting word **because** connects the action (the Egyptians being afraid) with the reason (there were so many Isrealites). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
405 9:2 i24t Pharaoh 1 **Pharaoh** is an Egyptian word that refers to their king. This Pharaoh was probably the son of a former Pharaoh who had died, who may have been a descendant of the Pharaoh that Joseph knew.
406 9:2 y4c0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background who was ruling Egypt at that time 1 This is background information about the ruler who was Pharaoh at that time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
407 9:2 raal made the Israelites slaves 1 This could mean ‘forced the Israelites to do hard labor against their will and treated them very harshly.’
408 9:3 a6ud made their lives miserable 1 This means that they suffered terribly because of how harshly they were treated and how hard they were forced to work. They also felt very discouraged.
409 9:3 itoq God blessed them 1 God took care of them, helping them endure the severe treatment and even caused them to become more numerous by giving them many children.
410 9:4 gh4z saw 1 Other ways to say this are: “realized” or “knew.”
411 9:4 r36l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he ordered his people to kill 1 The connecting word **so** connects the result (Pharaoh ordered the people to kill all the Israelite boys), with the reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
412 9:5 w9bv as long as she could 1 She hid the baby from the Egyptians until it became too difficult to keep him safely hidden in her home.
413 9:6 s8ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown reeds 1 A **reed** is a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
414 9:7 lmfg took him as her own son 1 She was a princess. When she made him her son, he became a prince of Egypt.
415 9:7 w8hk to nurse him 1 Another way to say this would be: “to breastfeed him.”
416 9:8 hmzg had grown up 1 Another way to say this would be: “had grown into a man.”
417 9:8 szld his fellow Israelite 1 This phrase refers to the Israelite slave. The word **fellow** here indicates that Moses was also an Israelite. Although the daughter of the Egyptian Pharaoh raised Moses, Moses remembered that he was really an Israelite.
418 9:10 dd4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Moses fled from Egypt 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts Pharaoh trying to kill Moses with Moses escaping into the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
419 9:10 ygrl the wilderness 1 The wilderness was a large area that was rocky and dry. The land there was not good for growing food and few people lived there.
420 9:11 j2s7 the wilderness 1 See how you translated this in [09:10](09/10).
421 9:12 y6if taking care of his father-in-law’s flock of sheep 1 This means he was doing the work of a shepherd to guide the sheep to grass and water, and to protect them. It could be translated as: “tending the sheep that belonged to his father-in-law.”
422 9:12 dabk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown flock of sheep 1 A **flock of sheep** is a large group of sheep that are owned by someone. Use a similar word in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
423 9:12 ezhs a bush on fire, burning without being destroyed 1 God made the bush full of fire, but the fire did not damage the bush.
424 9:12 liep God spoke to him 1 This could be translated as: “God said out loud.” Moses heard God speak, but he did not see God.
425 9:12 ux6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God spoke to him and said, “Moses, take off your shoes. You are standing on holy ground.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Moses to take off his shoes, because he was standing on holy ground.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
426 9:12 jin0 take off your shoes 1 God wanted him to take off his shoes to show that he greatly respected God. To make clear the reason for this, you could say: “take off your shoes, because you are on holy ground.”
427 9:12 v3po holy ground 1 It was holy in the sense that God set it apart from the ordinary land and made it to be a special place where He would reveal Himself.
428 9:13 d461 the suffering of my people 1 This could be translated as: “the very harsh treatment that my people are experiencing.” Some languages might translate this as: “how the Egyptians are giving my people terrible pain.”
429 9:13 vsrd my people 1 This refers to the Israelites. God had made a covenant with Abraham and his descendants that he would bless them and make them into a great nation. Through this covenant, the Israelites became God’s own people.
430 9:13 suxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that you can bring the Israelites 1 The connecting words **so that** connect the result (Moses bringing the Israelites out of their slavery), and the reason (God has seen their suffering). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
431 9:13 e7kd can bring the Israelites out of their slavery in Egypt 1 This can be translated as: “can set the Israelites free from being slaves in Egypt” or “can bring the Israelites out of Egypt where they are now slaves.”
432 9:14 kk01 the people 1 See **my people** in [09:13](09/13).
433 9:14 dghi I AM WHO I AM 1 This description shows that God can only be defined by himself, not by anything else that we know of, and he cannot be compared to anyone else.
434 9:14 tgo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Tell them that I AM has sent you to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
435 9:14 t53d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown I AM 1 This name emphasizes that God is the only one who has always lived and always will live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
436 9:14 n79m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Also tell them that I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
437 9:14 hjln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown Yahweh 1 The name **Yahweh** means ‘HE IS’ and expresses that God exists by his own power—no one created him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
438 9:14 mrg5 my name 1 The name that God told Moses and all of Israel to use for him is ‘Yahweh,’ which is related to ‘I AM’ and appears to mean ‘HE IS.’
439 9:15 zky5 was afraid and did not want to go 1 Moses knew that Pharaoh wanted to kill him, and he did not believe that he could do what God wanted him to do.
440 9:15 i8s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God sent Moses’ brother 1 The connecting word **so** connects the result (God sent Aaron to help Moses), and the reason (Moses thought he could not speak well). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
441 9:15 jq53 Moses’ brother, Aaron 1 Aaron was Moses’ actual brother from his Israelite mother and father. Aaron would have been at least several years older than Moses.
442 9:15 sfgu A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
443 10:0 cl9s title The Ten Plagues 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the Egyptians suffer with the Ten Plagues” or “What happened when God made the Egyptians suffer from the ten plagues?”
444 10:1 m1ye stubborn 1 This means the Pharaoh would refuse to obey God. You may also want to add: “stubborn and refuse to listen (or obey).”
445 10:1 ktbv to Pharaoh 1 It may be clearer to say: “to Pharaoh’s palace to talk to him.”
446 10:1 mr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The God of Israel says to let his people go!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
447 10:1 lkwm the God of Israel 1 This could be translated as: “God, who chose the Israelites to be his people” or “God, who rules the people of Israel” or “the God whom the Israelites worship.”
448 10:1 g5h0 Let my people go! 1 Other ways to say this are: “Allow my people to go free!” or “Free my people to leave Egypt!”
449 10:1 tgdk my people 1 See **my people** in [09:13](09/13).
450 10:1 dul9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Pharaoh did not listen 1 The connecting word **But** connects what Moses and Aaron said God told Pharaoh to do (let his people go), with what he did (he did not listen to them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
451 10:1 skla listen to 1 This could be translated as: “heed” or “obey.”
452 10:1 r88a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead of letting the Israelites go free 1 The connecting word **Instead** connects what Moses and Aaron told Pharaoh to do (listen to God and let his people go), with what Pharaoh did (make them work harder). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
453 10:1 cg8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations he forced them to work even harder! 1 This is a strong statement that Pharaoh not only did not free the Israelites, he made their lives even harder! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
454 10:2 mrn5 the people 1 This refers to the people of Israel, also called ‘the Israelites.’
455 10:2 hcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God sent 1 The connecting word **so** connects the cause (Pharaoh made the Israelites work harder instead of letting them go), with the result (God sent ten terrible plagues on Egypt). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
456 10:2 zo3y ten terrible plagues 1 A plague is something very bad or terrible that happens to someone or something. A plague usually refers to something that affects many people or happens over a large geographic area. Another word for **plague** would be ‘disaster.’
457 10:2 uilu all of Egypt’s gods 1 It may be more clear to say: “all the gods that the Egyptian people worshiped.” The people of Egypt worshiped many different false gods. Some of these false gods did not exist. Other false gods that they worshiped were actually demons. Demons are not as powerful as the God of Israel.
458 10:3 m27f turned the Nile River into blood 1 Some languages may need to say: “turned the water in the Nile River into blood.” There was blood in the river instead of water, so the fish died and the people had no water to drink.
459 10:3 o0i5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Pharaoh still 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts God turning the river to blood with Pharoah not letting the Israelites go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
460 10:4 wqo8 God sent frogs all over Egypt 1 This could be translated as: “God caused many frogs to appear throughout Egypt.”
461 10:4 obv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche hardened his heart 1 He became stubborn again and refused to obey God. Here **hardened** is a synecdoche that refers to Pharaoh. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
462 10:5 rpko God sent a plague 1 This could be translated as: “God caused there to be a plague” or “God caused a plague (of gnats) to come over the land of Egypt.”
463 10:5 yw1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown gnats 1 These were tiny, biting insects flying in large swarms, annoying and landing on all the people and animals of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
464 10:5 if0k flies 1 These were much bigger flying insects that were both annoying and destructive. There were so many of these flies that they covered everything, even filling the Egyptians’ houses.
465 10:5 lcbs hardened his heart 1 See note in [10:04](10/04).
466 10:6 q50z farm animals 1 This refers to large animals that the Egyptians used to help them in their work, such as horses, donkeys, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats.
467 10:6 mjo5 heart was hardened 1 See note in [10:04](10/04).
468 10:7 le4m God hardened Pharaoh’s heart 1 God caused Pharaoh to continue to be stubborn. See also note in [10:04](10/04).
469 10:8 q1h7 After that 1 This refers to after God caused the painful sores to appear on the Egyptians’ skin.
470 10:8 ll7d God sent hail 1 God caused hail to fall from the sky.
471 10:8 yy9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown hail 1 Hail is like chunks of ice that fall down from the clouds as rain does. These chunks can be very small or very large. The larger ones will hurt or kill whatever they fall on. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
472 10:8 ytf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them, “I have sinned. You may go.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them that he had sinned, and said that they could go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
473 10:8 r4fz You may go 1 The word **You** refers to Moses, Aaron, and the Israelites.
474 10:9 k8e9 hardened his heart 1 See note in [10:04](10/04).
475 10:10 ke2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown swarms of locusts 1 Locusts are grasshoppers that fly together in swarms, or large groups, and that can destroy large areas of all kinds of plants and food crops by eating them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
476 10:10 cmxs the hail 1 Hail is like chunks of ice that fall down from the clouds as rain does.
477 10:11 yos9 God sent darkness 1 God caused darkness to cover or spread over most of Egypt. In other words, God took away the light from this part of Egypt.
478 10:11 ehrv that lasted for three days 1 This darkness was darker than ordinary nighttime darkness, and it continued to be totally dark for three whole days.
479 10:12 o0id these nine plagues 1 This means: ‘these nine disasters that God had caused.’
480 10:12 lbk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Since Pharaoh would not listen, God planned to send one last plague. This would change Pharaoh’s mind. 1 The connecting word **Since** connects the action (God sending one last plague), with the reason (Pharaoh refused to let the Israelites go free). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
481 10:12 r1b3 Since Pharaoh would not listen 1 This could be translated as: “Since Pharaoh would not do what God was telling him to do” or “Since Pharaoh refused to obey God.”
482 10:12 g2vs This would change Pharaoh’s mind 1 Another way to say this would be: “This last plague would cause Pharaoh to change how he thought about God and, as a result, he would let the Israelites go free.”
483 10:12 f901 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
484 11:0 ix6e title The Passover 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made the Passover festival” or “Why did God make the Passover festival?”
485 11:0 n2m1 title Passover 1 The term **Passover** is the name of a Jewish festival when they celebrate that God passed over their houses and did not kill their firstborn sons when he killed the Egyptians.
486 11:1 j2xy the firstborn males of Egypt’s people and animals 1 This could be translated as: “the eldest son in every Egyptian family and the first male offspring of any of their animals.”
487 11:2 el28 God provided 1 God is the only one who could provide the way to save the Israelites’ sons from death.
488 11:2 otx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to save the firstborn son of anyone who believed in him 1 This can be stated in active form: “for those who believed in him to save their firstborn son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489 11:2 f3fy a perfect lamb 1 This could mean ‘a young sheep or goat that had no blemishes or defects.’
490 11:3 fvut unleavened bread 1 **Unleavened bread** is bread that is prepared without yeast. Yeast is mixed into bread dough to make the dough expand and rise as it bakes. This could be translated as: “made without something that would make it rise.” Making bread with yeast takes longer than without it, so unleavened bread shows that this meal was urgent and the people needed to do it quickly.
491 11:3 apkz be ready to leave Egypt immediately after they ate this meal 1 This means they needed to be prepared to leave before they started to eat.
492 11:4 fhjn every firstborn son 1 This means every firstborn son of families who had not made the blood sacrifice, that is, the Egyptians. To make this clear you may want to add: “Every Egyptian firstborn son” (since all the Israelite families had put the blood on their doorposts).
493 11:5 tfk3 passed over 1 This means that God passed by those houses and did not stop to kill anyone there. This phrase became the name of the Jewish festival, ‘Passover.’
494 11:5 xmjk They were saved 1 God did not kill their firstborn son.
495 11:5 jbu8 because of the lamb’s blood 1 This could be translated as: “because the lamb’s blood was on their door.” God saw that they had killed their lamb as he had commanded, so he did not kill their son.
496 11:6 i4w4 did not believe God or obey his commands 1 In some languages it may be more natural or clear to say: “did not believe God and so they did not obey his commands.”
497 11:6 vdfi did not pass over 1 He did not pass by their houses. Rather, he stopped at each house and killed their eldest son.
498 11:7 njr2 from the firstborn of the prisoner in jail to the firstborn of Pharaoh 1 This is a way of saying that everyone’s firstborn son died–from the son of the least important person to the son of the most important person, and everyone in between.
499 11:8 o7al called for 1 This means that Pharaoh told his servants to tell Moses and Aaron to come to him.
500 11:8 zj7z and said 1 Pharaoh said the following words to Moses and Aaron after they came to him. In some languages this would be translated as: “and said to them,” or “After they came, Pharaoh said to them.”
501 11:8 rpwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations and said, “Take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “and told them to take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
502 11:8 wmkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Take the Israelites and leave Egypt immediately! 1 This is a command. It is stated as an exclamation because Pharaoh was finally afraid of God and urgently wanted the Israelites to leave Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
503 11:8 u61w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go Take 1 The motion is away from the speaker, Pharaoh. Moses is commanded to take the Israelites away from Pharoah and continue moving with them until they have left all of Egypt, the country where the speaker is located. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
504 11:8 neax A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
505 12:0 hn0o title The Exodus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites left Egypt” or “What happened when God took the Israelites out of Egypt?” or “What happened when the Israelites left Egypt?”
506 12:0 jffg title Exodus 1 The term **Exodus** means ‘leaving’ or ‘going out from.’
507 12:1 eh4v They were no longer slaves 1 This could be translated as: “They were not slaves anymore.”
508 12:1 i7d1 were going 1 Some languages may use a more specific word like ‘traveling’ since they would be going a long distance to the Promised Land.
509 12:1 uisf the Promised Land 1 This is the land that God had promised that he would give to Abraham’s descendants.
510 12:2 j908 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A tall pillar of cloud 1 This could be translated as: “A tall cloud” or “A cloud shaped like a pillar.” This was not an actual pillar such as something that supports a building. In appearance it resembled a pillar, but it was made out of clouds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
511 12:2 sxmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a tall pillar of fire 1 This was a column of fire that hung or floated in the air in front of the Israelites. This was not an actual pillar such as something that supports a building. It resembled a pillar in appearance, but it was made out of fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
512 12:2 wuie guided them 1 God showed them the way by making the pillar move along in front of them so they could follow it.
513 12:3 mc38 After a short time 1 Probably at least two days had gone by. For that to be clear, it may be translated as: “After a few days” or “A few days after the Israelites left Egypt.”
514 12:3 qfys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom changed their minds 1 This phrase means ‘began to think differently than they had before.’ The Egyptians did not replace their minds, but made a decision that was not the same as the one they first made. They decided the Israelites should leave, but later decided that was the wrong choice and that they should have kept the Israelites as slaves. Some languages may not have this same expression, and will express the meaning in a direct way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
515 12:3 sctb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the Egyptians chased after the Israelites), with the reason (the Egyptians wanted the Israelites to be their slaves again). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
516 12:4 byca they were trapped between Pharaoh’s army and the Red Sea 1 Another way to say this would be: “there was nowhere they could go to escape since the Egyptians were behind them and the Red Sea was in front of them.”
517 12:4 mynw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did we leave Egypt? 1 The Israelites were not asking for reasons. Because they were afraid, in this moment they were wishing they had not left Egypt (even though it had been very difficult for them there). This could be a statement: “We should not have left Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
518 12:4 vdux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We are going to die! 1 This is a strong statement that expresses their certainty that the Egyptians would kill them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
519 12:5 kun4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Stop being afraid! 1 This is both a command and also an exclamation. Moses was telling the people in very strong terms that they were wrong to be afraid, rather than trusting God to protect them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
520 12:5 jsn3 God will fight for you today and save you 1 Another way to say this would be: “Today God will defeat the Egyptians for you and keep them from harming you.”
521 12:5 luus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns fight for you today and save you 1 Both occurrences of the pronoun **you** refers to all the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
522 12:5 ji7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then God told Moses, “Tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then God told Moses to tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
523 12:5 zlak to move 1 Some languages will be more specific and say: “to walk.”
524 12:6 pjsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the pillar of cloud moved 1 The connecting word **Then** connects God’s instructions that the Israelites are to move forward with the pillar of cloud moving behind them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
525 12:6 vhdk the pillar of cloud 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:02](12/02).
526 12:7 lmn7 raise his hand over the sea 1 This could be translated as: “held out his hand over the sea.” This was a gesture to show that God was doing this miracle through Moses.
527 12:7 n6dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Then God caused 1 The connecting word **Then** connects Moses’ action of obedience in raising his hand over the sea with the result (God caused the wind to blow). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
528 12:7 ird5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that 1 The connecting words **so that** connect the wind blowing with the effect (the path through the sea for the Israelites). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
529 12:8 yw11 marched 1 This can be translated as: “walked” or “went.”
530 12:8 xym7 with a wall of water on either side of them 1 This could be translated as: “and the water on both sides of them stood up tall and straight like a wall.”
531 12:10 gyv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they followed the Israelites 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the Egyptians followed the Israelites in to the sea), with the cause (God removed the cloud). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
532 12:10 zo9a the path through the sea 1 This was the dry strip of land across the bottom of the sea, with a wall of water on each side.
533 12:10 o20u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts the movement of the Israelites God caused by opening the path, with the lack of movement of the Egyptians God caused with their panic and chariots becoming stuck. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
534 12:10 rafk to panic 1 This could be translated as: “to get fearful and confused.”
535 12:10 pw6i to get stuck 1 The chariots could no longer move.
536 12:10 ah2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Run away! 1 This is both a command and also an exclamation. The Egyptians were so afraid when they realized that they were in great danger. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
537 12:10 mvvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations God is fighting for the Israelites! 1 This exclamation emphasizes the fear of the Egyptians when they realized that God had led them into a trap in the sea, and they were going to drown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
538 12:11 j5l4 to stretch out his hand again 1 This could be translated as: “lift his hand over the sea again” or, as a direct command, as in, “God told Moses, ‘Stretch out your hand again.’”
539 12:11 n1a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then God 1 The connecting word **Then** connects the action (the Israelites arriving safely on the other side of the Sea) with God’s instructions to Moses to close the path through the sea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
540 12:11 hnpc returned to its normal place 1 This could be translated as: “covered the place again where the path had been,” or “filled the whole sea again” or “went back to where it was before God separated it.”
541 12:11 px10 The whole Egyptian army 1 This could be translated as: “everyone in Egypt’s army.”
542 12:12 jab0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When the Israelites saw 1 The connecting word **When** connects the cause (God’s destruction of the Egyptian army), with the effect (the Israelites trusted God). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
543 12:12 asgu trusted in God 1 In other words, the people now trusted that God was powerful and could protect them.
544 12:13 zjt4 rejoiced very much 1 This could be translated as: “were very happy and they showed it enthusiastically” or “showed it with their whole hearts” or “with all their strength.”
545 12:13 bc1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because God had saved them 1 The connecting word **because** connects the result (the Israelites rejoiced), with the cause (God saved them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
546 12:13 ax91 free to worship 1 God freed, or rescued, the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt so that they could serve him.
547 12:13 rlci to praise God 1 In some languages this could be translated as: “to lift up God’s name” or “to say that God is great.”
548 12:14 w3oh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal in order to 1 The connecting words **in order to** indicate the goal or purpose of the festival (to remind the Israelites and their descendants of how God had delivered them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
549 12:14 wihq remember how God had defeated 1 This could be translated as: “regularly remind themselves of how God defeated.” The word **remember** here doesn’t just mean to not forget; it also means to formally commemorate something.
550 12:14 v3is the Passover 1 This could be translated as: “the Passover activities” or “the Passover celebration” or “the Passover meal.”
551 12:14 m616 healthy lamb 1 This here refers to a lamb with no disease or anything else wrong with it. Another way to say this might be “a completely healthy and well-formed lamb.”
552 12:14 ki4x with bread made without yeast 1 Another way to say this is: “unleavened bread.” See how you translated this in [11:03](11/03).
553 12:14 odlr A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
554 13:0 ert4 title God’s Covenant with Israel 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made a covenant with Israel” or “How did God make a covenant with Israel?”
555 13:1 iybc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
556 13:1 a8to rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background This was the same mountain where Moses had seen the burning bush 1 This is background information about the mountain to which the Israelites traveled. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
557 13:1 zfrq burning bush 1 Before Moses returned to Egypt, God had spoken to him from a shrub that was on fire, but that was not burned up by the fire (See: [09:12](09/12)).
558 13:1 jb92 set up their tents 1 The Israelites had to travel a great distance from Egypt to the Promised Land. So they took tents with them so that they could set them up as shelters and sleep in them along the way. Some languages could translate this as: “hung their tents.”
559 13:1 jmap the base of the mountain 1 This could be translated as: “bottom of the mountain.” This refers to the area of land that is located next to the place where the ground starts to slant upward to form a mountain.
560 13:2 yrv5 You must always obey me and keep the covenant I am making with you. 1 This is a direct command from God to all of the Israelites.
561 13:2 hvue keep the covenant I am making with you 1 This could be translated as: “do what my covenant requires you to do.” Obeying and keeping the covenant are not two different things. One way to make this clear would be to say: “obey me by keeping the covenant I am making with you.” God will soon tell them what his covenant requires.
562 13:2 b66u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you do this 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a conditional statement. The blessings are dependent on the Israelites obeying the commandments God had given. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
563 13:2 jsrq my prized possession 1 This could be translated as: “You will be my possession that I value most” or “You will be the people that I treasure more than any other group of people” or “You will be my own precious people.”
564 13:2 xuqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a kingdom of priests 1 God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
565 13:2 ww03 a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation 1 This could be translated as: “I will be your king and you will be like priests.” The Israelites were supposed to teach the other nations about God and be a mediator between God and the nations just as there were priests in the nation of Israel to go between God and the Israelites.
566 13:3 obnj For three days 1 In other words, three days after they arrived at Mount Sinai and God first spoke to them.
567 13:3 i4ug made themselves ready for God to come near to them 1 This refers to ceremonial cleansing in preparation to meet with God. This could be translated as: “got ready to meet with God” or “prepared themselves to meet with God.”
568 13:3 xu03 sounds of loud trumpets 1 This could be translated as: “loud sounds came from horns” or “horns were blown and they made loud sounds” or “they heard the loud sounds of horns blowing.” These trumpets were not blown by men, but by God or by his angels.
569 13:3 rmpv Moses went by himself 1 This could be translated as: “God permitted Moses to go up, but he did not permit anyone else to go.”
570 13:4 if2z Then God made a covenant with the people. He said, 1 What God says next is the content of the covenant, that is, he tells the people the things that they must obey. This could be translated as: “Then God made this covenant with them:”
571 13:4 e4fh Yahweh, your God 1 In some languages it might be more natural to change the order and say “your God Yahweh.” Make sure it does not sound like the Israelites had more than one God. It should be clear that Yahweh is the only God. Another way to translate this would be: “Yahweh, who is your God” or “your God, whose name is Yahweh.”
572 13:4 c0db who saved you from being slaves 1 This could be translated as: “I freed you from slavery.”
573 13:4 dz33 Do not worship any other god. 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
574 13:5 mci2 Connecting Statement 1 God continues speaking to Moses.
575 13:5 ry1g Do not make idols 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
576 13:5 zvma do not worship them 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
577 13:5 np01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because 1 The connecting word **because** indicates the reason the Israelites were not to make idols or worship them (unlike other deities who did not care if people worshiped many other gods too, Yahweh was jealous of their worship). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
578 13:5 uf02 Do not use my name in a disrespectful way 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites. This could be translated as: “Do not talk about me in a way that does not show respect and honor” or “Talk about me in a way that gives me proper respect and honor.”
579 13:5 iuqs Be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
580 13:5 ceo6 do all your work in six days 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
581 13:5 v9b3 the seventh day 1 To translate this, it is best to use the number (**seventh**) rather than give the name of a specific day of the week.
582 13:5 seuv to remember me 1 This could be translated as: “to keep me in mind” or “to honor me.”
583 13:6 pp86 Connecting Statement 1 God continues speaking to Moses.
584 13:6 pv0z Honor your father and your mother 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
585 13:6 c4m7 Do not murder 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites.
586 13:6 qmay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism Do not commit adultery 1 This is a command from God to all of the Israelites. This could be translated as: “Do not have sexual relations with someone else’s spouse” or “Do not have marital relations with another man’s wife or another woman’s husband.” Be sure to translate this in a way that doesn’t offend or embarrass people. Languages often have an indirect, polite way of saying this, such as: “Do not sleep with.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
587 13:6 eiz2 Do not lie 1 This means: ‘Do not say false things about other people.’
588 13:7 fpdl had given them 1 This could be translated as: “had told them to obey.”
589 13:7 ejjt to belong to God alone 1 From among all the nations, God had chosen the Israelites for his special purpose. This could be translated as: “to be his special nation” or “to be his own people” or “to be the nation he chose to be his people.”
590 13:8 wubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background make a large tent 1 This is background information about the tent the Israelites were to make as a place to worship God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
591 13:8 vkes the room behind the curtain 1 This room was hidden by the curtain. Some languages would call this room ‘the room in front of the curtain.’
592 13:8 coi6 where God was 1 If this phrase would lead people to think that God was limited to living in the tent, it could be translated as: “where God revealed Himself to humans.”
593 13:9 bptn God’s law 1 This refers to all the commandments and instructions that God had told the Israelites to obey.
594 13:9 v4ah would cover that person’s sin 1 When people brought animals to sacrifice, God chose to see the blood of the animals as a covering over their sin. This is like hiding something that is ugly or dirty by covering it.
595 13:9 vgns clean in God’s sight 1 This could be translated as: “as if he did not have the sin according to God” or “free of the punishment for breaking God’s law.”
596 13:10 xsg2 these Ten Commandments 1 This refers to the commands God gave to Moses for the Israelites to obey. They are listed in frames [13:05](13/05) and [13:06](13/06).
597 13:10 a2xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown two stone tablets 1 A tablet was a flat piece of stone or other hard material used in ancient times for writing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
598 13:10 cou4 God also gave 1 This can be translated as: “God also told them.”
599 13:10 bf4z to follow 1 This can be translated as: “that they must obey” or “that they must keep.”
600 13:10 uy7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if they obeyed 1 The connecting word **if** indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. God’s blessing depends on the Israelites obeying the laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
601 13:10 mkjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But he said he would punish 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts how God would bless the Israelites if they obeyed him with how he would punish them if they did not obey him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
602 13:10 uwhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if they did not obey 1 The connecting word **if** indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. God would punish the Israelites if they did not obey the laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
603 13:11 tert the people became tired of waiting 1 This could be translated as: “the people became impatient because he did not return quickly” or “the people didn’t want to wait any longer for him to return.”
604 13:11 cgqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the people 1 This does not mean all the Israelite people, just the people who had grown tired of waiting for Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
605 13:11 bnm8 brought gold 1 These were objects and jewelry made of gold, which could be melted and formed into other things.
606 13:11 b9mq they sinned terribly against God 1 They sinned in a way that was especially offensive to God. This could be translated as: “they sinned badly,” or “they did something that was very bad” or “they did something bad that made God very angry.”
607 13:12 dquq made a golden idol 1 Aaron took the things made of gold that the people had brought to him, melted them, combined them, and formed them into the shape of a calf.
608 13:12 py5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The people began to wildly worship the idol and make sacrifices to it! 1 This is a strong statement that expresses how shocking it was that the people would worship this idol when they had seen what God had done for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
609 13:12 thxj to wildly worship 1 The people were sinning by worshiping the idol and also by doing sinful things as they worshiped it.
610 13:12 yd5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because 1 God had just told the Israelites that they were only to worship him because he was a jealous God, and if they did not obey they would be punished. For these reasons, God was very angry with the Israelites because of their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
611 13:12 gfqn listened to his prayer 1 God always hears prayer. In this situation, **listened** means that God agreed to do what Moses asked.
612 13:13 lj11 smashed the tablets 1 He threw the stone tablets down on the ground and they broke up into little pieces.
613 13:14 jlsz burned the idol and ground it into powder 1 Moses utterly destroyed the idol by pounding it into fine particles.
614 13:14 r3hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a plague 1 This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
615 13:15 h67o Moses made 1 Moses carved the stone tablets with tools such as a hammer and chisel.
616 13:15 h917 listened to 1 See how you translated this phrase in [13:12](13/12).
617 13:15 zjne A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
618 14:0 qn7a title Wandering in the Wilderness 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites went about in the wilderness” or “What happened when the Israelites wandered in the wilderness?”
619 14:0 tnyi title Wilderness 1 This refers to a dry, remote place where very few people live.
620 14:1 p1zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background General Information 1 This frame is background information that summarizes the previous two stories in preparation for a shift in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
621 14:1 xl25 the pillar of cloud 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:02](12/02).
622 14:2 y1f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background God had promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob that he would give the Promised Land to their descendants 1 This is background information that summarizes the stories of Genesis in preparation for a shift in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
623 14:2 a0zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Canaanites 1 This frame explains who the Canaanites were and God’s relationship with them in preparation for the introduction of a new major character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
624 14:3 hg62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism you must get rid of all the Canaanites there 1 This is a polite way to say that they were to kill or drive out all the Canaanites out of the Promised Land. This could be translated as: “must get all the Canaanites out of the land” or “must remove from the land all of the Canaanites who are living there.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
625 14:3 u6l3 Do not make peace with them 1 This could be translated as: “Do not live peacefully among or alongside them” or “Do not promise to live peacefully with them.”
626 14:3 ywyg do not marry them 1 God did not want any Israelite person to marry any Canaanite person.
627 14:3 q5mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you do not obey me 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If the Israelites do not obey God by driving out the Canaanites, in time they will also disobey God by worshiping the idols of the Canaanites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
628 14:3 j0yn you will end up worshiping their idols 1 If the Israelites became friends with the Canaanites and did not destroy the idols, they would be tempted to worship those idols instead of God.
629 14:4 gkuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown border 1 a line separating two countries, a boundary (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
630 14:4 uojz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown tribe of Israel 1 This refers to the descendants of each of the sons of Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
631 14:4 ak5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go go and spy 1 The Israelites were to go from where they were camped to the land of Canaan and spy in the land of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
632 14:4 bss2 spy on the land 1 This could be translated as: “secretly get information about the land” or “secretly learn about the land.” Part of the spies’ task was to find out what kinds of food the land could produce.
633 14:4 ixeg to spy on the Canaanites 1 This could be translated as: “secretly get information about the people of Canaan” or “secretly learn about the Canaanites.”
634 14:4 fgv8 to see if they were strong or weak 1 They wanted to know if the Canaanites were prepared to fight against them. This could be translated as: “to find out how powerful the Canaanite armies were.”
635 14:5 ua3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they came back 1 They returned to where the rest of the Israelites were waiting, just outside the border of Canaan. This can be clearly stated: “they returned to the camp of the Israelites.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636 14:5 xvj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They told the people, “The land is very fertile and the crops are plentiful!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “They told the people that the land was very fertile and the crops were plentiful!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
637 14:5 umby rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The land is very fertile and the crops are plentiful! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the land was extremely good. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
638 14:5 k32y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The cities are very strong and the people are giants! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the inhabitants of the land were extremely large and powerful soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
639 14:5 tv15 The cities are very strong 1 The cities had strong walls around them, so it would be very difficult for the Israelites to attack them.
640 14:5 rlup rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown the people are giants 1 This was not simply referring to unusually tall people, but a particular race of people that were far larger than even the tallest normal people. This could be translated as: “the people are like giants compared to us!” or “the people are much taller and stronger than we are!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
641 14:5 ru0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations If we attack them, they will certainly defeat us and kill us! 1 This is a strong statement that emphasizes that the Israelites were certain the Canaanites would defeat them in battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
642 14:6 ib6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us! 1 This is a strong statement that even though the people of Canaan were large, God was even bigger and would enable the Israelites to defeat them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
643 14:6 orc1 the people of Canaan 1 This could be translated as: “the people who live in Canaan” or “the Canaanites.”
644 14:6 yxhb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions but we can certainly 1 The connecting word **but** indicates that there was an exceptional reason why the Canaanites would be defeated rather than the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
645 14:6 q0sn we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us! 1 To show the connection between these two statements, it may be necessary to say: “we can certainly defeat them because God will fight for us!”
646 14:6 w45r God will fight for us! 1 This could be translated as: “God will fight alongside us and help us defeat them!” This makes it clear that the Israelites would also be fighting against the Canaanites.
647 14:7 wm82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But the people did not listen 1 The connecting word **But** indicates that in contrast to Joshua and Caleb’s reasoning, the people refused to listen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
648 14:7 qt7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did you bring us to this horrible place? 1 The people were not expecting an answer from Moses or from God. Alternate translation: “You should not have brought us to this horrible place.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
649 14:7 avmp this horrible place 1 They considered Canaan to be **horrible** because they thought it was so dangerous that they would all be killed.
650 14:8 jrj6 He came to 1 God did not appear as a person, but came in some other form that showed his glory and power.
651 14:8 cb9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so all of you 1 The connecting word **so** connects the action or reason with the consequence. The people rebelled against God, and for this reason or as a result, they would have to wander in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
652 14:8 ky89 to wander in the wilderness 1 God would lead the people around in the wilderness with no specific destination until all of the adults who rebelled against him died.
653 14:9 g79h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When the people heard God say this 1 The connecting word **When** connects the action or reason with the result. As a result of hearing God’s judgment, the people became sorry they had sinned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
654 14:9 g1i6 they had sinned 1 It may be necessary to add: “they had sinned by disobeying God’s command to conquer the peoples of Canaan.”
655 14:9 h6lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they decided 1 The connecting word **So** connects the action or reason with the result. As a result of being sorry they had sinned, the people of Israel attacked the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
656 14:9 axz0 Moses warned them not to go 1 This means that Moses told them not to go to fight against the Canaanites because they would be in danger if they did that.
657 14:9 bagl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because God would not go with them 1 The connecting word **because** connects the action (Moses warning them) with the reason (God not going with them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
658 14:9 hwo6 God would not go with them 1 In other words, God would not be with them to help them. Because of the Israelites’ disobedience, God withdrew from them his presence, protection, and power.
659 14:9 zzmc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions but they did not listen to him 1 They did not obey Moses. They went to attack the Canaanites anyway. The connecting word **but** indicates an exception relationship. The Israelites decided to attack the Canaanites even though Moses had warned them not to do that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
660 14:10 npq8 God did not go with them into this battle 1 In other words, God did not help them in this fight.
661 14:10 g445 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so the Canaanites defeated them and killed many of them 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God did not go with them into this battle), with two results (the Canaanites defeated them, and the Canaanites killed many of them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
662 14:10 a870 turned back from Canaan 1 They left Canaan and went back into the wilderness where they were before.
663 14:10 qy9q wander through the wilderness 1 They lived in the wilderness, and together they moved from place to place in that large, dry land, looking for food and water for themselves and their animals.
664 14:11 lbt2 God provided for them 1 This could be translated as: “God gave them everything they needed for food, water, and shelter.”
665 14:11 dlk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown bread from heaven, called manna 1 Overnight, this thin, bread-like food fell onto the grass like dew from the sky. They called it **manna**. Almost every day the people gathered this manna and cooked it as their food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
666 14:11 ovbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown He also sent flocks of quail (which are medium-sized birds) 1 Another way to say this would be: “He also caused a large number of quails to fly into their camp.” If quails are unknown, a different, similar type bird could be used. Or it could be translated as: “a large number of medium-sized birds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
667 14:11 b61h their camp 1 The place where the Israelites set up their tents to sleep in was called a **camp**. It was like a city with tents instead of buildings, and it could be moved around.
668 14:12 b0d5 To provide them with water to drink, God miraculously made it come out of a rock. 1 This could be translated as: “By doing something that only God can do, he made water pour out of a rock so the people and animals could drink.”
669 14:12 zquf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But despite all this 1 This could be translated as: “But even though God provided food, water, clothing, and everything that they needed.” The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s many gifts that have been listed with Israel’s complaining against God and his servant Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
670 14:12 d5eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even so 1 This could be translated as: “Even though the Israelites complained and grumbled against him.” The connecting words **Even so** contrast Israel’s complaining with God’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
671 14:12 b2e4 God was still faithful. He did what he promised that he would do for the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob 1 This could be translated as: “God continued to do what he had told Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob he would do. He provided their descendants with what they needed so that they could live and become a great nation and eventually own the land of Canaan.”
672 14:13 ydhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Another time when the people did not have any water 1 From the previous story, it transitions to another story about when the people did not have water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
673 14:13 qb4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Moses, “Speak to the rock, and water will come out of it.” 1 This is an imperative and a direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Moses to speak to the rock, and water will come out of it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
674 14:13 afhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions Instead 1 The connecting word **Instead** emphasizes the exceptional relationship. Moses disobeyed by hitting the rock even through God himself commanded him to speak to it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
675 14:13 jg91 he dishonored God 1 This could be translated as: “Moses disobeyed God” or “Moses disrespected God.” God had a specific way He wanted Moses to show the people God’s power to provide for them. When Moses disobeyed God by doing it in a different way, he showed a lack of respect for God.
676 14:13 a9rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because you did this 1 The connecting words **Because you did this** connect the reason (Moses’ disobedience) with the result (God not allowing him to enter the Promise Land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
677 14:14 vkxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After the Israelites had wandered in the wilderness for 40 years 1 This begins a new event. It transitions from the time of wandering, God’s judgment on Israel, to what lies ahead for their descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
678 14:14 etuc who had rebelled against God 1 This could be translated as: “who had refused to obey God when he told them to go into the Promised Land.”
679 14:14 mpsn the people 1 **The people** refers to the children of the generation that died.
680 14:14 tvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God chose 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Moses’ old age) with the result (God choosing someone else to lead Israel). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
681 14:14 ijha one day 1 This means: ‘some time in the future.’
682 14:14 pk61 another prophet like Moses 1 Like Moses, this man would be an Israelite, he would speak God’s words to the people, and he would lead the people.
683 14:15 jb6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions but God did not permit him to enter 1 The connecting word **but** introduces the fact that Moses was able to see the Promised Land even though God did not allow him to enter it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
684 14:15 tuac mourned for 30 days 1 For 30 days all the people of Israel cried and showed that they were very sad that Moses had died.
685 14:15 cgae rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because he trusted and obeyed God. 1 The connecting word **because** connects Joshua’s trust in and obedience to God with the result (he was a good leader). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
686 14:15 w0ir A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
687 15:0 rrve title The Promised Land 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God gave the Promised Land to the Israelites” or “How did God give the Promised Land to the Israelites?”
688 15:0 d2ww title Promised Land 1 This refers to the land of Canaan that God promised to give to Abraham and his descendants.
689 15:1 rsb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent At last it was time for the Israelites to enter Canaan 1 This begins a new event. The Israelites were about to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
690 15:1 l3q2 At last it was time for 1 ‘At last’ means ‘finally’ or ‘after a long wait.’ To make it clear what **time** refers to, you could say: “after they had wandered in the desert for 40 years, God finally permitted…”
691 15:1 dpsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background In that land was a city called Jericho. It had strong walls around it to protect it. Joshua sent two spies to that city. In that city lived a prostitute named Rahab. 1 This is background information about the city of Jericho which Israel would attack, and Rahab who would help them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
692 15:1 tkhg two spies to that city 1 This could be translated as: “two men to that city to find out information about it.” Also see the notes for “spy out the land” in [14:04](14/04).
693 15:1 o0x3 had strong walls around it to protect it 1 This could be translated as: “was completely surrounded by thick, strong walls made of stone to protect the city from enemies.”
694 15:1 ypm2 to escape 1 It is also possible to add: “escape from people in Jericho who wanted to harm them.”
695 15:1 sq6y her family 1 Rahab asked for protection for her father, mother, brothers, and sisters. Use your word for family that includes these people.
696 15:2 pwi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Joshua, “Have the priests go first.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Joshua to have the priests go first.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
697 15:2 h3k7 Have the priests go first 1 For some languages, it may be helpful to add: “Have the priests go before the rest of the people to cross the river.”
698 15:2 tydx the water upstream stopped flowing 1 In some languages, it may be helpful to add: “and the water in front of them flowed away downstream.”
699 15:2 lhmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown upstream 1 This word refers to the direction from which the Jordan River water flows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
700 15:2 iefh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom cross over 1 This means to pass from one side to another (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
701 15:3 ye4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After the people crossed the Jordan River 1 The connecting word **After** introduces sequential action. The Israelites obeyed God by passing from one side of the Jordan to the other. Once that was completed, God gave another task for them to do. In some languages, it is better to say: “The people crossed the Jordan River and then…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
702 15:3 h945 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact even though it was very strong 1 The connecting words **even though** represent a factual condition. The city of Jericho was indeed very strong, so attacking of the city would seem to be an unwise choice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
703 15:3 pffa once a day for six days 1 That is, they went around the city one time every day for a total of six days.
704 15:3 oxy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So the priests and the soldiers did this 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the priests and soldiers marching), with the reason (God’s command). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
705 15:4 d7d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the priests must blow their trumpets 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces sequential action. The priests were to blow their trumpets after the Israelites had finished marching around the city seven times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
706 15:4 n5k7 must blow their trumpets 1 This could be translated as: “must sound their trumpets” or “must play their trumpets.” These trumpets were made out of ram’s horns.
707 15:5 atto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Then the walls around Jericho fell down! 1 This is a strong statement. It emphasizes how surprising it was that the strong walls fell down when the Israelites blew the trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
708 15:5 jbyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Then the walls around Jericho fell down 1 The implication is that God caused the walls to fall. The walls were thick enough to drive chariots upon. People lived inside them. These were not flimsy walls. In order for them to fall, an act of God would have to happen. This could be stated in active form: “Then God caused the walls of Jericho to fall down!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
709 15:5 khie rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the walls 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The Israelites followed all of God’s commands, and then this event happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
710 15:5 prkg who became part of the Israelites 1 This can be translated as: “who then joined the Israelite community” or “who then became members of the nation of Israel.”
711 15:6 fgcp a peace treaty 1 This is an agreement between two groups of people that they will not harm each other but will live in peace and help each other. This could be translated as: “peace agreement.”
712 15:6 rixn But one of the Canaanite people groups, called the Gibeonites 1 Some languages may introduce this as: “But one day a Canaanite people group by the name of the Gibeonites…”
713 15:6 hw80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But one of the Canaanite people groups 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s command that the Israelites not make any treaties with the people of Canaan with the reason Joshua made an agreement with Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
714 15:6 cd4o lied to Joshua and said 1 This could be translated as: “They lied to Joshua by saying” or “They falsely said to Joshua” or “They falsely told Joshua.”
715 15:6 bmdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead 1 The connecting word **Instead** contrasts what Joshua should have done (ask God what they should do), with what he did do (out of ignorance make the treaty God had forbidden). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
716 15:7 dz7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom found out 1 This verbal phrase means ‘discovered.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
717 15:7 trka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But they kept the peace treaty 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the Gibeonites’ deception of the Israelites with the Israelites keeping their promise to the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
718 15:7 hkqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then, some time later 1 This begins a new event. This event happened after the treaty was made but is indirectly a result of it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
719 15:7 a29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so they combined their armies 1 The connecting word **so** connects the result (the Amorites attacking Gibeon), with the reason (Gibeon’s treaty with Israel). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
720 15:7 l9u4 sent a message to Joshua asking for help 1 This could be translated as: “sent some of their people to tell Joshua that they needed the Israelites to help defend them against their enemies.”
721 15:8 s4vz to reach the Gibeonites 1 This could mean ‘to get to the Gibeonites’ or ‘to arrive at where the Gibeonites lived.’ The Gibeonites lived in Canaan, but Canaan is big enough that it took all night for the Israelite army to travel from their camp to where the Gibeonites were.
722 15:8 iddb they surprised the Amorite armies 1 The Amorites did not know that the Israelites were coming to attack them.
723 15:9 bu7c God fought for Israel 1 God fought on the side of Israel against Israel’s enemies.
724 15:9 wkxc caused the Amorites to be confused 1 This could be translated as: “made the Amorites panic” or “caused the Amorites to be unable to fight together well.”
725 15:9 ebuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown large hailstones 1 This could be translated as: “very large balls of ice to come down from the sky.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
726 15:11 jq6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After God defeated those armies 1 The connecting word **After** introduces sequential action. God defeated one large army made up of many smaller armies. Then another large army, also made up of many smaller armies, came against Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
727 15:11 sq00 attacked and destroyed them 1 This could be translated as: “fought against them and defeated them.”
728 15:12 yo6s God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land 1 This could be translated as: “God appointed each tribe its own plot of land” or “God decided which part of the Promised Land each tribe of Israel would live on.”
729 15:12 yi9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then God gave Israel peace 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The fighting of the battles and the dividing of the Promised Land were completed, and then God gave Israel peace along its borders. OR Fighting the battles and dividing the Promised Land were completed. Then God gave Israel peace along its borders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
730 15:12 cijq gave Israel peace along all its borders 1 This could be translated as: “God allowed the Israelites to experience peace with the other people groups that surrounded them” or “God allowed the Israelites to experience peace with the other countries around Israel.”
731 15:13 f0zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent When Joshua was an old man 1 This begins a new event. The story transitions from Joshua’s leadership of Israel to what is to happen to them next. It may be clearer to say: “Many years later, when Joshua was an old man.” Joshua was over 100 years old at this time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
732 15:13 dmqs to be faithful to God 1 In other words, they would be loyal to God. They would worship and serve only God; they would not worship or serve any other gods.
733 15:13 ykg4 obey his laws 1 This means that the people would obey the laws that God had already given them as part of the covenant.
734 15:13 equq A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
735 16:0 ggh6 title The Deliverers 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God rescued the Israelites from their enemies” or “Why did God need to rescue the Israelites from their enemies?”
736 16:0 yyuj title Deliverers 1 This refers to the judges, or warriors, who God send to help the Israelites defeat their enemies and deliver them from their troubles.
737 16:1 k8aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Joshua died 1 This begins a new event. In the previous story, Joshua reminded the Israelites of their promise to obey God. This story transitions to what the Israelites actually did after Joshua died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
738 16:1 r27w and they did not drive out 1 This tells how they disobeyed God, so in some languages it may be better to start this as a new sentence: “They did not…”
739 16:1 viss drive out the rest of the Canaanites from the Promised Land 1 This can be translated as: “fight with the rest of the Canaanites to force them to leave the Promised Land.”
740 16:1 h458 the true God 1 This could mean ‘the only real God.’ Yahweh is the only one that people should worship.
741 16:1 mog2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so everyone did what they thought 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Israel had no king), with the result (everyone did what they thought was right rather than what God said). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
742 16:1 i8xl what they thought was right for themselves 1 This means that they all did whatever they wanted to do, including many evil things.
743 16:2 c7s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Then after Israel’s enemies oppressed them 1 The connecting word **Then** connects the reason (Israel’s enemies would oppress them), with the result (Israel would repent and ask God to rescue them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
744 16:2 m5fy ask God to rescue them 1 That is, they asked God to help them and to set them free from their enemies.
745 16:3 upu1 by providing 1 This could be translated as: “by choosing” or “by appointing.”
746 16:3 yglp there would be peace 1 This could be translated as: “the people could live without fear” or “ their enemies stopped attacking them.”
747 16:3 kyxs the land 1 That refers to Canaan, the Promised Land that God had given to Abraham.
748 16:4 wx59 crops 1 This refers to edible plants that the Israelites were growing in their gardens or fields.
749 16:4 uxgm were so scared, they hid 1 This could be translated as: “were very afraid of the Midianites, so they hid.”
750 16:4 tc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Finally 1 This begins a new event. Signals a shift from the Midianites’ oppression and Israel’s suffering to Israel’s repentance and God’s deliverance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
751 16:4 xfwg they cried out 1 This might be translated as: “they called out” or “they prayed desperately.”
752 16:4 dxje to save them 1 This might be translated as: “to set them free” or “to rescue them from these enemies.”
753 16:5 tpnd One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
754 16:5 bkp7 threshing grain 1 The grain was wheat, which has a head of many small grains, or seeds, on the top of a thin stalk. **Threshing** is separating the seeds of the plant from the stalks by beating the heads of grain. The seeds are food, but the stalks are not.
755 16:5 f45s God is with you 1 This means: ‘God is present with you in a special way’ or ‘God has plans to use you in a special way.’
756 16:6 dlsa to tear down 1 This means: ‘to violently bring down’ or ‘to take down and destroy.’
757 16:6 qka1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Gideon was afraid of the people 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s command (tear down the altar), with the reason for Gideon’s delayed obedience (he was afraid). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
758 16:6 sf5w afraid of the people 1 Gideon was afraid that his fellow Israelites who worshiped the same idol would be angry with him.
759 16:6 d3fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he waited until nighttime 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Gideon was afraid of the people), with the result (he waited until nighttime to obey). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
760 16:6 g6ug waited until nighttime 1 Another way to say this would be: “waited until after dark.” Gideon smashed the altar at night, when everyone was asleep so that no one would see him do it.
761 16:7 fvu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Gideon’s father said, “Why are you trying to help your god? If he is a god, let him protect himself!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Gideon’s father asked why they were trying to help their god. If he is a god, he should be able to protect himself!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
762 16:7 jtcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why are you trying to help your god? 1 This is not a real question that asks for information. Another way of saying this would be: “You should not be trying to help your god” or “You should not need to help your god.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
763 16:7 gewf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations If he is a god, let him protect himself 1 This is a strong statement that if the idol were truly a god, he would be able to protect himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
764 16:7 kxuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because he said this 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (Gideon’s father’s defense), with the result (the people did not kill Gideon). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
765 16:8 va8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the Midianites came again 1 The connecting word **Then** indicates sequential action. God called Gideon, and then the Midianites returned. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
766 16:8 bx5d came again to steal from the Israelites 1 This could be translated as: “came again to the Israelites’ land to steal things from them.”
767 16:8 x8zj they could not be counted 1 This could be translated as: “The number of the Midianites was too great to count” or “it would be very difficult to count all of the Midianites.”
768 16:8 fzx1 for two signs 1 This could be translated as: “to do two miracles” or “to make two impossible things happen.”
769 16:8 ihv3 to save Israel 1 This could be translated as: “to rescue Israel from the Midianites.”
770 16:9 vp3y sign 1 This could be translated as: “miracle” or “impossible thing.”
771 16:9 a4bm sheepskin 1 This is the skin of a sheep that has all of the wool on it. Wool is a very thick and curly hair that would hold a lot of water. Translate this so that it is clear that this skin is covered with thick, soft hair.
772 16:9 ftah let the morning dew fall 1 This can be translated as: “make the morning dew appear” or “make the morning dew come up.” **Dew** refers to the drops of water that that form on cool surfaces at night. Dew naturally covers everything equally.
773 16:9 e74l God did that 1 This could be translated as: “God did what Gideon asked him to do.”
774 16:9 b1kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because of these two signs 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (the two signs), with the result (Gideon believed God wanted to deliver Israel through him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
775 16:10 h1hw Then Gideon called for soldiers to come to him, and 32,000 men came. 1 Some languages might need to say why he called the soldiers: “When Gideon called the Israelites to come fight against the Midianites, 32,000 soldiers came to him” (See: [16:08](16/08)).
776 16:10 jvez rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 32,000 1 This could also be written in words: “thirty-two thousand men.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
777 16:10 di49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God told him 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the number of men who came to fight compared with God’s view of the number he wanted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
778 16:10 t3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 22,000 1 This could also be written in words: “twenty-two thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
779 16:10 qa90 too many men 1 This was more soldiers than God wanted for this fight. If that many solders fought and won, they would think that they won the battle with their own strength, and they would not know that God did it.
780 16:10 i7xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Gideon sent home 22,000 men 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (God told Gideon there were too many men), with the result (Gideon sent home 22,000 men). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
781 16:10 do6b except for 300 soldiers 1 This sentence could be translated as: “So Gideon allowed only 300 men to stay, and the rest of the men went home.”
782 16:10 r96l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 300 1 This could also be written in words: “three hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
783 16:11 r6d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God told Gideon, “Go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. When you hear what they say, you will no longer be afraid to attack them.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God told Gideon to go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. When he would hear what they would say, he would no longer be afraid to attack them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
784 16:11 vp2n Go down to the Midianite camp and listen to them talk. 1 God gives Gideon a command that includes instruction on what he is to do.
785 16:11 uuvt Go down 1 The Midianite soldiers were camping out in a valley and were at a lower elevation than the Israelite soldiers.
786 16:11 j8gr you will no longer be afraid 1 This could mean ‘you will stop being afraid.’
787 16:11 txuw something he had dreamed 1 This could mean ‘something he had seen in a dream’ or ‘a dream he had had.’
788 16:11 gkx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations This dream means that Gideon’s army will defeat us, the Midianite army! 1 This is a strong statement by the enemy soldier that Gideon would defeat them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
789 16:11 trtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When Gideon heard this 1 The connecting word **When** connects the action or reason with the result. Gideon worshiped God as a result of hearing the interpretation of the soldier’s dream. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
790 16:12 nvmr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then Gideon returned to his soldiers 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause that connects Gideon hearing the dream and worshiping God with him rallying the 300 Israelites to fight the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
791 16:12 f5go horn 1 This could be translated as: “trumpet” or “ram’s horn trumpet.” These horns came from rams, or male sheep, and were often used to call men for battle.
792 16:12 fy8n a burning torch 1 This was probably a piece of wood wrapped with cloth and soaked in oil so that it could burn well. (This was not the modern torch that runs on batteries.)
793 16:12 qxyc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so the Midianites could not see 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (the torches were in the pots), with the result (the Midianites could not see the light of the torches). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
794 16:13 yt64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then, all of Gideon’s soldiers broke their pots 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. Gideon’s men surrounding the Midianite camp, and then they broke their pots at the same moment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
795 16:13 cp1b shouted 1 This could be translated as: “yelled loudly” or “said with a very loud voice.”
796 16:13 w5fd A sword 1 A sword is a weapon that has a long sharp blade and a handle at one end. People hold the handle and hit or stab the enemy with the sharp blade. If your people don’t have a weapon just like this, you could translate it as: “A long knife” or “A machete” or “A bush knife.”
797 16:13 qluc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy sword 1 Here **sword** is a metonym that refers to their fighting. Alternate translation: “We fight for Yahweh and for Gideon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
798 16:13 cbiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations A sword for Yahweh and for Gideon! 1 This is a strong statement that Gideon was depending on Yahweh, and not the sword, for his victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
799 16:14 i7z9 God confused the Midianites 1 God caused the Midianites to be confused. They wanted to attack the Israelites, but instead, they attacked each other.
800 16:14 ems9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that they started attacking and killing each other 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God confused the Midianites), with the result (they started attacking and killing each other). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
801 16:14 qxj4 many other Israelites 1 This could be translated as: “many other Israelite men.” This refers to the soldiers previously sent home in [16:10](16/10).
802 16:14 z6z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 120,000 1 This could also be written in words: “one hundred and twenty thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
803 16:15 c9sb did not allow them to do this 1 Gideon knew that it was better for the Israelites to have God as their king.
804 16:15 nafs but he asked them 1 This phrase starts with **but** because what he did next was not wise.
805 16:16 d2vw Gideon used the gold to make a special garment 1 This could be translated as: “Gideon melted down the gold objects the people had given him and formed a special garment out of that gold.”
806 16:16 u2pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But the people started worshiping it 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God’s deliverance of Israel from the Midianites with them worshiping the gold garment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
807 16:16 aze6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So God punished Israel again 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (Israel started worshiping the garment as an idol), with the result (God punished them again). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
808 16:18 oqhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Finally 1 The connecting word **Finally** indicates a shift from the time of deliverers sent by God to the time when Israel asked God for a king. This could be translated as: “After their enemies attacked them many times” or “After many years of being attacked by many different nations…” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
809 16:18 hfec asked God for a king 1 This could be translated as: “demanded that God give them a king” or “kept asking God for a king.”
810 16:18 w0qh like all the other nations had 1 Other nations had a king. Israel wanted to be like them and have a king too.
811 16:18 bhyq God did not like this request 1 This could be translated as: “God did not agree with what they had asked him for.” God knew that they were rejecting him as their ruler and were choosing to follow a human leader instead.
812 16:18 xttq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he gave them a king 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts God not liking the request with him giving Israel a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
813 16:18 vzin A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
814 17:0 my4m title God’s Covenant with David 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when God made a covenant with David” or “What covenant did God make with David?”
815 17:1 kfa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Saul was the first king of Israel 1 This introduces Saul as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
816 17:1 jy9t the first king of Israel 1 This could be translated as: the “first king to rule over Israel.”
817 17:1 ar7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He was tall and handsome, just like the people wanted 1 This is background information about Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
818 17:1 ge7c one day 1 This could be translated as: “some time in the future” or “years later.”
819 17:1 po51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom be king in his place 1 This is an idiom that means ‘replace him as king.’ Other ways to say this are: “take his place as king over Israel” or “rule as king instead of him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
820 17:2 vuu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants God chose a young Israelite named David 1 This introduces David as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
821 17:2 nfs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. 1 This is background information about David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
822 17:2 p7gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession father’s sheep 1 This refers to ownership. The sheep belonged to the father of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
823 17:2 v9j3 watching 1 This could mean ‘caring for’ or ‘protecting’ or ‘taking care of.’
824 17:3 memd a giant named Goliath 1 The word **giant** here describes a person who is unusually tall and powerful. Goliath was a huge soldier in an army that was fighting against Israel.
825 17:3 p21v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations about three meters tall! 1 This is a strong statement that Goliath was extremely tall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
826 17:3 cwpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that 1 The connecting words **After that** indicate the sequence of events. The first enemy of Israel that David defeated was Goliath, but after defeating Goliath, David went on to defeat many other enemies of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
827 17:4 fy1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Finally 1 The people praised David very much so King Saul became jealous. Now the story transitions to Saul not only feeling jealous but acting on that jealousy. **Finally** connects the reason for Saul’s jealousy (the people loved David) with the result of Saul’s jealousy (Saul wanted to kill David). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
828 17:4 y6fq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 The story transitions from explaining the general story (of Saul wanting to kill David) to a specific story (about Saul trying to kill David). This event happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
829 17:4 n6of rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result In this way 1 The connecting words **In this way** connect the reason (Saul saw that David had a piece of his clothing) with the result (Saul knew David would not kill him and try to become king). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
830 17:4 ckny to become king 1 David would not dishonor God by killing the man that God placed as king over Israel.
831 17:5 vuzk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Some time later 1 The story transitions from Saul being king to David becoming king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
832 17:5 ex76 made him successful 1 This could mean ‘helped him accomplish the good things he wanted to do.’
833 17:5 fs4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases and God helped him defeat 1 The connecting word **and** is acting as more than a simple conjunction. It indicates that God’s blessing on David included his military efforts. David won many battles not because he was a great soldier, though he was, but because God helped him defeat Israel’s enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
834 17:5 hl0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession his capital city 1 This could mean ‘the capital city of his kingdom.’ David lived in Jerusalem and ruled from there. The entire city does not belong to David, but because David is the supreme government leader and because David captured Jerusalem and made it the capital, it is often described as his. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
835 17:5 rqas rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown capital city 1 It was the center of government for the country of Israel and it had the primary status above all the other cities in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
836 17:6 o77k to build a temple 1 David wanted to construct a permanent building for worshiping God that would replace the portable Tent of Meeting.
837 17:6 fltw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 400 1 This could also be written in words: “four hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
838 17:7 cubl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But there was a prophet named Nathan 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts David’s desire to build a temple for God with God sending a prophet to David with a message. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
839 17:7 hz7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so you will not build 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (David had fought in many wars), with the result (God did not want David to be the one to build a temple). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
840 17:7 x9ox this Temple 1 This could mean ‘this building for worship’ or ‘this place of worship.’
841 17:7 snvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But still 1 The connecting words **But still** contrast God saying David could not build a temple with God’s promise to bless David. If God had not said this, David might have thought God was angry with him for some reason or he had done something wrong and that was why God would not allow him to do this act of worship. This contrast relationship shows that there was nothing wrong between David and God. God showed His love for David through His promise to David that the Messiah would be his descendant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
842 17:7 bqch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations One of your descendants will rule as king over my people forever! 1 This is a surprising statement because people do not live forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
843 17:7 laqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession God’s Chosen One 1 This could be represented by a verbal phrase: “the One God chose.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
844 17:7 w753 from their sin 1 This could mean ‘from the terrible consequences of their sin.’
845 17:8 tgo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When David heard Nathan’s message 1 The connecting word **When** connects the reason (Nathan’s message), with the result (David thanked and praised God). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
846 17:8 pixs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Nathan’s message 1 This could also be translated “the message Nathan gave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
847 17:8 gq65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases Of course 1 The connecting words **Of course** indicate that David did not know when God would do these things, since God did not tell him when they would happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
848 17:8 vruw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,000 1 This could also be written in words: “one thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
849 17:9 rpxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast However, in his later years 1 The connecting word **However** contrasts David obeying God for many years with David sinning against God in his later years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
850 17:9 vdmz in his later years 1 This may be translated as: “when David was older” or “later on in David’s life.”
851 17:9 slnf sinned greatly 1 This could mean ‘sinned in a very evil way.’ David’s sin was especially evil.
852 17:10 lscq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day, David 1 We have many stories of David obeying God. Now a new story of when David sinned is being introduced. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
853 17:10 hc7r One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
854 17:10 b30l saw 1 Bathsheba may have been bathing at her own house, but David’s palace was very high and he was able to see over walls that were lower.
855 17:10 crk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants a beautiful woman & her name was Bathsheba 1 This introduces Bathsheba as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
856 17:10 phqs bathing 1 This may be translated as: “taking a bath” or “washing herself.”
857 17:10 qnia rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he found out 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts David not knowing the woman with his finding out who she was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
858 17:11 t947 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead of looking away 1 The connecting word **Instead** contrasts what David should have done (look away), with what David did (sent someone to bring her to him). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
859 17:11 ru1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism He slept with her 1 In order to be polite, a euphemism is used to say David had sexual intercourse with Bathsheba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
860 17:12 huax rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Bathsheba’s husband was a man named Uriah 1 This introduces Bathsheba s husband, Uriah, as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
861 17:12 kdsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He was one of David’s best soldiers. He was away fighting in a war at this time. 1 This is background information about who Uriah was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
862 17:12 gzq6 go be with his wife 1 This could mean ‘go home to be intimate with his wife.’ David wanted people, especially Uriah, to believe that Bathsheba was pregnant with Uriah’s child.
863 17:12 wmri rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So David sent Uriah 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Uriah refused to sleep with his wife), with the result (David sent him into great danger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
864 17:12 zw46 where the enemy was strongest 1 This refers to the location in the battle where the most fighting was going on.
865 17:12 rqyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so that he would be killed 1 The connecting words **so that** connect the reason (David wanted Uriah killed), with the result (David told the general to put Uriah where the enemy was strongest and abandon him there). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
866 17:13 jk0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After Uriah died 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequential clause. Uriah died, and then David married Bathsheba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
867 17:13 yrem what David had done 1 This refers to David’s adultery with Bathsheba and his murder of her husband, Uriah.
868 17:13 mp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he sent 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God was very angry with David), with the result (God sent a prophet to tell David that he had done an evil thing). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
869 17:14 x924 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But David’s baby boy died 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts David’s repentance and God’s forgiveness with God’s punishment of David and Bathsheba’s baby dying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
870 17:14 cg0f some members of his own family rebelled against him 1 This fighting was very serious. Among other things, one of his sons murdered another son and tried to take David’s place as king while David was still reigning. If possible, use a word that conveys the intensity of this conflict within the family.
871 17:14 ibo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God was faithful 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts David’s sin and unfaithfulness with God’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
872 17:14 n5e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Later 1 This introduces the birth of a second son who did not die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
873 17:14 tcp9 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
874 18:0 w07p title The Divided Kingdom 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when the Israelites divided against each other” or “What happened when the Israelites divided against each other?”
875 18:0 k6n9 title Divided Kingdom 1 This refer to when the twelve tribes of Israel divided into the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah after the death of Solomon.
876 18:1 l3v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background King David ruled for 40 years 1 This is background information about what happened while David was king, before he died and his son Solomon became king after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
877 18:1 bvzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then he died 1 This begins the transition from David’s reign as king to Solomon’s reign. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
878 18:1 hpx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he made Solomon the wisest man in the world 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (God was pleased with Solomon asking him to make him wise), and the result (God made him the wisest man in the world). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
879 18:2 tevg was present in the Temple 1 This could mean ‘was present in the Temple in a special way.’ Even though God was also present everywhere else at the same time, he made himself especially available to the people at the Temple.
880 18:2 grts with his people 1 This could be translated as: “in the midst of his people” or “among his people.”
881 18:3 dgd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Solomon loved women from other countries 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts Solomon building the Temple, God’s dwelling place, with Solomon loving women from other religions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
882 18:3 aue2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,000 1 This could also be written in words: “one thousand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
883 18:3 ck13 brought their gods with them 1 They brought their idols and their methods of worshiping idols with them to Israel.
884 18:3 d2vo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When Solomon was old 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a background clause that indicates Solomon became old at the beginning of the time when he worshiped foreign gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
885 18:4 xgq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because of this 1 The connecting words **because of this** connect the reason (Solomon worshiped other gods), with the result (God was angry with him and said he would divide the kingdom). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
886 18:5 uy6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After Solomon died 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequential clause that indicates Solomon died and then Rehoboam became king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
887 18:5 pn4i to accept him as their king 1 This could mean ‘tell him that they were glad he was king and that they would do what he said.’
888 18:5 ucnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession their king 1 This refers to a social relationship. Their king is the man who rules the country where they live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
889 18:6 xrxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Rehoboam answered them in a very foolish way 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the people’s request for a wise and gracious response with Rehoboam’s unwise and harsh response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
890 18:6 mwns answered them in a very foolish way 1 Rehoboam’s answer was harsh, and caused the people to turn against him.
891 18:6 jpyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said, “You say that my father, Solomon, made you work hard. But I will make you work harder than he did, and I will make you suffer worse than he did.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told them that his father Solomon made them work hard, but that he would make them work harder than his father did, and would make them suffer worse than he did.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
892 18:6 u5l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you 1 Here **you** is plural, referring not just to the people present, but all the people in the nation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
893 18:7 ixa2 tribes 1 The descendants of each of Jacob’s 12 sons had become a **tribe** or very large family group in the nation of Israel. Everyone in Israel belonged to one of the 12 tribes.
894 18:7 ob95 rebelled against him 1 This could mean ‘refused to follow Rehoboam as their king.’ It might help to start this sentence with ‘So’ or ‘Because of that’ or ‘Because of what Rehoboam said.’
895 18:7 jphn remained with him 1 This could mean ‘stayed loyal to him’ or ‘continued to support him as king.’
896 18:7 w286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the kingdom of Judah 1 This is not possession, but it gives the name of the kingdom. It could be translated as: “the Judah kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
897 18:8 heze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the kingdom of Israel 1 This is not possession, but it gives the name of the kingdom. It could be translated as: “the Israel kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
898 18:9 qaf4 caused the people to sin 1 This could be translated as: “led the people to sin” or “motivated the people to sin.” Rehoboam led the people into sin by making idols for them to worship.
899 18:10 vblf Judah and Israel 1 The people of Judah and Israel were all descendants of Jacob and part of God’s people. Even so, they disobeyed God and fought and killed each other.
900 18:12 a2yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When they did this 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a background clause which indicates that at the same time the people of the kingdom of Israel started worshiping idols, they also started sleeping with prostitutes and sacrificing children to idols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
901 18:13 b8d1 ruled justly 1 This means they ruled according to God’s laws. This can be translated as: “when they ruled, they did what was right.”
902 18:13 g4z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But most of Judah’s kings were evil 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the few godly kings with the most kings of Judah who were evil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
903 18:13 xn3l A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
904 19:0 h2lx title The Prophets 1 This title can also be translated as: “About the work the prophets did for God” or “How did the prophets work for God?”
905 19:1 p8kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants God was always sending prophets to the Israelites 1 This introduces the prophets of God as new characters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
906 19:1 r2a0 Israelites 1 Here, this could be translated as: “the kingdoms of Israel and Judah.” All of the descendants of Jacob, including those in the kingdom of Judah, continued to be called **Israelites**.
907 19:1 hxqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background The prophets heard messages from God and then told them to the people. 1 This is background information about what the prophets did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
908 19:2 fs5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Elijah told King Ahab that God was going to punish the people 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (Ahab tried to make the people worship Baal), with the result (God was going to punish the people). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
909 19:2 imbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said to him, “There will be no rain or dew in the kingdom of Israel until I say it will rain again.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told him that there would be no rain or dew in the kingdom of Israel until he said it would rain again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
910 19:2 q5ng until I say it will rain again 1 This may be translated as: “until I command the rain and dew to come again.”
911 19:2 qd3b This made Ahab so angry 1 This could be translated as: “When Ahab heard what Elijah said, he became so angry.”
912 19:3 pl8j the wilderness 1 This was a remote location with very few people. This may also be translated as: “desert” or “the bush.”
913 19:3 zwv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous During this time 1 The connecting words **During this time** introduce a simultaneous clause. At the same time as Elijah was hiding in the wilderness, Ahab and his army were looking for him but could not find him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
914 19:4 ayvw another country close by 1 This refers to a country that was beside, or shared a border with, Israel.
915 19:4 h7uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because there was no harvest 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (there was no harvest), with the result (they had almost run out of food). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
916 19:4 se5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But still 1 The connecting words **But still** introduce a contrast relationship. You would expect the widow to refuse to help Elijah because she was almost out of food, but she did the unexpected and took care of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
917 19:4 s6nx took care of 1 This means they gave him a place to stay in their house and provided food for him. It does not mean he was sick.
918 19:4 v3h7 God provided for her and her son. Her jar of flour and her bottle of oil never became empty 1 This could be translated as: “God prevented their flour jar and their bottle of oil from becoming empty” or “God caused their flour jar and their bottle of oil to never become empty.”
919 19:4 vabd jar of flour 1 This refers to a clay jar in which the widow kept her supply of flour.
920 19:4 c7bn bottle of oil 1 In Israel, olive oil is used for cooking. This could be translated as: “bottle of cooking oil.” The widow used the flour and the oil for making bread.
921 19:5 w9fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations There you are, you troublemaker! 1 This is a strong statement that expresses that Ahab was very angry with Elijah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
922 19:5 vkl6 you troublemaker 1 This means: ‘You are a troublemaker!’ Ahab was accusing Elijah of causing trouble by telling the king that he was doing wrong and also by stopping the rain.
923 19:5 cjtb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations It is you who are the troublemaker! 1 This is a strong statement that Elijah uses to rebuke Ahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
924 19:5 xh9f You have abandoned Yahweh 1 That is, Ahab had led Israel to stop worshiping and obeying Yahweh.
925 19:5 uecw Now you must bring all the people of the kingdom of Israel to Mount Carmel. 1 This is a command that Elijah gave to Ahab by his authority as a prophet of God.
926 19:5 hu1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people of the kingdom of Israel 1 This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
927 19:5 aa74 Mount Carmel 1 Mount Carmel is the name of a mountain located in northern Israel. It is over 500 meters high.
928 19:6 zl2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole all the people of Israel 1 Not every person in the land of Israel came to Mount Carmel. This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
929 19:6 rccm Mount Carmel 1 See how you translated this in [19:05](19/05).
930 19:6 lpef rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Baal’s prophets 1 This refers to the prophets that served the god Baal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
931 19:6 bowd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 450 1 This could also be written in words: “four hundred and fifty.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
932 19:6 n0bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How long will you keep changing your mind? 1 This is not a real question asking for information. Elijah was rebuking the Israelites for repeatedly changing their minds about whether they would serve Yahweh or Baal. Some languages will have to express this as a statement such as “Stop changing your minds about whom you will worship!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
933 19:6 x0jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations If Yahweh is God, worship him! But if Baal is God, worship him! 1 This is a strong statement that the people should decide once for all who they would worship. This does not mean that Elijah was undecided. He knew that Yahweh is the real God. He wanted the people to understand that when they worship false gods, they are rejecting Yahweh as the only true God. Translate this in a way that shows that the people had to make a choice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
934 19:7 qk1m Kill a bull, divide the meat into pieces, and put it on an altar for a sacrifice, but do not light the fire. 1 Elijah commanded exactly how the prophets of Baal should prepare their sacrifice in order to test and see if Baal was a real god.
935 19:7 ddm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if God sends fire on the altar 1 The connecting word **If** indicates a hypothetical conditional relationship. If God sends fire, then it proves that he is real. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
936 19:7 jxxx the real God 1 This means the one and only true God.
937 19:7 l8vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So the prophets of Baal prepared a sacrifice but did not light the fire. 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the prophets of Baal made the sacrifice but didn’t light a fire), with the reason (Elijah told them to do it that way). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
938 19:8 byvw prayed to Baal 1 The prophets of Baal asked Baal to send fire onto the bull they prepared as a sacrifice.
939 19:8 x2f0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Hear us, Baal! 1 This is a both a command and a strong plea for Baal to answer their request and to send fire on the sacrifice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
940 19:8 atou shouted 1 They yelled or called out loudly to Baal.
941 19:8 m04k cut themselves with knives 1 They injured themselves with knives as an extreme way to show their devotion to Baal, hoping that this would persuade him to listen to them.
942 19:8 cvkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Baal did not answer, and he did not send any fire. 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Baal’s not answering or sending fire with the prophets praying, shouting, and cutting themselves. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
943 19:9 rlbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that 1 The connecting words **After that** introduce a sequential clause. Elijah prepared the sacrifice, and then had people pour 12 pots of water over it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
944 19:10 ca3u show us 1 This could mean ‘prove to us’ or ‘demonstrate to us.’
945 19:10 e72y I am your servant 1 This could be translated as: “You have given me authority to serve you and do these things.”
946 19:10 wusi Answer me 1 This could mean ‘respond to my prayer’ or ‘send the fire that I have asked you for.’
947 19:10 juto these people will know 1 This may be translated as: “these people will see and understand.”
948 19:11 pfpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Immediately 1 The connecting word **Immediately** emphasizes that the fire fell from the sky as soon as Elijah prayed. In contrast, the prayers of the prophets of Baal were still not answered after hours of praying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
949 19:11 ii47 fell from the sky 1 This may be translated as: “suddenly came down from the sky.”
950 19:11 al9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Yahweh is God! Yahweh is God! 1 This statement is repeated to emphasize that it is indeed true! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
951 19:11 omhk Yahweh is God 1 This expression means that they understood that Yahweh is the only God, not just one god among others.
952 19:12 kxg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Elijah said, “Do not let any of the prophets of Baal escape!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then Elijah told them not to let any of the prophets of Baal escape!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
953 19:12 v2cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Do not let any of the prophets of Baal escape! 1 This is a both a command and also a strong statement to emphasize that the people must seize every one of the prophets of Baal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
954 19:12 lfde escape 1 The prophets of Baal tried to run away after their god was proven to be a false god.
955 19:12 z8kg captured 1 This could mean ‘seized and held onto’ or ‘took hold of.’
956 19:13 bula rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Elijah said to King Ahab, “Return immediately to your home, because the rain is coming.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Then Elijah told King Ahab to return immediately to his home, because the rain was coming.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
957 19:13 pbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then Elijah said to King Ahab 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The prophets of Baal were killed, and then Elijah warned Ahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
958 19:13 xcfk Return immediately to your home 1 Elijah is giving a command to King Ahab on his authority as a prophet of God.
959 19:13 zuj5 the sky became black 1 This could mean ‘the sky became very dark.’ Heavy rainclouds covered the sky, making it look dark grey or black.
960 19:13 vo35 the drought 1 This could mean ‘the long dry time with no rain.’
961 19:14 vsfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants When Elijah finished his work, God chose a man named Elisha to be his prophet 1 This sentence introduces Elisha as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
962 19:14 y83z the commander of an enemy army 1 Naaman was a commander in the army of one of the countries that was Israel’s enemy.
963 19:14 lfgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he had a bad skin disease 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Naaman’s prestigious position of army commander, with his having this terrible disease. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
964 19:14 ipim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Naaman heard about Elisha 1 This means that people had told Naaman that Elisha was able to perform miracles. Here Elisha is used to represent the miracles that God gave Elisha the power to perform. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
965 19:14 fmyu he went to Elisha and asked him 1 This could mean ‘he went to see Elisha and asked him.’ Naaman had to go into Israel to find Elisha and ask him to do this.
966 19:15 pq80 He refused to do this because it seemed foolish 1 Naaman would not do what Elisha said because he knew that washing alone could not heal his disease.
967 19:15 f441 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because it seemed foolish 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason for his anger (it seemed foolish), with the result (Naaman refused to obey). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
968 19:15 h7pn he changed his mind 1 This could mean ‘he decided to do what Elisha had told him to do.’
969 19:15 zpzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When he came up from the water the last time 1 The connecting clause **When he came up from the water the last time** introduces a sequential clause. Naaman dipped himself seven times, and then God healed him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
970 19:16 mzwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If the people did not do this 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical condition. The result depended on Israel’s response to the warning of the prophets. God said that, if they did not stop doing evil, he would punish them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
971 19:17 xwz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Once, they put the prophet Jeremiah into a dry well 1 This begins a new event about Jeremiah being held captive in a well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
972 19:17 b9c7 a dry well 1 The well did not currently have any water in it, but it did still have mud in the bottom. This could be translated as: “an empty well.”
973 19:17 gzop rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But then the king had mercy on him 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the people putting Jeremiah in the well to die, and the king having mercy on him and ordering him brought out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
974 19:17 ua8i had mercy on him 1 This means he was kind to Jeremiah and helped him.
975 19:18 hzyk continued to speak for God 1 This could mean ‘continued to tell the people what God wanted to tell them.’
976 19:18 eccd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast even though the people hated them 1 The connecting words **even though** contrast the prophets speaking for God with the people hating them for their obedience. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
977 19:18 qu4o A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
978 20:0 vtep title The Exile and Return 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how the Israelites went away as prisoners and how they returned” or “How did God send the Israelites away as prisoners and bring them back again?”
979 20:0 rh9r title The Exile 1 The word **exile** means someone is removed from they country by force. The **Exile** is the term for this 70-year period when the Israelites were forced to live in Babylon.
980 20:0 olfh title Return 1 This refers to when the Jews returned to the land of Israel after being captives in Babylon for 70 years.
981 20:1 jxf1 broke the covenant 1 This could mean ‘disobeyed the commands God had given them in his covenant with them at Mount Sinai.’
982 20:1 j9q3 warn them to repent and worship him again 1 Another way to translate this would be: “tell them to stop sinning and to worship Yahweh instead of other gods, or terrible things would happen to them.”
983 20:1 mhr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but they refused to obey 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts the people refusing to obey God, with God send them prophets to warn them to repent and worship him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
984 20:2 nntv both kingdoms 1 This refers to both the kingdoms of Israel and Judah.
985 20:2 nl44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Assyria was another nation that became very powerful 1 This introduces the Assyrians, from the nation of Assyria, as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
986 20:2 wbj0 took away 1 This could mean ‘stole.’ They stole these valuable things and carried them back to Assyria.
987 20:3 x410 the people who could make valuable things 1 This refers to people who were good at woodworking, metalworking, and building.
988 20:3 puw3 remained 1 This could mean ‘stayed’ or ‘were left behind’ or ‘were allowed to stay behind.’
989 20:4 o215 foreigners 1 This refers to people who were not Israelites.
990 20:5 s2f8 for not believing and obeying him 1 Another way to translate this would be: “because they did not believe or obey him.”
991 20:5 p2d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But they still worshiped idols, 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the people continuing to worship idols despite seeing Israel’s punishment when they refused to obey. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
992 20:5 eglw warn them 1 This could mean ‘tell them to stop sinning or terrible things would happen to them.’
993 20:5 t31j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but they refused to listen 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts the people refusing to listen, with God sending prophets to warn them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
994 20:5 onsb they refused to listen 1 This could mean ‘they refused to obey’ or ‘they refused to stop their evil behavior.’
995 20:6 kh3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 100 1 This could also be written in words: “one hundred.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
996 20:6 avli rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians 1 This introduces the Babylonians and their king, Nebuchadnezzar, as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
997 20:6 bkng agreed to be 1 The king of Judah was forced to either serve the Babylonian king or be destroyed.
998 20:6 hy62 to be Nebuchadnezzar’s servant 1 This could be translated as: “to govern Judah under Nebuchadnezzar’s command.”
999 20:7 rkea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So, the Babylonians came back and attacked 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (the Babylonians came back and attacked), with the reason (the king of Judah rebelled). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1000 20:7 lweo came back 1 This may also be translated as: “returned” or “came to Judah again.”
1001 20:7 wtuh captured the city 1 This could mean ‘took control of the city and the people there.’
1002 20:7 pnku took away 1 They carried the treasures with them back to Babylon.
1003 20:8 sj1v To punish 1 Nebuchadnezzar punished the king of Judah by telling his soldiers to do these things.
1004 20:8 ygxy in front of him 1 This may be translated as: “where he could see,” or “so that he could see it,” or “before his eyes.”
1005 20:8 rv6w made him blind 1 This may also be translated as: “destroyed his eyes.”
1006 20:8 o25b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that, they took the king away 1 The connecting words **After that** introduce a sequential clause. They killed the king’s sons and blinded him in Judah, and then took him to a prison in Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1007 20:9 t5wb leaving only the poorest people behind 1 This could mean ‘leaving only the poorest people in Judah’ or ‘letting only the poorest people stay in Judah.’
1008 20:9 xmnh This period of time 1 To translate this, choose a phrase that can refer to a long time, since this exile period lasted 70 years.
1009 20:9 tn7v the Exile 1 The word **exile** means someone is removed from they country by force. The **Exile** is the term for this 70-year period when the Israelites were forced to live in Babylon.
1010 20:10 a17t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even though God punished his people for their sin 1 The connecting words **Even though** contrast God sending the people into exile with him not forgetting his promises to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1011 20:10 r9p0 exile 1 See how you translated this term in [20:09](20/09).
1012 20:10 ezsy did not forget 1 This could be translated as: “did not ignore” or “did not neglect.” Or the whole phrase could be translated as: “continued to honor his commitment to his people and his promises.”
1013 20:10 zyqj watch over 1 This could mean ‘take care of.’
1014 20:10 f41y speak to them through his prophets 1 This could be translated as: “tell his prophets messages that he wanted them to tell his people.”
1015 20:11 tb68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent About 70 years later 1 This begins a new event when Cyrus allowed the Jews to return to Israel from exile in Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1016 20:11 o5ij 70 years later 1 This refers to the 70 years that had passed since the Babylonian army took the people of Jerusalem into exile.
1017 20:11 klot Cyrus 1 Cyrus was also called ‘Cyrus the Great.’ The name **Cyrus** meant ‘like the sun’ in the Persian language. However, since Cyrus was an important historical person, it might be best to transliterate his name rather than translating the meaning.
1018 20:11 dixb the Persian Empire 1 The Persian Empire grew to cover the area from central Asia to Egypt. It was located in the region of what is Iran today.
1019 20:11 g3t9 The Israelites were now called Jews 1 This could also be translated as: “People now called the Israelites by the name ‘Jews.’”
1020 20:11 m63v the land of Judah 1 That is, the area where the kingdom of Judah was located before the Exile. Jerusalem was the capital city of Judah.
1021 20:12 yqkm Cyrus 1 See how you translated his name in [20:11](20/11).
1022 20:12 gdx1 Judah 1 See the note about Judah in [20:11](20/11).
1023 20:12 pojs go back to Judah 1 Since most of these Jews were the children and grandchildren of those who left Judah, they had never lived in Judah before. In some languages, it might be better to say “to go to Judah.”
1024 20:12 k3ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He even gave them money to rebuild the Temple! 1 This sentence emphasizes the surprising fact that King Cyrus of the Persians would give the Jews money to rebuild their Temple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1025 20:12 owcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 70 years 1 This could also be written in words: “seventy years.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1026 20:12 yam4 exile 1 See how you translated this term in [20:09](20/09).
1027 20:12 htn6 returned 1 This could mean ‘went back.’ Some languages may prefer to say, ‘went’ since most of these people had never been to Jerusalem.
1028 20:13 n1bj the people 1 That is, the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob, who were now called the Jews.
1029 20:13 s3jv the wall 1 This wall was very thick (2.5 meters) and was built to protect the city from attackers.
1030 20:13 frnq once again 1 In some languages this might need to be translated as: “now” or “as their ancestors had done” or “just as before the Exile.”
1031 20:13 ke28 worshiping at the Temple 1 They worshiped Yahweh, the One True God, at the Temple they rebuilt.
1032 20:13 zmmt A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1033 21:0 s4tj title God Promises the Messiah 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God promised to send the Messiah” or “What happened when God promised to send the Messiah?”
1034 21:1 q5dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Even when God created the world 1 The connecting words **Even when** contrast God creating a perfect world without sin, with his preexisting plan to send a Messiah to save people from sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1035 21:1 t759 crush the snake’s head 1 Unless the head of a venomous snake is crushed, the snake can still hurt someone. Use a word for **crush** that communicates that its head is destroyed.
1036 21:1 f9j1 Satan appeared as a snake in order to deceive Eve 1 Satan spoke to Eve in the form of a snake. This does not mean that he is a snake now. This could be translated as: “The snake who deceived Eve was an appearance of Satan.”
1037 21:1 kh71 to deceive Eve 1 This could mean ‘to lie to Eve.’ The snake lied by making Eve doubt what God had said and tricking her into disobeying God.
1038 21:2 pumh through him 1 This could mean ‘because of one of his descendants.’
1039 21:3 ru7l prophet like Moses 1 To be like Moses, the future prophet would need to have great authority from God to lead and rescue his people.
1040 21:4 xv87 his own descendants 1 Another way to say this would be: “a direct descendant of David himself.”
1041 21:5 suxy would not be like 1 The New Covenant would be truly effective. People really would know God, they would truly live as his people, and He would forgive their sins completely, based on the Messiah’s sacrifice of himself one time for all who believe in him.
1042 21:5 tmfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy this would be like writing his law on their hearts 1 Yahweh’s law will become a part of them, rather than merely being written on stone. Here **heart** represents ‘emotions’ or ‘mind.’ Alternate translation: “My law will be part of their thoughts and emotions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1043 21:5 ck0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor writing his law on their hearts 1 This is a metaphor meaning: ‘help his people to understand his laws and to earnestly desire to obey them.’ If possible, keep the image of writing on their hearts, since this is in contrast with the way God had written his law on stone tablets for the Israelites. If that is not possible, you could just translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1044 21:5 hol5 be his people 1 This could be translated as: “be his special people” or “be his favored people.”
1045 21:6 a13l the perfect prophet 1 The Messiah would be a prophet who would be perfect in obedience to God, giving every word God would speak to the people. He would present God perfectly to the people, helping them to know and understand God.
1046 21:7 bxyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast However 1 The connecting word **However** contrasts the Israelite priests’ performance, with the Messiah’s performance as priest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1047 21:7 uctb the perfect high priest 1 Unlike the other high priests, the Messiah would never sin, and he would permanently take away all the sins of the people.
1048 21:7 b6ra offer himself 1 This could mean ‘allow himself to be killed.’
1049 21:7 jfl1 a perfect sacrifice 1 This could mean ‘a sacrifice that has no fault or imperfection.’
1050 21:8 heud rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But the Messiah 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the kingdom and performance of other kings, with the Messiah’s kingdom and performance as king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1051 21:8 wncq the whole world 1 This could also be translated as: “everyone everywhere.”
1052 21:9 bwh7 Malachi 1 Malachi was the last prophet in the Old Testament.
1053 21:9 tb2p the Messiah would be born of a virgin 1 Another way to say this would be: “a virgin would give birth to the Messiah.”
1054 21:9 oewm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown virgin 1 Some ancient versions and some contemporary versions translate: “the virgin will conceive,” while others translate: “the young woman will conceive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1055 21:9 wrj6 Micah 1 Micah was an Old Testament prophet of God who, like Isaiah, spoke his messages from God almost 800 years before the Messiah came.
1056 21:10 c6lg set prisoners free 1 This could mean ‘set free those who have unjustly been put into prison.’ This could also refer to setting people free from the bondage of sin.
1057 21:10 yzcz could not hear, see, speak, or walk 1 It may be better to say: “could not hear, could not see, could not speak, or could not walk.” Some languages have special words for these conditions, such as ‘deaf’ and ‘blind.’
1058 21:11 edju Zechariah 1 Zechariah was an Old Testament prophet who spoke to God’s people after they returned to the Promised Land from the Exile in Babylon. This was about 500 years before the Messiah came.
1059 21:11 y6t9 30 silver coins 1 At the time, each of these coins was worth the amount of money a person could earn in four days.
1060 21:11 f1co rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown gamble for his clothes 1 This could mean ‘play a game of chance to determine who would win his clothes.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1061 21:12 vzgj pierce 1 People would stab the Messiah with a sharp weapon.
1062 21:12 ls7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast even though he had not done anything wrong 1 The connecting words **even though** contrast the way the Messiah was killed, with his innocence. It is not expected that an innocent, sinless man would be killed so brutally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1063 21:13 yg61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But he would die 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the perfection of the Messiah, with his death as punishment for other people’s sins. It is not expected that a perfect man would die for other people’s sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1064 21:14 qq6w raise the Messiah from the dead 1 This could mean ‘cause the Messiah to be alive again.’
1065 21:14 gsfi to make the New Covenant 1 This could mean ‘to put the New Covenant into effect.’
1066 21:15 n5mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but the Messiah did not come during the time of any of those prophets 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the many prophecies about the Messiah given to the prophets with the Messiah not coming during their life time. It is not expected that so much detail would be given when it would be another 400 years until the Messiah came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1067 21:15 ackx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background More than 400 years after the last of these prophecies was given, at exactly the right time 1 This is background information about what happened before the Messiah came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1068 21:15 g1z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 400 years 1 This could also be written in words: “four hundred years.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1069 21:15 cxtn into the world 1 This could be translated as: “to the people of the world.” The Messiah would be sent not only to the Jews, but to all people.
1070 22:0 oodf title The Birth of John 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how John the Baptist was born” or “What happened when John the Baptist was born?”
1071 22:1 hq71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background In the past, God had spoken to his prophets so they could speak to his people. Then came 400 years of silence in which he did not speak to men. 1 This is background information about the prophets of God, and the 400 years that God did not send them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1072 22:1 d3xk his people 1 This could be translated as: “his people, the Israelites” or “his people, the Jews.” But only include the added information if it is not clearly understood who these people were.
1073 22:1 kkqn Then came 400 years of silence 1 Other ways to say this are: “Then 400 years of silence passed” or “Then there were 400 years of silence.” The last Old Testament prophet, Malachi, has prophesied 400 years before.
1074 22:1 z1os in which he did not speak to men 1 This could mean ‘during which God did not give any messages to the prophets for his people.’
1075 22:1 idof rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then God sent an angel 1 This introduces the birth of John the Baptist as a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1076 22:1 zlt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Then God sent an angel to a priest named Zechariah 1 This introduces the angel and Zechariah as new characters in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1077 22:1 h6hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Zechariah and his wife, Elizabeth, honored God. They were very old, and she had never born any children. 1 This is background information about the kind of people who Zechariah and Elizabeth were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1078 22:2 wdum The angel 1 This refers to the angel that came to Zechariah in [22:01](22/01).
1079 22:2 ce95 You will name him John. 1 This is a command. The angel is telling Zechariah exactly what he must name John.
1080 22:2 cxuz fill him with the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘give him wisdom and power through the Holy Spirit.’
1081 22:2 iblz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations My wife and I are too old to have children! 1 This sentence emphasizes that Zechariah and Elizabeth were far too old to have children by natural means. That would require God to work a miracle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1082 22:2 t4pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit How can I know you are telling me the truth? 1 Here, **know** means to learn by experience, suggesting Zechariah was asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What can you do to prove to me that this will happen?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1083 22:3 eooy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The angel responded to Zechariah, “I was sent by God to bring you this good news. Because you did not believe me, you will not be able to speak until the child is born.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel answered and told Zechariah that he was sent by God to bring him this good news. But because Zechariah did not believe him, Zechariah will not be able to speak until the child was born.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1084 22:3 b7yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Immediately, Zechariah was unable to speak 1 The connecting word **Immediately** introduces a sequential clause. First the angel said Zechariah would not be able to speak, and the next thing that happened was Zechariah could not speak. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1085 22:3 xe5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because you did not believe me, you will not be able to speak until the child is born. 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (Zechariah did not believe the good news), with the result (Zechariah could not speak until the baby was born). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1086 22:4 ort1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When Elizabeth was six months pregnant 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a background clause. The main event is Mary’s pregnancy and visit to Elizabeth. The background event that was already happening is Elizabeth was six months pregnant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1087 22:4 sbu0 Elizabeth 1 She was Zechariah’s wife. An angel told Zechariah that Elizabeth would give birth to a son.
1088 22:4 kn2r six months pregnant 1 Either she had already been pregnant for six months or she was in the sixth month of her pregnancy.
1089 22:4 rww0 pregnant 1 Different languages have different idioms to talk about pregnancy, such as ‘she was with child’ or ‘she had one in her body’ or ‘she had belly.’ Some languages have special ways of speaking about it politely, such as ‘she was expecting.’ Use an expression that will not be embarrassing to readers.
1090 22:4 wxmv Elizabeth’s relative 1 Many translations say, ‘cousin’ here but we don’t know exactly how these two women were related. A general term like, ‘kin’ or ‘cousin’ could be used.
1091 22:4 eg1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background She was a virgin and was engaged to be married to a man named Joseph 1 This is background information about Mary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1092 22:4 e5y9 was engaged 1 This could mean ‘was promised.’
1093 22:4 hy5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of the Most High God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. Mary will bear **a son** who will be called **the Son of the Most High**. Jesus is therefore a human son born of a human mother, and he is also the Son of God. These terms should be translated very carefully. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1094 22:5 l109 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Mary replied, “How can this be, since I am a virgin?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Mary asked him how this could be, since she was a virgin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1095 22:5 mim9 How can this be 1 This could mean ‘How can I become pregnant’ Mary was not doubting the truth of the angel’s words, but asking how it would happen.
1096 22:5 j2gw Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will come to you 1 These are two ways of saying the same thing: ‘By the power of God, the Holy Spirit will miraculously cause you to become pregnant.’ Make sure the translation of this sentence does not sound like there was any physical contact involved. This was a miracle.
1097 22:5 tjbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Holy Spirit 1 This introduces the Holy Spirit as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1098 22:5 bs4y the baby will be holy 1 The word **holy** here means the baby will belong to God.
1099 22:5 djrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1100 22:6 qvbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Soon after this happened 1 The connecting word **Soon** introduces a sequential clause. The angel came to Mary and soon after Mary left to visit Elizabeth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1101 22:6 tegl Elizabeth 1 See the note about Elizabeth on [22:04](22/04).
1102 22:6 wjdn baby jumped inside her 1 The baby moved suddenly inside Elizabeth’s womb in response to Mary’s greeting to Elizabeth.
1103 22:6 yzcw what God had done for them 1 This refers to the fact that both women were pregnant through God’s supernatural intervention. Mary had conceived without a man, and Elizabeth had conceived with Zechariah after she was past the age of childbearing.
1104 22:7 lx1z Elizabeth 1 See the note about Elizabeth on [22:04](22/04).
1105 22:7 tra4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then God made Zechariah able to speak again 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. After Zechariah and Elizabeth named their baby John, Zechariah was able to speak again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1106 22:7 ntky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Praise God, because he has remembered to help his people! 1 This sentence emphasizes that God is worthy of praise because of how he helped his people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1107 22:7 w4g5 Praise God 1 This could mean ‘We should all praise God.’
1108 22:7 zejp the prophet 1 This could mean ‘the very important prophet.’ John would be the prophet that the Old Testament prophets had predicted would come before the Messiah.
1109 22:7 tf6j the Most High God 1 Other ways to say this are: “the God who is greater than everything” or “the God who rules over everything.”
1110 22:7 kl0g A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1111 23:0 o27j title The Birth of Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus was born” or “What happened when Jesus was born?”
1112 23:1 e14z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Mary was engaged to a righteous man named Joseph 1 Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary had promised her in marriage to a righteous man named Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1113 23:1 or6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown engaged 1 This could mean ‘promised to be married.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1114 23:1 kdu5 he knew it was not his baby 1 This could mean ‘he knew that he was not the one who had caused her to be pregnant.’
1115 23:1 x7dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast However, he did not want to shame Mary 1 The connecting word **However** contrasts Mary being pregnant with what Joseph believed to be another man’s child, with Joseph’s desire not to shame Mary. You would expect Joseph to be angry and want to shame her but, instead, he responds with mercy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1116 23:1 bk8d to shame Mary 1 This could mean ‘to cause Mary to be publicly disgraced’ or ‘to embarrass Mary publicly.’ Joseph was merciful to Mary even though it seemed like she was an adulteress.
1117 23:1 bz3f to divorce her quietly 1 This could also be translated as: “to divorce her without telling others why,” or “to divorce her without telling others about her pregnancy.” Because Joseph was righteous, he wanted to resolve the situation in the best way possible, which in this culture would be to divorce her quietly.
1118 23:1 r4v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit divorce her 1 Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. This is why a divorce was necessary rather than simply breaking an engagement. For some languages, it may be better to say: “break their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1119 23:1 e1q9 in a dream 1 This could mean ‘while he was asleep and dreaming.’
1120 23:2 uzjl do not be afraid to take Mary as your wife 1 This can also be translated as: “Stop thinking that you shouldn’t marry Mary” or “Do not hesitate to have Mary as your wife.”
1121 23:2 d6qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The baby that is in her is from the Holy Spirit 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1122 23:2 s5ke is from the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘was conceived by a miracle of the Holy Spirit.’
1123 23:2 kbpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit She will give birth to a son 1 Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1124 23:2 ve1e Name him Jesus 1 This is a command from God telling Joseph exactly what to name the baby.
1125 23:2 y1e0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because he will save the people from their sins 1 The connecting word **because** connects the result (Joseph was to name the baby Jesus, which means God saves), with the reason (Jesus will save the people from their sins). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1126 23:3 flmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So Joseph married Mary 1 The connecting word **So** connects the result (Joseph took Mary as his wife) with the reason (the angel told him the baby was not another man’s child conceived in sin, but the Son of God conceived by the Holy Spirit). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1127 23:3 ezir rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but he did not sleep with her 1 The connecting word **but** contrasts Joseph taking Mary to be his wife, with him not sleeping with her. It would be expected that a man would sleep with the woman he took as his wife, but Joseph did the unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1128 23:3 s2ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism he did not sleep with her 1 He kept her a virgin until the birth of the baby. In order to be polite, a euphemism is used to say Joseph did not have sexual intercourse with Mary. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1129 23:4 zxts When the time was near for Mary to give birth 1 This could mean ‘When it was near the end of Mary’s pregnancy.’
1130 23:4 ounp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background They had to go there because the Roman officials wanted to count all the people in the land of Israel. They wanted everyone to go to where their ancestors had lived. King David had been born in Bethlehem, and he was the ancestor of both Mary and Joseph. 1 This is background information about why Joseph and Mary had to travel to Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1131 23:4 e87w the Roman officials 1 Rome had conquered and ruled over Israel at this time.
1132 23:4 wf0i to count all the people 1 This could mean ‘to write their names on a list.’ They probably did this so they could tax the people.
1133 23:5 lzov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background but there was no place for them to stay 1 This is background information about why Jesus was born in a place where animals slept. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1134 23:5 jjt6 no place for them to stay 1 This could mean ‘no usual place for them to stay.’ Because Bethlehem was so crowded at that time, the usual rooms for guests were already full of people.
1135 23:5 xjn1 where some animals were kept 1 This was a place for sheltering animals, not a place where people lived. Translate this with a term that would normally be used for a place where animals were kept.
1136 23:5 qhwl a feeding trough 1 This could mean ‘an animal feed box’ or ‘a wooden or stone box for feeding animals.’ The box could have been filled with hay to provide a padded surface for the baby to lie on.
1137 23:6 q2l7 guarding their flocks 1 A **flock** is a group of sheep. The shepherds were caring for their sheep, and protecting them from harm or theft.
1138 23:6 fzt3 a shining angel 1 This could also be translated as: “an angel surrounded by a bright light.” The shining light would have seemed even brighter in contrast to the darkness of the night.
1139 23:6 qup1 they were terrified 1 The shepherds were very afraid when a supernatural angel appeared.
1140 23:6 vspr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The angel said, “Do not be afraid, because I have some good news for you. The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel told them not to be afraid, because he had some good news for them. The Messiah, the Master, had been born in Bethlehem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1141 23:6 p5md Do not be afraid 1 This often means ‘stop being afraid.’ The angel spoke this command to the shepherds in order to comfort them. The shepherds were very afraid when they saw the angel, so he was telling them they did not need to be afraid. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid”
1142 23:6 nx18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem! 1 This sentence emphasizes the exciting message that the Messiah—for whom the Israelites had so long been waiting—had finally come! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1143 23:7 aumd General Information 1 The angel continued speaking.
1144 23:7 w4rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Go search for the baby, and you will find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough. 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “The angel told them to go and search for the baby, and they would find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1145 23:7 d47g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential and you will find him wrapped in pieces of cloth and lying in a feeding trough 1 The connecting word **and** introduces a sequential clause. After they go and search for the baby, they will find him wrapped in cloth and lying in a trough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1146 23:7 xt21 wrapped in pieces of cloth 1 The custom of that time was to tightly wrap newborn babies in long strips of cloth. It may be necessary to say “wrapped in long strips of cloth, in the customary way.”
1147 23:7 gcvy a feeding trough 1 This could mean ‘an animal feeding box.’ Also see how you translated this in [23:05](23/05).
1148 23:7 jyml filled with angels 1 This means that there were so many angels that they seemed to fill the sky.
1149 23:7 w5pc May all honor be to God 1 This can also be translated as: “Let us all honor God!” or “Our God deserves all honor!” or “We all give honor to God!”
1150 23:7 tr99 peace on earth 1 Another way to say this would be: “may there be peace on earth.”
1151 23:7 hwzk the people he favors 1 This might be translated as: “people that God looks upon with favor, delight, or good will.”
1152 23:8 g7dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the angels left 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. The angels gave their praise, and then they left. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1153 23:8 wbas everything they had heard and seen 1 This included the glorious angels and their amazing message, as well as seeing the newborn Messiah himself.
1154 23:9 apss rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There were some men in a country far to the east. 1 This introduces as new characters in the story. These men came from the east to worship Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1155 23:9 yxba rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background They studied the stars and were very wise 1 This is background information about why these men knew Jesus had been born and came to see him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1156 23:9 e30m They studied the stars 1 These men may also have had access to the Old Testament prophets’ writings that predicted the birth of the Messiah.
1157 23:9 ke13 an unusual star 1 The star that they noticed was not a normal star. It was something that appeared at the time of Jesus’ birth.
1158 23:9 www1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they decided to travel from their country to see the child 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (a new king of the Jews had been born), with the result (the men decided to travel to see the child). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1159 23:9 fjna the child 1 As much as a year or two passed before the men arrived in Bethlehem. Jesus was no longer a baby.
1160 23:9 rlyb the house 1 They were no longer staying in the place for animals where he was born.
1161 23:10 w77n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous When these men saw Jesus with his mother 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a simultaneous clause. When they saw Jesus, the wisemen bowed down and worshiped. It was their simultaneous response to seeing him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1162 23:10 nyf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bowed down 1 This could mean ‘bowed low to the ground.’ At that time, this was the customary way of showing great respect or reverence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1163 23:10 qj82 expensive 1 This could mean ‘very valuable.’
1164 23:10 ssj6 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1165 24:0 foav title John Baptizes Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when John the Baptist baptized Jesus” or “What happened when John the Baptist baptized Jesus?”
1166 24:1 iof9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent John, the son of Zechariah and Elizabeth, grew up and became a prophet. 1 This introduces a new event—John preaching as an adult. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1167 24:1 df7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He lived in the wilderness, ate wild honey and locusts, and wore clothes made from camel hair 1 This is background information about how John lived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1168 24:1 mo72 the wilderness 1 This could mean ‘the desert’ or ‘a remote, desert-like place.’ There were few people living out in this area.
1169 24:1 e4bo wild honey 1 This honey was the natural product of bees in the wilderness; it was not cultivated by people. If that is what people would understand by the word **honey**, you may not need to call it **wild**.
1170 24:1 r8yl locusts 1 These were large, hopping insects with wings, like very large grasshoppers. Some people who live in the desert eat them.
1171 24:1 oa4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction wore clothes made from camel hair 1 This clothing symbolizes that John was a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1172 24:1 mijm clothes made from camel hair 1 This could mean ‘coarse clothes made of camel hair.’ These clothes would not quickly wear out in the wilderness as other clothes would.
1173 24:1 aak2 camel hair 1 A camel is an animal that has very rough hair. People could make clothing out of it. This could be translated as: “rough animal hair.”
1174 24:2 i34y the wilderness 1 See how you translated this word in [24:01](24/01).
1175 24:2 epol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “He preached to them, telling them to repent, for the kingdom of God was near!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1176 24:2 nnf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Repent, for the kingdom of God is near! 1 This sentence emphasizes the urgent reason for them to repent—the kingdom of God was near! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1177 24:2 wddy Repent 1 This is a command. It might be better to say: “Repent from your sins.”
1178 24:2 ska3 the kingdom of God is near 1 This could mean ‘the kingdom of God is ready to appear’ or ‘the kingdom of God will arrive soon.’ This refers to God’s ruling over people. This can also be translated as: “God’s reign is about to begin” or “God will soon rule over us as king.”
1179 24:3 ca6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When people heard John’s message, many of them repented from their sins, and John baptized them 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a sequential clause. First, they heard John’s message, then they would repent and John would baptize them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1180 24:3 srri repented from their sins 1 This could also be translated as: “repented concerning their sins” or “changed their minds about their sins” or “turned away from their sins.”
1181 24:3 jd2a did not repent 1 This could mean ‘did not turn away from their sins.’
1182 24:3 ecj5 confess their sins 1 To confess is to acknowledge that something is true. These leaders did not want to acknowledge that they had sinned. This may be translated as: “confess that they had sinned.”
1183 24:4 cgiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor You poisonous snakes 1 John speaks of the religious leaders as if they were poisonous snakes. Poisonous snakes are dangerous and represent evil. Alternate translation: “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1184 24:4 oo4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor God will cut down every tree that does not bear good fruit, and he will throw them into the fire 1 John speaks of the religious leaders as if they were trees that bear bad fruit. This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” or “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1185 24:4 f950 God will cut down every tree that does not bear good fruit, and he will throw them into the fire 1 This means: ‘He will judge them person who does not do good deeds and punish them.’
1186 24:4 p5u7 every tree that does not bear good fruit 1 John is not really talking about trees. This is an expression that compares good fruit to good actions and attitudes that come from God.
1187 24:4 p86n John fulfilled what the prophets had said, “See, I will soon send my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way.” 1 In some languages it would be more natural to use an indirect quote for this sentence, such as: John fulfilled what the prophets had said. They told of God’s promise to send his messenger ahead of Jesus to prepare his way.
1188 24:4 wins John fulfilled 1 This could mean ‘John was doing’ what the prophet said God’s messenger would do.
1189 24:4 b4zu See 1 This could be translated as: “Look and see” or “Pay attention!”
1190 24:4 zl0g my messenger 1 This could mean ‘I, Yahweh, will send my messenger.’
1191 24:4 o1lg ahead of you 1 In this phrase, the word **you** refers to the Messiah.
1192 24:4 k0xu prepare your way 1 God’s messenger will prepare the people to listen to the Messiah.
1193 24:5 dbiu He is so great 1 This could be translated as: “He is so important.”
1194 24:5 giaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I am not even worthy to untie his sandals 1 Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John was saying that the one who would come is so great that John was not even worthy to be his slave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1195 24:6 a076 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Look! 1 This sentence emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1196 24:6 fmul There is 1 For some languages, this would be translated as: “Here is” or “That man is.”
1197 24:6 pjk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the Lamb of God 1 John speaks of Jesus as if Jesus is a lamb from God. This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1198 24:6 ysbe will take away 1 The sacrifice of Jesus causes God to look at our sin as if it never existed.
1199 24:6 hd65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy world 1 The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” or “every person in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1200 24:6 l8yg the sin of the world 1 This could mean ‘the sin of the people in the world.’
1201 24:7 stuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations John said to Jesus, “I am not worthy to baptize you. You should baptize me instead.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “John told Jesus that he was not worthy to baptize him, but that Jesus should baptize John instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1202 24:7 jxf5 I am not worthy to baptize you 1 This could be translated as: “I am not good enough to baptize you” or “I am sinful, so I should not baptize you.”
1203 24:7 uj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations But Jesus said, “You should baptize me, because it is the right thing to do.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “But Jesus said that John should baptize him because it was the right thing to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1204 24:7 agw7 it is the right thing to do 1 This might also be translated as: “it is the proper thing to do” or “this is what God wants me to do.”
1205 24:7 cosm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact even though Jesus had never sinned 1 The connecting words **even though** introduce a factual condition. Baptism is sign of repentance, but Jesus never sinned, so he had no need to repent. Jesus’ sinlessness was not questioned even though the evidence, his baptism, would seem to say he had repented of sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1206 24:8 eqk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive after being baptized 1 This can be stated in active form: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1207 24:8 km4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Spirit of God appeared in the form of a dove and came down and rested on him 1 Possible meanings are 1. this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2. the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1208 24:8 kmrw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples This is my Son 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1209 24:9 xi5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations God had told John, “The Holy Spirit will come down and stay on someone you baptize. That person is the Son of God.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “God had told John that the Holy Spirit would come down and stay on someone he baptized, and that that person would be the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1210 24:9 agks God had told John 1 This could mean ‘Before this, God had told John’ or ‘Before Jesus came to be baptized, God had told John.’
1211 24:9 pq2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1212 24:9 hf51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But when John baptized Jesus 1 The connecting word **But** contrasts the fact that there is only one God, with the fact that there is God the Father, God the Son and God the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1213 24:9 fdgk A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1214 25:0 w3t5 title Satan Tempts Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Satan tried to get Jesus to sin” or “What happened when Satan tried to get Jesus to sin?”
1215 25:1 tsvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Immediately after Jesus was baptized 1 This is a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1216 25:1 zjy3 the Holy Spirit led him 1 This could mean ‘the Holy Spirit guided him’ or ‘the Holy Spirit prompted him to go.’
1217 25:1 ajgz the wilderness 1 This could also be translated as: “the desert” or “a remote, barren place with few people.” This place probably had very few trees or other plants, so most people would not be able to live there.
1218 25:1 n2g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 40 days and 40 nights 1 This means: ‘40 days, both during the day and during the night.’ Make sure the translation of this phrase does not sound like a period of eighty days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1219 25:1 pnrp tempted him to sin 1 Since Jesus did not sin, make sure you use a word that does not imply that Satan succeeded in convincing Jesus to sin. This phrase could also be translated as: “tried to convince him to sin.”
1220 25:2 z6mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Satan said to Jesus, “If you are the Son of God, turn these rocks into bread so you can eat!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Satan told Jesus that if he was the Son of God, he should turn these rocks into bread so he can eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1221 25:2 mx1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If you are the Son of God 1 Satan knew that Jesus was indeed **the Son of God**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1222 25:2 djdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1223 25:2 jllw turn these rocks into bread 1 This may also be translated as: “make these rocks become bread” or “supernaturally change these rocks into bread.”
1224 25:2 cgdr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche bread 1 For languages where bread is not a common food, this could be translated as: “food.” In the Jews’ culture, bread was the main food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1225 25:3 lky9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But Jesus said to Satan, “It is written & ” 1 Jesus refused to do what Satan asked. This can be clearly stated: “But Jesus said to Satan, ‘No, I will not do that because it is written … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1226 25:3 hg66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to Satan, “It is written in God’s word, ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Satan that it is written in God’s word, ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1227 25:3 h40q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ‘People do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “It is written in God’s word that people do not only need bread in order to live, but they need everything that God tells them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1228 25:3 t0rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche bread 1 Make sure that you use the same word to translate **bread** here as you did in [25:02](25/02). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1229 25:3 fevb but they need everything that God tells them! 1 Another way to translate this would be, “Rather, people need to listen to and obey everything God says.”
1230 25:4 ydmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said to him, “If you are the Son of God, jump off to the ground, because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He told him that if he was the Son of God, he should jump off to the ground, because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1231 25:4 wbdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If you are the Son of God 1 Satan knew that Jesus was indeed **the Son of God**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1232 25:4 ksp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1233 25:4 egbf jump off to the ground 1 This could mean ‘jump off this building to the ground.’
1234 25:4 aap2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive it is written 1 This can be stated in active form: “a prophet of God wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1235 25:4 pui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes because it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “because it is written that God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1236 25:4 ot0c so your foot does not hit a stone 1 This means: ‘so that you will not be hurt at all; not even your foot will be injured on a stone.’ It could also be translated as: “so that even your foot will not strike against a stone; you will not be injured at all.”
1237 25:5 jd5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he said, “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “he said that God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1238 25:5 uv84 “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” 1 This could be translated as: an indirect quote: “God tells everyone not to test the Lord your God.”
1239 25:5 i9s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes he said, “God tells everyone, ‘Do not test the Lord your God.’” 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “he tells everyone not to test the Lord your God” or “he says that no one should test the Lord your God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1240 25:5 bq2w Do not test the Lord your God 1 This could be translated as: “Do not make the Lord your God prove himself to you” or “Do not challenge God to take care of you even when you do not obey him.”
1241 25:5 rdav the Lord your God 1 This could mean ‘Yahweh, your God’ or ‘Yahweh, who is God and has authority over you.’
1242 25:6 bi04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He said to Jesus, “I will give you all this if you bow down and worship me.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He said to Jesus that he would give him all this if Jesus would bow down and worship him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1243 25:6 d1wq the kingdoms of the world 1 This refers to all the greatest cities, countries, and other territories of the world.
1244 25:6 l4bw I will give you all this 1 This could be translated as: “I will give you all the wealth and power of these kingdoms” or “I will make you the ruler over all these countries, cities and people.”
1245 25:6 fxln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will give you 1 It can be stated that Satan indeed had this authority: “I have the authority to give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1246 25:6 ffzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bow down 1 This means that Jesus would serve and worship Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1247 25:7 fpx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Satan to get away from him! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1248 25:7 ugnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’” 1 Jesus refused to do what Satan asked. This can be clearly stated: “But Jesus said to Satan, ‘No, I will not do that. Get away from me, Satan.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1249 25:7 e5v1 Get away from me 1 This imperative may also be translated as: “Leave me” or “Leave me alone.”
1250 25:7 v116 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God. Honor only him as God.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “he commands his people to worship only the Lord their God, and to honor only him as God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1251 25:7 ry2q the Lord your God 1 Translate this phrase the same way as you did in [25:05](25/05).
1252 25:8 n2ib did not give in to 1 This could be translated as: “did not do the things that Satan was tempting him to do.”
1253 25:8 mje6 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1254 26:0 yj2q title Jesus Starts His Ministry 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus began to minister to the Jews” or “What happened when Jesus began to minister to the Jews?”
1255 26:1 dd38 After Jesus refused Satan’s temptations, he returned 1 You may prefer to make this into shorter sentences and say: “Jesus did not do the wrong things Satan tried to get him to do. Jesus defeated Satan. After that, Jesus returned.” The word **refused** can also be translated as: “rejected” or “resisted.”
1256 26:1 qxbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Jesus refused Satan’s temptations 1 This begins a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1257 26:1 r817 went from place to place 1 That is, he “traveled to different towns and other places.”
1258 26:1 ubnj Everyone 1 This could mean ‘Everyone who knew him or heard about him.’
1259 26:2 xj9s the place of worship 1 This could mean ‘the building where the Jews gathered to worship God.’ This can also be translated as: “the worship building.”
1260 26:2 lbl0 a scroll 1 A scroll was a long sheet of paper or leather that was rolled up and had writing on it.
1261 26:2 tyo7 a scroll with the messages of the prophet Isaiah 1 This could mean ‘a scroll that had the words that the prophet Isaiah had written.’ Isaiah had written on a scroll hundreds of years before. This was a copy of that scroll.
1262 26:2 sf5r opened up the scroll 1 This could be translated as: “rolled open the scroll” or “unrolled the scroll.”
1263 26:3 v7w2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus read, “God has given me his Spirit so that I can proclaim good news to the poor. He has sent me to set prisoners free, to make the blind people see again, and to free those whom others are oppressing. This is the time when the Lord will be merciful to us and help us.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus read that God had given him his Spirit so that he could proclaim good news to the poor. He had sent him to set prisoners free, to make the blind people see again, and to free those whom others are oppressing. This is the time when the Lord will be merciful to us and help us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1264 26:3 x5m0 proclaim good news to the poor 1 This could mean ‘to tell poor and needy people the good message that God will help them.’
1265 26:3 zirc to set prisoners free 1 This could mean ‘to tell people who are wrongfully in prison that they will be released.’
1266 26:4 n5hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “The things I just read to you, they are happening right now.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that the things he just read to them, they are happening right now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1267 26:4 aspe The things I just read to you, they are happening right now 1 Other ways to translate this would be “The things you just heard me read are being fulfilled right now” or “Today the things I read to you came true as you heard them.”
1268 26:4 rr52 amazed 1 Translate the word **amazed** with a term that means that they were surprised, shocked, and confused about how this could be possible.
1269 26:4 xmih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Isn’t this the son of Joseph? 1 This is a rhetorical question. This could also be translated as: “This man is only the son of Joseph!” or “Everyone knows he is just Joseph’s son!” The people were not asking if he was Joseph’s son or not. They were wondering how he could be the Messiah since they thought he was only the son of an ordinary man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1270 26:5 vp5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Then Jesus said, “It is true that people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in. During the time of the prophet Elijah, there were many widows in Israel. But when it did not rain for three and a half years, God did not send Elijah to help a widow from Israel. Instead, he sent Elijah to a widow in a different nation.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that it was true that people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in. He also said that during the time of the prophet Elijah, there were many widows in Israel, but when it did not rain for three and a half years, God did not send Elijah to help a widow from Israel. Instead, he sent Elijah to a widow in a different nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1271 26:5 etmo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs people never accept a prophet in the town he grew up in 1 This proverb means ‘people do not recognize the authority of a prophet who has grown up among them.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1272 26:5 ok63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background During the time of the prophet Elijah 1 This is background information about what happened when Elijah was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1273 26:6 wjc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus continued, saying, “And during & ” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus continued, saying that during … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1274 26:6 pnd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background during the time of the prophet Elisha 1 This is background information about what happened when Elisha was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1275 26:6 vnjm Elisha 1 Elisha was God’s prophet who came after Elijah. Like Elijah, Elisha confronted Israelite kings who were sinning against God and he did miracles that God gave him power to do.
1276 26:6 c9cz a commander 1 This could mean ‘a military leader.’
1277 26:6 ocf3 they were furious at him 1 The Jews did not want to hear that God had blessed any people besides themselves, so they were very angry at what Jesus said.
1278 26:7 jcdu the place of worship 1 This could mean ‘the building where the Jewish people gathered to worship God.’ This can also be translated as: “the worship building.” See how you translated it in [26:02](26/02).
1279 26:7 tt28 But Jesus walked through the crowd 1 To show that the people were not able to do to Jesus what they had planned to do, **But** could be translated with a strong contrast word or phrase such as: “But instead” or “However.”
1280 26:8 eigu went throughout the region of Galilee 1 This could mean ‘all around in Galilee’ or ‘from place to place in Galilee.’
1281 26:9 azy4 who had demons in them 1 This could mean ‘who were controlled by evil spirits.’
1282 26:9 p2jm Jesus commanded the demons 1 This could also be translated as: “Jesus gave the command to the demons.”
1283 26:9 ykic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The demons often shouted, “You are the Son of God!” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “The demons often shouted that he was the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1284 26:9 byuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations “You are the Son of God!” 1 This is a strong statement that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1285 26:9 ywrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1286 26:10 zudk learned from him 1 This could mean ‘learned from what he taught them’ or ‘learned from everything he said and did.’
1287 26:10 fcvo A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1288 27:0 giks title The Story of the Good Samaritan 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how a good man from Samaria helped a Jewish man” or “What happened when a good man from Samaria helped a Jewish man?”
1289 27:1 lcvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1290 27:1 r612 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants an expert in the Jewish law 1 This man was someone who studied and taught the laws God had given the Israelites, as well as other Jewish laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1291 27:1 vxab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he said, “Teacher, what must I do to inherit eternal life?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “called Jesus **Teacher** and asked what he had to do to inherit eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1292 27:1 avi9 to inherit eternal life 1 This could mean ‘to have life with God forever’ or ‘so that God will give me life with him forever’ or ‘to receive eternal life from God.’ The law expert was asking how he could be worthy to receive eternal life as an inheritance from God the Father.
1293 27:1 h4sg eternal life 1 This refers to life forever with God after the mortal body dies. See the key term page for eternal life.
1294 27:1 eny6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “What is written in God’s law?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked him what was written in God’s law.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1295 27:1 kpzh What is written in God’s law? 1 This could mean ‘What is written in God’s law about this?’ Jesus asked this question because he wanted the man to think about what God’s law really teaches.
1296 27:1 jjel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive What is written 1 This can be stated in active form: “What did God say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1297 27:2 t9hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations The man said, “It says, ‘Love the Lord your God with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love your neighbor as yourself.’” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “The man said that we must love the Lord our God with all our heart, soul, strength, and mind. And love our neighbor as ourself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1298 27:2 hug1 Love the Lord your God 1 You may choose to say: “We must love the Lord our God.” Make sure it does not sound like the man is commanding Jesus. Rather, he is quoting what God’s law commands people to do.
1299 27:2 uhxo with all your heart, soul, strength, and mind 1 This could mean ‘with your whole self’ or ‘with every part of yourself.’ In some languages this might be translated as: “with all your liver, breath, strength, and thoughts.” The focus is not on each of these parts, but on all of us. Use the concepts in your language that make up the whole person.
1300 27:2 ew0j heart 1 The heart refers to the part of a person that has desires and emotions.
1301 27:2 ozsd soul 1 The soul refers to the nonphysical, spiritual part of a person.
1302 27:2 vywb strength 1 Strength refers to the physical body and all of its abilities.
1303 27:2 l92k mind 1 The mind refers to the part of a person that thinks, plans, and has ideas.
1304 27:2 r9fx neighbor 1 Although the word **neighbor** normally refers to a person who lives near us, the Jews applied the term to everyone except close relatives, foreigners, and enemies.
1305 27:2 dloa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis love your neighbor as yourself 1 This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: “love your neighbor as you love yourself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1306 27:2 w6ox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as yourself 1 That is, he should love his neighbor to the same extent that he loves himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1307 27:2 xvt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “You are correct! If you do this, you will have eternal life.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him that he was correct! If he did this, he would have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1308 27:2 n0iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you will have eternal life 1 This can be stated in active form: “God will give you eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1309 27:3 ir33 the law expert 1 This could mean ‘the expert in the Jewish law.’ See how you translated this term in [27:01](27/01).
1310 27:3 djkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he asked Jesus, “Well then, who is my neighbor?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “he asked Jesus who was his neighbor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1311 27:3 vg3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit who is my neighbor? 1 This could also be translated as: “what do you mean by ‘neighbor’?” or “which people are my neighbors?” He knew that he did not love everyone, and was asking which people he needed to love. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312 27:4 xm89 General Information 1 The cloud-like frame around this picture indicates that Jesus is telling a story, and not necessarily explaining a historical event.
1313 27:4 u6y0 the law expert 1 See how you translated this term in [27:01](27/01).
1314 27:4 zbcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables a story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1315 27:4 doyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a Jewish man 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1316 27:4 uzav from Jerusalem to Jericho 1 In some languages you could translate this as: “from the city of Jerusalem to the city of Jericho” or “from Jerusalem City to Jericho City.”
1317 27:5 jvwb General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
1318 27:5 d3y3 everything he had 1 This could mean ‘everything he had with him, including the clothes he was wearing.’
1319 27:6 goxj General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
1320 27:6 yg9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Soon after that, a Jewish priest 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1321 27:6 kcmc happened to walk down 1 This could mean ‘happened to be traveling along.’ For some languages, it may be necessary to use a word like ‘travel’ rather than **walk** since the priest was not just walking on the road but was traveling to get to another city.
1322 27:6 t07w kept on going 1 This could mean ‘continued traveling down the road.’
1323 27:6 o6ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He completely ignored that man 1 This was surprising because the priests were very religious, and would have been expected to help their fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1324 27:6 x2is ignored that man 1 This could mean ‘did not help that man’ or ‘showed no concern for that man.’
1325 27:7 icdp General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
1326 27:7 vl4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Not long after that, a Levite 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1327 27:7 tfqz came down the road 1 This could mean ‘was traveling down that same road.’
1328 27:7 rlx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background (Levites were a tribe of Jews who helped the priests at the Temple.) 1 This is background information to tell the reader who the Levites were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1329 27:7 k9cg Levites were a tribe of Jews 1 This could mean ‘Levites were from the Israelite tribe of Levi’ or ‘Levites were from the Israelite clan of Levi.’
1330 27:7 rbi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He also ignored that man 1 This was surprising because the Levites served in the Temple, and would have been expected to help their fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1331 27:7 fluz ignored 1 This could mean ‘did not help.’
1332 27:8 ij2w General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
1333 27:8 rbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants The next person to walk down that road was a man from Samaria 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1334 27:8 qmz6 to walk down 1 This could mean ‘to travel along.’ These people were traveling from one city to another. Make sure that it does not sound like they were just taking a walk.
1335 27:8 ih48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background (Samaritans and Jews hated each other.) 1 This is background information to tell the reader that the Samaritans and Jews were enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1336 27:8 okln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He saw he was Jewish, but he still had very strong compassion for him 1 This was surprising because the the Jews and Samaritans hated each other, so he would not have been expected to help the Jewish man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1337 27:9 xo4j General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
1338 27:9 ah4l his own donkey 1 Make sure it is clear that **his** refers to the Samaritan.
1339 27:9 kxh7 an inn by the road 1 This could mean ‘a lodging place along the road.’ This is a place where travelers could get food and stay overnight.
1340 27:10 gmxm General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
1341 27:10 t413 to continue his journey 1 This could be translated as: “to continue traveling toward his destination.”
1342 27:10 cwq3 in charge of 1 This could mean ‘who managed.’ It could be that this person also owned this lodging place.
1343 27:10 akoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes He said to him, ‘Take care of this man. If you spend any more money than this, I will repay those expenses when I return.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “He told him to take care of the man, and if he spent any more money than this, he would repay those expenses when he returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1344 27:10 w7a9 Take care of this man 1 In order for it to be clear that this was a polite request, not an order, for some languages, it may be preferable to say: “Please take care of this man.”
1345 27:10 pek5 will repay those expenses 1 This could also be translated as: “will repay you” or “will pay back that money” or “will repay it.”
1346 27:11 zdou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus asked the law expert, “What do you think? Which one of the three men was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked the law expert which of the three men he thought was a neighbor to the man who was robbed and beaten.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1347 27:11 t77c the law expert 1 This could mean ‘the expert in the Jewish law.’ See how you translated this term in [27:01](27/01).
1348 27:11 o4ww the three men 1 The three men were the priest, the Levite, and the Samaritan.
1349 27:11 i1zr was a neighbor 1 This can also be translated as: “behaved as a neighbor” or “was a friend” or “acted in a loving way.” See how you translated **neighbor** in [27:02](27/02) and [27:03](27/03).
1350 27:11 vs30 a neighbor 1 Jesus is using the word **neighbor** in a broader sense than in [27:02](27/02). **Neighbor** here refers to anyone that we meet who needs our help.
1351 27:11 in6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations He replied, “The one who was merciful to him.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He replied that it was the one who was merciful to him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1352 27:11 zj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus told him, “You go and do the same.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to go and to do the same.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1353 27:11 bfbo You go and do 1 This could mean ‘You, too, should go and do’ or ‘Now you must do.’ Jesus was commanding the law expert to do as the Samaritan did.
1354 27:11 c5e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis do the same 1 This could mean ‘love others, even your enemies.’ Make sure it does not sound like “the same” is only referring to helping a wounded man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1355 27:11 l7le A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1356 28:0 d97t title The Rich Young Ruler 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how a wealthy and important young man came to speak to Jesus” or “What happened when a wealthy and important young man came to speak to Jesus?”
1357 28:1 zk96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1358 28:1 vv2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants a rich young ruler 1 This man was already a rich and powerful political official, even though he was still young. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1359 28:1 qm3a came up to Jesus 1 This could mean ‘approached Jesus.’
1360 28:1 r5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations asked him, “Good teacher, what must I do to have eternal life?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “asked him what he must do to have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1361 28:1 s95n Good teacher 1 This could mean ‘righteous teacher.’ He was not saying that Jesus was simply a skilled teacher.
1362 28:1 xlgd to have eternal life 1 This could mean ‘to receive eternal life’ or ‘to live with God forever.’ Also consider how **eternal life** was translated in [27:01](27/01) and see the note about that there.
1363 28:1 hcdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to him, “Why do you call me ‘good’? There is only one who is good, and that is God. But if you want to have eternal life, obey God’s laws.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus asked him why he called him ‘good’ since there is only one who is good, and that is God. Then he told him to obey God’s laws in order to have eternal life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1364 28:1 e3t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you call me ‘good’? 1 Jesus is not denying that he is good. Rather, he is asking if the ruler understands that Jesus is God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1365 28:1 giwx There is only one who is good, and that is God 1 Other ways to say this are: “The only one who is truly good is God” or “God is the only one who is truly good.”
1366 28:2 fegm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations “Which ones do I need to obey?” he asked 1 This could mean ‘Which laws do I need to obey in order to receive eternal life?’ This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “He asked him which laws he needed to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1367 28:2 r3fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus replied, “Do not murder. Do not commit adultery. Do not steal. Do not lie. Honor your father and mother, and love your neighbor as you love yourself.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus replied that he must not commit murder, or commit adultery, or steal, or lie, and must honor his father and mother, and love his neighbor as he loves himself.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1368 28:2 hpk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile as you love yourself 1 This could mean ‘as much as you love yourself’ or ‘to the same degree that you love yourself.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1369 28:3 xg6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations the young man said, “I have obeyed all these laws ever since I was a boy. What do I still need to do in order to live forever?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “the young man said that he had obeyed all these laws ever since he was a boy, and asked what he still needed to do in order to live forever.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1370 28:3 sv0d ever since I was a boy 1 Another way to say this would be: “from the time I was a child until now.”
1371 28:3 w9mk What do I still need to do 1 This could mean ‘What else do I need to do’ or ‘What do I need to do in addition to these’
1372 28:3 n7ks loved him 1 Jesus had compassion on him. Choose a word for love that is consistent with the kind of love God has for people.
1373 28:4 u4ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “If you want to be perfect, then go and sell everything you own and give the money to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come and follow me.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus answered that if he wanted to be perfect, then he should go and sell everything he owned and give the money to the poor, and he would have treasure in heaven. Then he should come and follow him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1374 28:4 cjo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you 1 If your language has different words for **you** depending on the number of people intended, use the singular form. Jesus was addressing this command to this one man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1375 28:4 h2t2 perfect 1 This could mean ‘completely righteous.’
1376 28:4 fho7 everything you own 1 This could mean ‘all of your possessions.’
1377 28:4 njgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj the poor 1 That is, the poor people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1378 28:4 wesb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor treasure in heaven 1 The phrase **treasure in heaven** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1379 28:4 blka treasure 1 This could also be translated as: “riches” or “great wealth.”
1380 28:4 ld52 in heaven 1 This could also be translated as: “located in heaven when you arrive there.” This treasure will exist ‘there and then,’ as opposed to the wealth that Jesus asked the young man to give up ‘here and now.’
1381 28:5 u2yp heard what Jesus said 1 This could mean ‘heard Jesus tell him to give away what he owned.’
1382 28:6 f620 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to his disciples, “It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! Yes, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told his disciples that it is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! He said that it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1383 28:6 zn4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations It is extremely hard for rich people to enter into the kingdom of God! 1 This is a strong statement that it is extremely hard for rich people to be saved. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1384 28:6 s095 to enter into the kingdom of God 1 This can also be translated as: “to become a citizen in God’s kingdom.”
1385 28:6 i3yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God 1 This is an exaggerated statement in order to emphasize the difficulty of a rich person being saved. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1386 28:6 ycm5 a camel 1 Camels are very large animals that are often used to carry heavy loads. If camels are not known in your language area, a phrase such as ‘a very large animal’ or ‘a beast of burden’ could be used. If you choose to substitute the name of some other large animal, such as ‘an ox’ or ‘a donkey,’ make sure that the animal would have been known by the people Jesus was talking to.
1387 28:6 ri66 the eye of a needle 1 This refers to the tiny hole in the end of a sewing needle. The idea of something as large as a camel going through the eye of a needle is intended to represent something that is impossible.
1388 28:7 drs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit they were shocked 1 This could mean ‘greatly astonished.’ They believed that God made people rich because they were more righteous than other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1389 28:7 stm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They said, “If it is like this, who will God save?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “They asked who God would save it it was like this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1390 28:7 peg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion If it is like this, who will God save? 1 This could also be translated as: “If God does not allow rich people to have eternal life, how can anyone else be saved?” This is perhaps a rhetorical question that means ‘If God does not save rich people, then it seems like he will not save anyone!’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1391 28:7 mcbh save 1 Here it refers to God not judging or condemning them for their sin, and allowing them to be citizens in his kingdom.
1392 28:8 ytgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “It is impossible for people to save themselves. But nothing is impossible for God to do.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “said that it is impossible for people to save themselves, but nothing is impossible for God to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1393 28:8 ssic nothing is impossible for God to do 1 This could also be translated as: “God is able to do anything, even save a rich person” or “God is able to do impossible things, so he can save even a rich person.”
1394 28:9 wtfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to Jesus, “We disciples have left everything and followed you. What will be our reward?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told Jesus that the disciples had left everything and followed him, and asked what their reward would be.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1395 28:9 gdzx left everything 1 This could mean ‘left everything behind’ or ‘given up everything we owned.’
1396 28:9 jgvr What will be our reward? 1 Other ways to say this are: “What reward will we receive” or “How will we be rewarded?” or “What will God give us as a reward?” It may also be necessary to add, “because we have done this?”
1397 28:10 sept rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus answered, “Everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for my sake will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life. But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told them that everyone who has left houses, brothers, sisters, father, mother, children, or property for his sake will receive 100 times more and will also receive eternal life. He said that many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1398 28:10 nl1d has left 1 This could mean ‘has left behind’ or ‘has given up’ or ‘has counted as less important than God.’
1399 28:10 nq7w for my sake 1 This may also be translated as: “because of me” or “on my account.”
1400 28:10 sbrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 100 times more 1 This could mean ‘very much more than he had before.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1401 28:10 alnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first 1 Here **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1402 28:10 fskc many who are first will be last 1 This could mean ‘many people who are important now, will not be important then.’
1403 28:10 u0so many who are last will be first 1 This could mean ‘many people who are considered to not be very important on earth will be considered very important in heaven’ or ‘Many people who are considered now to be of little value on earth will be highly valued in heaven.’
1404 28:10 gtgs A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1405 29:0 w1gl title The Story of the Unmerciful Servant 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened when a servant did not show mercy” or “What happened when a servant did not show mercy?”
1406 29:1 nwgn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1407 29:1 ti89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations asked Jesus, “Master, how many times should I forgive my brother when he sins against me? Up to seven times?” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “called Jesus his master and asked him if he should forgive his brother as many as seven times when he sins against him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1408 29:1 pecx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “Not seven times, but 70 times seven!” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to forgive not only seven times, but 70 times seven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1409 29:1 hh3z my brother 1 This term sometimes included people who were not actually siblings, but who shared another very strong connection such as religion, ethnic background, etc.
1410 29:1 ogk9 sins against me 1 This could also be translated as: “does something wrong against me.”
1411 29:1 gv5u Not seven times, but 70 times seven! 1 This could be translated as: “You should not forgive only seven times, rather you should forgive 70 times seven times.” Jesus was not talking about an exact number. He was saying that we should forgive people every time they sin against us.
1412 29:1 hzpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 70 times 1 This could also be written in words: “seventy times.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1413 29:1 tld3 By this, Jesus meant that we should always forgive 1 This could be translated as: “Jesus wanted to say that we should always forgive anyone who sins against us.”
1414 29:1 ihie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables this story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1415 29:2 ebyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “The kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants. One of his servants owed a huge debt worth 200,000 years’ wages.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that the kingdom of God is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants, one of whom owed a huge debt worth 200,000 years’ wages.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1416 29:2 t6h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is like 1 Other ways to say this are: “God’s rule over people is like” or “The way God rules people can be compared to.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1417 29:2 vvog is like a king who 1 This could be translated as: “is like the kingdom of a king who” or “can be compared with the rule of a king who.”
1418 29:2 qnof to settle accounts with his servants 1 This could mean ‘to collect the debts his servants owed him’ or ‘to collect the money his servants had borrowed from him.’
1419 29:2 ohux rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 200,000 1 This can be written in words: “two hundred thousand years.” It represents an exceptionally long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1420 29:3 euzc General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1421 29:3 ect3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes the king said, ‘Sell this man and his family as slaves to pay his debt.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “the king said to sell this man and his family as slaves to pay his debt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1422 29:3 m87r Sell this man and his family as slaves 1 This was a command from the king.
1423 29:3 y3dy to pay his debt 1 This could mean ‘to pay back the money he owed to the king.’
1424 29:3 gxjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to pay his debt 1 It can be stated that the reason the man would be sold was so that the money received from selling him could pay part of what he owed to they king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1425 29:4 gohy General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1426 29:4 zxec rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell on his knees 1 This could mean ‘quickly knelt down on the ground.’ This was a way to show his humility and his desire for the king to help him. Make sure it doesn’t sound like he fell down accidentally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1427 29:4 jbii before the king 1 This means: ‘in front of the king.’
1428 29:4 uao1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘Please be patient with me, and I will pay the full amount that I owe you.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and asked him to please be patient with him, and he would pay the full amount that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1429 29:4 r8n9 felt pity 1 This could mean ‘felt compassion for’ or ‘felt sorry for.’ The king knew that the servant and his family would suffer greatly if they were sold into slavery.
1430 29:4 wrmf canceled all of his debt 1 This can be translated as: “said that the servant did not need to pay back any of the money that he owed the king.”
1431 29:5 zn57 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1432 29:5 f7bw a fellow servant 1 This refers to another man who was also a servant of the king.
1433 29:5 ymsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘Pay me the money that you owe me!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and told him to pay him the money that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1434 29:6 uh7v General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1435 29:6 p4cw The fellow servant 1 Translate this phrase in the same way as in [29:05](29/05).
1436 29:6 wsre rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell on his knees 1 This phrase has the same meaning as in [29:04](29/04). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1437 29:6 hd4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘Please be patient with me, and I will pay the full amount that I owe you.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and asked him to please be patient with him, and he would pay the full amount that he owed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1438 29:6 do5l threw his fellow servant into prison 1 This could also be translated as: “had the man put into prison.” The word **threw** is figurative and means it was done in a forceful way.
1439 29:7 xl88 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1440 29:7 k1jm what had happened 1 This could mean ‘that the servant had refused to cancel the other servant’s debt and had put him into prison.’
1441 29:7 xrmc were greatly disturbed 1 This could mean ‘deeply grieved’ or ‘very distressed.’
1442 29:7 xt2u everything 1 This could mean ‘they told the king what the servant had done to his fellow servant.’
1443 29:8 d6m0 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1444 29:8 rmyy called the servant 1 This could mean ‘commanded the servant to come to him’ or ‘ordered his guards to bring the servant to him.’
1445 29:8 ltlv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and said, ‘You wicked servant! I forgave your debt because you begged me. You should have done the same.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and called him a wicked servant. He said that he had forgiven him his debts because he begged him. He should have done the same.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1446 29:8 fnt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations You wicked servant! 1 The king said this to emphasize how wicked the servant was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1447 29:8 l54d begged me 1 This could be translated as: “pleaded with me” or “urgently asked me to be merciful.”
1448 29:8 x7w1 You should have done the same 1 This could mean ‘You should have forgiven the man who owed you, just as I forgave you.’
1449 29:8 lala rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit threw 1 This could mean ‘commanded his guards to put.’ Consider how **threw** was translated in frame [29:06](29/06). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1450 29:9 oftp Then Jesus said 1 Some languages may add: “to his disciples.”
1451 29:9 w36a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said, “This is what my heavenly Father will do to every one of you if you do not forgive your brother from your heart.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus said that his heavenly Father will do this to every one of his disciples if they do not forgive their brother from their heart.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1452 29:9 e9jm This 1 **This** refers back to the way the king punished the unforgiving servant in [29:08](29/08).
1453 29:9 hpof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns you & you & your & your 1 All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1454 29:9 yp2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples my heavenly Father 1 This could mean ‘my Father in heaven.’ Jesus is expressing his unique, personal relationship to God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1455 29:9 nht8 your brother 1 See how you translated this in [29:01](29/01).
1456 29:9 i5ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom from your heart 1 The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means ‘sincerely.’ Alternate translation: “with sincerity” or “truly” or “genuinely” or “honestly.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1457 29:9 lj37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy heart 1 Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1458 29:9 j2wr A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1459 30:0 ihs2 title Jesus Feeds Thousands of People 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus fed thousands of people” or “What happened when Jesus fed thousands of people?”
1460 30:1 q198 a quiet place 1 This refers to a place with few people where they could be by themselves.
1461 30:2 fxjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background General Information 1 This is background information about how the crowd came to be with Jesus when he performed a miracle by feeding 5,000 people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1462 30:2 uvmn arrived 1 This could mean ‘got to the other side of the lake’ or ‘got there.’
1463 30:3 dxx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 5,000 men 1 This can be written in words: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1464 30:3 nish not counting the women and children 1 This could mean ‘not counting the women and children who were with them’ or ‘and there were also women and children in addition to the men.’ Another way to translate this could also be, “in addition, there were many women and children.”
1465 30:3 i9ov To Jesus 1 This could mean ‘Jesus knew that’ or ‘Jesus understood that.’
1466 30:3 tpsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile like sheep without a shepherd 1 This could be translated as: “vulnerable and lost, just like sheep are when they have no shepherd to take care of them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1467 30:4 ylj1 Late in the day 1 This could also be translated as: “When it was almost evening.”
1468 30:4 acvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations told Jesus, “It is late and there are no towns nearby. Send the people away so they can go get something to eat.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told Jesus that it was late and there were no towns nearby. So they asked him to send the people away so they could go get something to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1469 30:4 py4x Send the people away 1 This could be translated as: “Please tell the people to go to a town” or “Shouldn’t you tell the people to go somewhere?” or “Let the people go to a town.” Make sure it sounds like a polite request, not an order.
1470 30:5 n0lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to the disciples, “You give them something to eat!” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “told the disciples to give them something to eat.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1471 30:5 j3zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations You give them something to eat! 1 Jesus said this to emphasize that the disciples themselves should find food for the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1472 30:5 lk4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns You 1 The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1473 30:5 kbb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They responded, “How can we do that? We only have five loaves of bread and two small fish.” 1 This is a direct quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation: “They asked how they could do that, since they only had five loaves of bread and two small fish.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1474 30:5 tktc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion How can we do that? 1 This could be translated as: “We cannot do that!” or “It is impossible to do that!” The disciples were not asking an actual question. Rather, they were strongly expressing that they did not think this was possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1475 30:6 regi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus told his disciples to tell the people in the crowd to sit down on the grass in groups of 50 people each. 1 This is an indirect quotation. It can be stated as a direct quotation: “Jesus told his disciples, ‘Tell the people in the crowd to sit down on the grass in groups of 50 people each.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1476 30:6 yxte rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 50 people 1 This can be written as numerals: “fifty people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1477 30:7 ux63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Jesus took the five loaves of bread 1 He did not steal the loaves. Alternate translation: “Jesus held the five loaves of bread in his hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1478 30:7 x3o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit looked up to heaven 1 This refers to looking up, toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven was located above the sky. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1479 30:8 ud52 broke the bread and the fish 1 This could mean ‘tore the bread and the fish.’
1480 30:8 duc1 it never ran out! 1 Another way to say this would be: “there was always more left!”
1481 30:8 efwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom were satisfied 1 This could mean ‘were no longer hungry’ or ‘were not hungry anymore.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1482 30:9 v7rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 12 baskets 1 This can be stated with words: “twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1483 30:9 bw7i A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1484 31:0 x9ms title Jesus Walks on Water 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus walked on the sea” or “What happened when Jesus walked on the sea?”
1485 31:1 sl6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Jesus fed the crowd, he told the disciples to get into a boat. 1 This introduces a new event. Jesus would come to the disciples on the water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1486 31:1 zkua a mountainside 1 This could mean ‘the side of a mountain.’
1487 31:2 xjii During this time 1 This could mean ‘While Jesus was praying on the mountainside.’
1488 31:2 sgbk rowing their boat 1 The boat had a sail, but it would not have worked when the wind was against them.
1489 31:4 tqo4 a ghost 1 This could mean ‘a spirit.’ They thought Jesus was a spirit, since normally a human being cannot walk on water.
1490 31:4 xivx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations so he called out to them and said, “Do not be afraid. It is I!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “so he called out to them and told them not to be afraid, for it was he!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1491 31:4 roey Do not be afraid 1 For some languages, it may be more natural to say here: “Stop being afraid.”
1492 31:4 oerw It is I! 1 For some, it might be more natural to translate this as: “It is me, Jesus.”
1493 31:5 i7xv if it is you 1 This could mean ‘if it is really you, and not a ghost.’
1494 31:5 cdsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus told Peter, “Come!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told Peter to come to him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1495 31:5 ohqw Come! 1 This could mean ‘Come here’ or ‘Come to me’ or ‘Come, walk to me.’
1496 31:6 wazz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom turned his eyes away from 1 This expression means ‘looked away from.’ It could also be translated as: “stopped looking at.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1497 31:7 qm2s You have so little faith! 1 This may also be translated as: “You have so little faith in me!” or “You do not trust me very much!”
1498 31:7 j03s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why did you not trust me to keep you safe? 1 Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1499 31:8 flae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The disciples were amazed 1 If you need to be more specific, it can be stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “They were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1500 31:8 wiiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations They worshiped him and said to him, “Truly, you are the Son of God.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “They worshiped him and said to him that he was truly the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1501 31:8 jp42 Truly, you are the Son of God 1 Other ways to say this would be: “You really are the Son of God” or “It really is true that you are the Son of God.”
1502 31:8 el54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1503 31:8 tfre A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1504 32:0 ayl6 title Jesus Heals a Demon-Possessed Man & a Sick Woman 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus healed a sick woman and a man who was possessed by a demon” or “What happened when Jesus healed a sick woman and a man who was possessed by a demon?”
1505 32:1 zhy5 the Gerasene people 1 The Gerasenes lived in an area along the eastern shore of the Sea of Galilee. They were descendants of the Jews, but we know few details about them.
1506 32:2 v3l7 was demon possessed 1 This could mean ‘had demons in him’ or ‘was controlled by evil spirits.’
1507 32:3 kc2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background This man was so strong that nobody could control him. Sometimes people even fastened his arms and legs with chains, but he kept breaking them. 1 This is background information about the man who was possessed by a demon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1508 32:3 kibg fastened his arms and legs 1 This could mean ‘restrained’ or ‘bound.’
1509 32:3 bwww kept breaking them 1 Some languages may need to say: “kept breaking the chains.”
1510 32:4 l809 among the tombs 1 This could mean ‘near the tombs’ or ‘around the tombs.’
1511 32:5 l2aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction knelt down in front of him 1 This was a symbolic action to show that he was submitting to Jesus and asking for his help. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1512 32:5 otbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “Come out of this man!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told him to come out of the man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1513 32:6 q645 cried out 1 This could mean ‘shouted’ or ‘exclaimed.’
1514 32:6 p9m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What do you want with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? 1 This is not a real question asking for information. The demon was terrified that Jesus would judge him. Some languages will have to express this as a statement such as: “Please do not judge me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1515 32:6 mvqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom What do you want with me 1 This expression means ‘What are you going to do to me?’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1516 32:6 z64a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of the Most High God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1517 32:6 i2bg the Most High God 1 This could mean ‘the Supreme God’ or ‘the Most Sovereign God’ or ‘the Most Powerful God.’ The meaning of **high** here refers to God’s greatness. It does not refer to altitude or being tall.
1518 32:6 jwuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor “My name is Legion, because we are many.” 1 A legion was a group of several thousand soldiers in the Roman army. The name **Legion** is a metaphor that speaks of the demons as if they were a large group of soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1519 32:6 tkhy Legion 1 This was the name of the group of demons, but it also indicates that the evil spirits were very numerous. Use the name if the note that follows will make the meaning clear in your language. If not, you may need to translate the word as something like ‘Army’ or ‘Crowd’ or ‘Thousands.’
1520 32:6 rp85 we are many 1 This could mean ‘there are many of us’ or ‘we are many demons.’
1521 32:7 l37p do not send us 1 This could mean ‘do not make us go.’
1522 32:7 ixnw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background There was a herd of pigs feeding on a nearby hill. 1 This is background information about the pigs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1523 32:7 k8ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Please send us 1 This could mean ‘Please let us go.’ Here **us** is exclusive. It refers to the demons only, and does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1524 32:7 a6m0 instead 1 This could mean ‘instead of making us go away.’
1525 32:8 swji rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 2,000 pigs 1 This can be written in words: “two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1526 32:8 m913 herd 1 This could mean ‘herd of pigs’ or ‘group of pigs.’ Many languages have specific names for groups of animals, such as “flock of sheep,” “herd of cattle,” “pack of dogs,” and “school of fish.” Use a word that can appropriately be used for a large group of pigs.
1527 32:9 f8we what happened 1 This could mean ‘how Jesus sent the demons out of the man and into the pigs.’
1528 32:9 d0ip who used to have the demons 1 This could mean ‘in whom the demons had lived’ or ‘who had been controlled by the evil spirits.’
1529 32:10 wemf The people 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “The people from that region” or “The Gerasene people.”
1530 32:10 xgcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis were very afraid and asked Jesus to leave 1 This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: “were very afraid of Jesus and asked him to leave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1531 32:10 k9zs begged to go along with Jesus 1 This could mean ‘begged Jesus to let him go with him’ or ‘earnestly asked Jesus if he could go with him.’
1532 32:11 sb69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Jesus said to him, “No. I want you to go home and tell everyone what God has done for you. Tell them how he has had mercy on you.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Jesus told him to go home and tell everyone what God has done for him, and to tell them how God had mercy on him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1533 32:11 vxwr how he has had mercy on you 1 This can be translated as: “how he has shown mercy to you” or “that he has been merciful to you.”
1534 32:12 hpr3 heard his story 1 This could mean ‘heard the man tell what had happened to him.’
1535 32:13 pcjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Jesus returned to the other side of the lake 1 It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. This can be clearly stated: “Jesus and his disciples returned to the other side of the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1536 32:13 iiyi pressed in on him 1 This could mean ‘pushed tightly against him’ or ‘crowded in tightly around him.’
1537 32:13 slsz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants In the crowd was a woman 1 This introduces the woman as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1538 32:13 c2ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism a bleeding problem 1 The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1539 32:13 rarc she only got worse 1 This could mean ‘her condition only got worse’ or ‘ her health got worse instead of better’ or ‘instead she became more sick.’
1540 32:14 jtir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events I’m sure that if I can just touch Jesus’ clothes, then I will be healed too! 1 She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1541 32:14 ph1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit if I can just touch Jesus’ clothes 1 According to Jewish law, she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1542 32:14 akfo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I will be healed 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will heal me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1543 32:15 nu8w power had gone out from him 1 This may be translated as: “healing power had flowed from him into someone else” or “his power had healed someone.” Jesus did not lose any power because of this.
1544 32:15 ni4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he turned around and asked, “Who touched me?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “he turned around and asked who touched him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1545 32:15 rte6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Why did you ask, ‘Who touched me?’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Why did you ask who touched you?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1546 32:16 m3ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell on her knees 1 This could mean ‘quickly knelt down.’ She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1547 32:16 yw90 before Jesus 1 This could mean ‘in front of Jesus.’
1548 32:16 gowt shaking and very afraid 1 This could mean ‘shaking with fear’ or ‘trembling because she was afraid.’
1549 32:16 hwcl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Your faith has healed you 1 Here **faith** is an abstract noun. This could also be translated as: “God has healed you because you trusted in him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1550 32:16 gtak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Go in peace 1 People spoke this traditional blessing when they left each other. Other languages may say something similar such as: “Go well” or “Go with God” or “Peace.” Other ways of translating it could be: “May you have peace as you go” or “Go and know that all is well between us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1551 32:16 ao7r A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1552 33:0 yde8 title The Story of the Farmer 1 This title can also be translated as: “About a farmer who planted some seed” or “What happened when a farmer planted some seed?”
1553 33:1 vlho One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story.
1554 33:2 k6pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables this story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1555 33:2 pqdq spreading the seed by hand 1 This could mean ‘throwing the seed on the soil’ or ‘covering all of his crop soil with seed.’ This is the way that farmers in the ancient Middle East typically planted grain-bearing crops.
1556 33:3 tetf General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1557 33:3 euk2 the rocky ground 1 This could mean ‘ground that was full of rocks.’
1558 33:4 gqrv General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1559 33:4 l4zy choked it out 1 This can also be translated as: “overshadowed it” or “crowded it out.”
1560 33:4 ngsw the thorny ground 1 This could mean ‘the ground that was covered with thorny bushes.’
1561 33:5 opfp General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1562 33:5 ovgi good soil 1 This could mean ‘fertile soil’ or ‘soil that was good for growing plants.’
1563 33:5 d00v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 30, 60, or even 100 times 1 This can be written in words: “thirty, sixty, or even one hundred times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1564 33:6 zxhf This story confused the disciples. 1 This could mean ‘The disciples did not understand this story.’
1565 33:6 w0xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The seed is the word of God 1 The **word** represents God’s message. Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “The sowing of the seed is teaching people God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1566 33:6 dsw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The path is a person who hears God’s word, but does not understand it 1 The **path** represents the person who hears God’s word. Alternate translation: “The path is like the person who hears God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1567 33:6 hutj is a person 1 This comparison can also be translated as: “is like a person” or “represents a person” or “refers to a person” or “is speaking about a person.”
1568 33:6 u1hf takes the word away from him 1 This may also be translated as: “takes God’s word away, causing him to forget it” or “steals the word from his heart so he won’t believe it and be saved.” You may also add the following: ‘just as birds eat up the seed that falls on a path.’
1569 33:7 klp3 General Information 1 Jesus continues to explain the story.
1570 33:7 q48p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The rocky ground is a person who hears God’s word and accepts it with joy 1 The **rocky ground** represents the person who hears and accepts God’s word for a short time. Alternate translation: “The rocky ground is like the person who hears God’s message and accepts it with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1571 33:7 bnty The rocky ground 1 See how you translated this term in [33:03](33/03).
1572 33:7 k2y7 is a person 1 See how you translated this comparison in [33:06](33/06).
1573 33:7 ahsh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor accepts it with joy 1 This metaphor speaks of believing God’s word as accepting it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” or “joyfully agrees that it is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1574 33:7 a131 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he suffers hardships, or when other people make him suffer 1 It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “he suffers because he believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1575 33:7 excn falls away 1 This could mean ‘no longer follows God or obeys him’ or ‘stops following or obeying God.’
1576 33:8 fy7n General Information 1 Jesus continues to explain the story.
1577 33:8 gju8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The thorny ground is a person who hears God’s word 1 The **thorny ground** represents the person who hears God’s word, but then ignores it. Alternate translation: “The thorny ground is like the person who hears God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1578 33:8 rjvv The thorny ground 1 See how you translated this term in [33:04](33/04).
1579 33:8 hquv is a person 1 See how you translated this comparison in [33:06](33/06).
1580 33:8 hkcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile He is like wheat stalks 1 Jesus speaks of the person as if he is like stalks of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1581 33:8 snd9 do not produce any grain 1 This could mean ‘do not produce spiritual fruit’ or ‘do not behave in a way that shows God’s Spirit is working in him.’
1582 33:8 l95z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor grain 1 Jesus speaks of a person’s good works as if they were grain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1583 33:9 w01v General Information 1 Jesus continues to explain the story.
1584 33:9 affc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the seed in the good soil is a person who hears the word of God, believes it, and produces fruit 1 The **seed in the good soil** represents the person who hears and believes God’s word, and produces fruit as a result. Alternate translation: “The seed in the good soil is like the person who hears and understand God’s message, and then produces fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1585 33:9 iein the good soil 1 See how you translated this term in [33:05](33/05).
1586 33:9 kpme is a person 1 See how you translated this comparison in [33:06](33/06).
1587 33:9 rn5x produces fruit 1 This could mean ‘produces spiritual fruit’ or ‘behaves in a way that shows God’s Spirit is working in him.’
1588 33:9 ql63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor fruit 1 Jesus speaks of a person’s good works as if they were fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1589 33:9 kcid A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1590 34:0 e7o3 title Jesus Teaches Other Stories 1 This title can also be translated as: “About other stories that Jesus taught” or “What other stories did Jesus teach?”
1591 34:1 sb1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables stories 1 Jesus used these stories as parables to teach truths about God’s kingdom. It is not clear if the events actually happened or not. If your language has a term that includes both fictional and real stories, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1592 34:1 higf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed 1 This simile speaks of the kingdom of God as if it were a mustard seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1593 34:1 klsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the mustard seed is the smallest seed of all 1 Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1594 34:1 g96q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a mustard seed 1 This probably refers to the seed of the black mustard plant, which has tiny seeds that rapidly grow into very large plants. If there is a word for this plant in your language, you should use it. If not, you may need to substitute the name of another plant which has the same characteristics. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1595 34:1 ukaj the smallest seed of all 1 That means the smallest of all the seeds that people plant.
1596 34:2 n3eb General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1597 34:2 lw0c the mustard seed 1 See how you translated this term in [34:01](34/01).
1598 34:2 i0zu grows 1 You may want to add: “into a mature plant.”
1599 34:2 bd4g the garden plants 1 This can also be translated as: “the plants that would be planted in a garden.”
1600 34:2 d22d rest in 1 This may also be translated as: “sit on” or “perch on.”
1601 34:3 i9dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. See how you translated **story** in [34:01](34/01). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1602 34:3 kint rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is like yeast 1 The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were yeast that is mixed into dough. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1603 34:3 z84k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit yeast 1 This can also be translated as: “leaven” or “the little bit of leaven.” It is added to bread dough to make it rise. A little bit of yeast mixed into a large amount of dough makes the whole batch of dough rise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1604 34:3 j8qh bread dough 1 This is a mixture of flour and liquid that can be shaped and baked into bread. If you do not have words for dough or flour, you can borrow a word for flour or call it ‘ground-up grain.’
1605 34:3 olka it spreads throughout the dough 1 This could mean ‘every part of the dough has yeast in it’ or ‘the yeast grows throughout all the dough.’
1606 34:4 yeho General Information 1 Jesus told another story.
1607 34:4 vbog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is also like treasure 1 The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were a hidden treasure in a field. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1608 34:4 tfv1 treasure 1 This means something that is very valuable.
1609 34:4 a9xz buried it again 1 It is also possible to add: “so that no one else would find it.”
1610 34:4 v0ek filled with joy 1 Other ways to say this are: “very happy” or “excited.”
1611 34:4 wqvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit so he could buy that field where the treasure was 1 The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. This can be clearly stated: “so he could buy that field to make the treasure his own.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1612 34:5 fuij General Information 1 Jesus continues with another story about the kingdom of God.
1613 34:5 pke5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The kingdom of God is also like a perfect pearl of great value 1 The kingdom of God is spoken of as if it were a perfect pearl that was worth a lot of money. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1614 34:5 h206 a perfect pearl 1 This means ‘a pearl without any defects.’
1615 34:5 jrxk a pearl 1 If pearls are unknown, this can be translated as: “a beautiful stone” or “a beautiful stone-like thing.”
1616 34:5 wztw of great value 1 This could mean ‘that was very valuable’ or ‘that was worth a lot of money.’
1617 34:5 q8lj a pearl merchant 1 This could mean ‘a pearl dealer’ or ‘a pearl trader.’ This refers to a person whose business is buying and selling pearls.
1618 34:6 pr8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Jesus told them this story 1 Jesus told this story in the form of a parable. It may or may not refer to an event that actually happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1619 34:6 p83e story 1 See how you translated this term in [34:01](34/01).
1620 34:6 zvoa despised others 1 This could mean ‘considered other people to be inferior to them’ or ‘looked down on other people.’
1621 34:6 i35q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit a tax collector & a religious leader 1 Religious leaders thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1622 34:7 rvnz General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1623 34:7 n2cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector over there.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The religious leader prayed and thanked God that he was not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like the tax collector.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1624 34:7 phgz The religious leader prayed like this 1 Other ways to say this are: “This is how the religious leader prayed” or “The religious leader prayed in this way.”
1625 34:7 on5e I am not a sinner like 1 This could mean ‘I am not sinful like’ or ‘I am righteous, not like.’
1626 34:7 k1s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector 1 The Pharisees believed that tax collectors were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. This could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1627 34:7 zn36 unjust men 1 This could mean ‘men who are not righteous’ or ‘people who do evil things’ or ‘law breakers.’
1628 34:8 isnw General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell of the religious leader’s prayer.
1629 34:8 kl1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ‘For example, I fast two times every week and I give you ten percent of all the money and goods that I receive.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “‘The religious leader said he fasted fast two times every week and gave God ten percent of all the money and goods that he received.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1630 34:8 kvvk I fast 1 The religious ruler believed that doing this would earn favor with God.
1631 34:8 paqc ten percent 1 This means one-tenth.
1632 34:9 svw7 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1633 34:9 l8kf stood far away 1 This can also be translated as: “stood at a distance” or “stayed separate.”
1634 34:9 qosx did not even look up to heaven 1 The word **up** indicates that people normally looked up to heaven when praying to God, but that this man did not because he was so ashamed of his sin.
1635 34:9 ccf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction he pounded on his chest with his fist 1 This could also be translated as: “because of his grief, he hit his chest with his fist” or “he pounded his chest in sorrow.” If people would find this hard to understand because they beat their chest for other reasons, you could translate this as: “he showed his despair.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1636 34:9 xgfo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “and prayed and begged God to be merciful to him because he was a sinner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1637 34:10 crun declared him to be righteous 1 This could mean ‘considered him to be a righteous person.’ Even though the tax collector was a sinner, God was merciful to him because of his humility and repentance.
1638 34:10 zibl will dishonor 1 This could also be translated as: “will give a lower status to” or “will cause to not be important.” It could be translated figuratively as: “will bring down.”
1639 34:10 dzwa will honor 1 This could mean ‘will give a higher position to.’
1640 34:10 prwr humbles himself 1 This could mean ‘chooses to behave in a humble way’ or ‘has a humble attitude about himself.’
1641 34:10 hg0f A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1642 35:0 mi21 title The Story of the Compassionate Father 1 This title can also be translated as: “About a father who had compassion on his son” or “What happened when a father had compassion on his son?”
1643 35:1 krov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1644 35:1 vlnv tax collectors 1 Tax collectors were considered to be the worst of sinners because often they stole money from people by collecting a higher tax than the government required and keeping the difference for themselves.
1645 35:2 f28j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables story 1 Jesus used this story to teach truths about God’s kingdom. It is not clear if the events actually happened or not. If your language has a term that includes both fictional and real stories, you should use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1646 35:3 itd4 General Information 1 Jesus tells the story.
1647 35:3 rsib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a man 1 This introduces a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1648 35:3 w453 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes told his father, ‘Father, I want my inheritance now!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “told his father that he wanted his inheritance right away!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1649 35:3 fc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations I want my inheritance now! 1 The son said this to emphasize that he was not willing to wait until after his father died in order to receive his inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1650 35:3 tso9 my inheritance 1 This could be translated as: “the part of your wealth that will be rightfully mine when you die.”
1651 35:3 z285 property 1 This could mean ‘wealth’ or ‘possessions.’ This property would probably have included land, animals, and money.
1652 35:4 rjsn General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1653 35:4 hydp wasted his money 1 This could mean ‘spent all his money without getting anything of value in exchange.’ In some languages it can be translated as: “threw his money away” or “ate all his money.”
1654 35:4 qesc sinful living 1 This could mean ‘doing sinful things.’
1655 35:5 q7w6 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1656 35:5 s4cq a severe famine occurred 1 This could mean ‘there was very little food.’ In some languages this might be translated as: “there was a severe famine.”
1657 35:5 mwr3 no money to buy food 1 Because of the famine, food was very expensive, and he had already spent all of his money.
1658 35:5 cgue job 1 This refers to work that he would do for someone else in exchange for money. If this is not clear, this sentence could start with: “So in order to earn some money, he took the only job.”
1659 35:5 ta0t feeding pigs 1 This could mean ‘giving food to pigs.’ This would have been considered as one of the lowest jobs in society at this time. If your language has a certain word for low status jobs, use that word.
1660 35:6 j0j3 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1661 35:6 fhb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes said to himself, ‘What am I doing? All my father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet here I am starving. I will go back to my father and ask to be one of his servants.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “asked himself what he was doing! All his father’s servants have plenty to eat, and yet he was there starving. He decided to go back to his father and ask to be one of his father’s servants.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1662 35:6 nykr What am I doing? 1 The son isn’t really asking a question, so some languages will have to translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why am I living like this?” or “I should not be living like this!” or “It doesn’t make sense for me to live like this.”
1663 35:7 b20j General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1664 35:7 axlx still far away 1 This can also be translated as: “within sight of his father’s home, but still a distance away.” The son was getting close to his father’s house but was still far enough away that most people in the house would not have seen him. Make sure it does not sound like he was still in a different country.
1665 35:7 wipt felt compassion 1 This could mean ‘felt deep love and pity.’
1666 35:7 ei7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit hugged him and kissed him 1 The father did this to show his son that he loved him and was glad that the son was coming home. If people think that it is strange or wrong for a man to embrace or hug and kiss his son, you can substitute a way that men in your culture show affection to their sons. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1667 35:8 j8us General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1668 35:8 dv54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes said, ‘Father, I have sinned against God and against you. I am not worthy to be your son.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “told his father that he had sinned against God and against his father, and was not worthy to be his son.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1669 35:8 bqxv sinned against God and against you 1 This could be translated as: “sinned against God, and I have also sinned against you.”
1670 35:8 lfr0 I am not worthy 1 It is also possible to say: “So I am not worthy” or “As a result, I am not worthy.”
1671 35:9 rpvp General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1672 35:9 rys5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes servants, ‘Go quickly and bring the best clothes and put them on my son! Put a ring on his finger and put sandals on his feet. Then kill the best calf so we can have a feast and celebrate, because my son was dead, but now he is alive! He was lost, but now we have found him!’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “servants to go quickly and bring the best clothes and put them on his son, and to put a ring on his finger and put sandals on his feet! He also told him to kill the best calf so they could have a feast and celebrate, because his son was dead, but now he is alive! He was lost, but now he had found him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1673 35:9 ermm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction Put a ring on his finger 1 A ring was a sign of authority that men wore on one of their fingers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1674 35:9 dm31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit put sandals on his feet 1 Wealthy people of that time wore sandals. However, in many cultures the modern equivalent would be ‘shoes.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1675 35:9 a9yh the best calf 1 This could also be translated as: “the fattest calf.” This was the calf that had been fattened so that, when cooked, it would taste the best.
1676 35:9 r8yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations my son was dead, but now he is alive! 1 This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. This could mean ‘This is like my son was dead and is alive again!’ or ‘I grieved as if my son had died, but now I rejoice because it is as if he has come back to life!’ The father is using this expression to show how happy he is that his son has come home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1677 35:9 ohoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He was lost, but now we have found him! 1 This metaphor speaks of the son being gone as if he were lost. This could mean ‘This is like my son was lost and I have found him again!’ or ‘I grieved as if my son were lost, but now I rejoice because it is as if I have found him again!’ The father is using this expression to show how happy he is that his son has come home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1678 35:10 hpsa General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1679 35:10 vebc Before long 1 This can also be translated as: “Soon” or “After a little while.”
1680 35:11 ksi6 General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1681 35:12 vwjq General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1682 35:12 dbre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations All these years I have worked faithfully for you! 1 The son said this to his father to emphasize that he thought his father was treating him unfairly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1683 35:12 p8q1 one small goat 1 A small goat would have fed fewer people than the best calf, and would not be valued as much. The older brother is complaining that his father was treating the sinful younger son better than him.
1684 35:12 b1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit this son of yours 1 This expression shows that the older son was angry. It shows his rejection of his younger brother and his disapproval of his father for welcoming back this wayward son. Other languages may also have an indirect way of communicating these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1685 35:12 e2k0 wasted your money 1 This could mean ‘squandered the money that you gave him’ or ‘devoured your wealth.’ If possible, use an expression that shows the brother’s anger.
1686 35:12 u8gb killed the best calf 1 This could mean ‘killed the best calf to eat at a feast.’
1687 35:13 pq7n General Information 1 Jesus continues the story.
1688 35:13 es8g it is right for us 1 This could mean ‘it is the right thing for us to do’ or ‘it is proper for us.’
1689 35:13 wbhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit your brother 1 The father refers to his younger son as **your brother** to remind the older son of his relationship to the younger son and of how he should love his younger brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1690 35:13 f919 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor was dead, but now is alive 1 See how you translated this in [35:09](35/09). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1691 35:13 w5z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He was lost, but now we have found him! 1 See how you translated this in [35:09](35/09). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1692 35:13 t78d A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1693 36:0 wosa title The Transfiguration 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when the disciples saw Jesus change before them” or “What happened when the disciples saw Jesus change before them?”
1694 36:1 k18c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1695 36:1 nxha James 1 This is a different James than the one who wrote the Book of James in the Bible. To make this clear, some languages may need to use two slightly different names or to spell them differently.
1696 36:2 vjum rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his face became as bright as the sun 1 This simile emphasizes how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1697 36:2 jg8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile His clothes became as white as light 1 This simile emphasizes how white Jesus’ clothes became. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1698 36:2 y69r whiter 1 This could mean ‘more white.’
1699 36:3 ou8k appeared 1 It is also possible to say: “appeared out of nowhere.” They suddenly were there.
1700 36:3 qg96 in Jerusalem 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “in the city of Jerusalem.”
1701 36:4 axp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive It is good for us to be here 1 It is not clear whether **us** refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1702 36:4 cls1 shelters 1 This can also be translated as: “lean-tos” or “garden huts” or “tents.” It refers to small, individual, temporary shelters like the Jews made from tree branches during an annual Jewish holiday.
1703 36:4 dwj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background did not know what he was saying 1 This could mean ‘was speaking without understanding what was happening’ or ‘spoke without thinking clearly because he was so excited.’ This is background information about why Peter said what he did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1704 36:5 fzan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit a voice coming from the cloud. It said 1 Here **a voice** is a metonym that refers to someone who spoke. This can also be translated as: “a voice spoke from the cloud saying” or “God spoke from the cloud and said.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1705 36:5 bz8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples my Son 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1706 36:5 w0lx Listen to him 1 This could be translated as: “He is the one you must listen to.”
1707 36:5 mjlo terrified 1 This could mean ‘extremely scared.’
1708 36:5 kdvc fell on the ground 1 This could mean ‘quickly bowed to the ground’ or ‘immediately got down on the ground.’ Make sure the translation of **fell** does not sound like an accident. They probably did this intentionally out of awe and fear.
1709 36:6 wh9d touched them 1 This could mean ‘put his hand on them.’ Some languages may prefer to specify where he touched them. If so, this could be translated as: “he touched them on the shoulder” or “he put his hand on each one’s shoulder.”
1710 36:6 qtrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “Do not be afraid. Get up.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told them not to be afraid, and to get up.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1711 36:6 zpqz Do not be afraid 1 This could also be translated as: “Stop being afraid.”
1712 36:6 jcjb Get up 1 This could also be translated as: “Stand up” or “Please get up.” Make sure that it sounds like Jesus spoke this with kindness.
1713 36:6 kotk the only one still there was Jesus 1 It is also possible to add: “Moses and Elijah had left.”
1714 36:7 dy9y A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1715 37:0 s94v title Jesus Raises Lazarus from the Dead 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus made Lazarus alive again” or “How did Jesus make Lazarus alive again?”
1716 37:1 m2lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background There was a man named Lazarus. He had two sisters named Mary and Martha. They were all close friends of Jesus. 1 This introduces Lazarus and his sisters as new characters in the story, and also provides background information about their relationship to Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1717 37:1 nw8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1718 37:1 hlou Mary 1 Jesus’ mother was also named Mary. This was a different woman.
1719 37:1 juwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit This sickness will not end with Lazarus dying 1 This can also be translated as: “The final result of this sickness will not be the death of Lazarus” or “Lazarus is sick, but death is not the final result of this sickness.” Jesus’ disciples probably thought this meant that Lazarus would not die. But Jesus knew that, although Lazarus would die from his sickness, he would live in the end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1720 37:2 p2cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Jesus loved his friends 1 This is background information about Jesus’ relationship to Lazarus and his sisters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1721 37:2 q8nw but he waited where he was for two days 1 This could be translated as: “but he stayed where he was for two days, even though they wanted him to go and heal Lazarus.”
1722 37:2 pas7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations just a short time ago the people there wanted to kill you! 1 The disciples said this to emphasize the great danger Jesus faced if he went to Judea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1723 37:2 kt3l Judea 1 This refers to the southern section of Israel, which was settled by the tribe of Judah. Some languages will prefer to say: “the region of Judea.”
1724 37:2 q9r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom has fallen asleep 1 This is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. Translate this phrase with the normal word for **asleep** in your language. Although Jesus was using this word with a different meaning, the disciples did not understand that yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1725 37:2 wmdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I must wake him 1 Here **wake** is an idiom that means Jesus would make Lazarus alive again. Translate this phrase with the normal word for **wake** in your language. Although Jesus was using this word with a different meaning, the disciples did not understand that yet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1726 37:3 t37f he will get better 1 The disciples intended this in the sense of: ‘there is no reason for us to go to him now, since he will get well.’
1727 37:3 j4bz I am glad 1 This could be translated as: “I am happy” or “It is good that.” It does not mean he was happy that Lazarus died, but rather that he was happy that God was going to show how great he is.
1728 37:4 ynbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background When Jesus arrived at Lazarus’ hometown, Lazarus had already been dead for four days 1 This is background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1729 37:4 ryph Martha 1 Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: [37:01](37/01)).
1730 37:4 xr5g went out to meet Jesus 1 This could mean ‘went to meet Jesus as he was coming into the town.’
1731 37:4 s2vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo if only you had been here, my brother would not have died 1 Martha is stating a hypothetical situation—what could have happened if Jesus had not waited for Lazarus to die before he came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1732 37:4 go22 my brother would not have died 1 This could mean ‘you would have healed my brother and he would not have died’ or ‘you could have prevented my brother from dying.’
1733 37:4 pdp6 will give you whatever you ask from him 1 This could mean ‘will do whatever you ask him to do.’
1734 37:5 wawg I am the Resurrection and the Life 1 This is one of several very powerful **I am **statements in which Jesus says something about his essential nature. In this one, Jesus indicates that he is the provider or source of resurrection and life. If possible, translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is his essential nature. This can also be translated as: “I am the one who resurrects people and causes them to live.”
1735 37:5 b0k4 will live, even though he dies. 1 This could mean ‘will live forever, even though he dies.’ The English word, **he** does not only refer to men. Women who believe in Jesus will also live forever.
1736 37:5 e7h2 will never die 1 This can also be translated as: “will live forever.”
1737 37:5 dap8 Martha 1 Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: [37:01](37/01)).
1738 37:5 aaja rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1739 37:6 azc4 Mary 1 This was the same woman as in [37:01](37/01), not the mother of Jesus.
1740 37:6 la9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fell at the feet of Jesus 1 This could mean ‘knelt down at Jesus’ feet’ as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1741 37:6 gpn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo if only you had been here, my brother would not have died 1 Mary is stating a hypothetical situation—what could have happened if Jesus had not waited for Lazarus to die before he came. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1742 37:6 do88 my brother would not have died 1 This could mean ‘you could have kept my brother from dying’ or ‘you could have prevented my brother’s death’ or ‘my brother would still be alive.’
1743 37:7 q346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background The tomb was a cave with a stone rolled in front of its opening 1 This is background information about the tomb where they had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1744 37:7 cp1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations he told them, “Roll the stone away.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “he told them to roll the stone away.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1745 37:7 gec9 he told them 1 This could mean ‘he told the men there.’ He was probably not telling Mary and Martha to roll the stone away.
1746 37:7 o8cm Roll the stone away 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “Roll the stone away from the opening of the tomb.”
1747 37:7 hboq Martha 1 Martha was the sister of Lazarus and Mary (See: [37:01](37/01)).
1748 37:7 yo6j He has been dead for four days 1 This could also be translated as: “He died four days ago and his body is lying there.”
1749 37:8 ag9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Did I not tell you that you would see God’s power if you believe in me? 1 This could mean ‘Remember that I told you that you would see God’s power if you believe in me.’ Jesus is not asking this question in order to get an answer, so some languages should translate this as a command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1750 37:8 c7he see God’s power 1 This could mean ‘see the power of God displayed’ or ‘see God show how powerful he is.’
1751 37:8 k7xb rolled the stone away 1 Some languages should say: “rolled the stone away from the opening of the tomb.”
1752 37:9 f51d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1753 37:9 j6q1 hearing me 1 This could mean ‘listening to me.’ It may be helpful to add: “as I pray to you” or “when I talk to you.”
1754 37:9 srog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Lazarus, come out! 1 Jesus used this exclamation as a strong command to Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1755 37:9 canv come out 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “come out of the tomb.”
1756 37:10 n4mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Lazarus came out! 1 This exclamation emphasizes the shocking fact that Lazarus, who had been dead, walked out of the tomb. Some languages should say: “Lazarus came out of the tomb!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1757 37:10 qo22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background He was still wrapped in grave clothes 1 This background information about Lazarus wearing grave clothes makes clear that Lazarus went directly from being dead to walking out of the tomb at Jesus’ command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1758 37:10 jzps grave clothes 1 This could mean ‘burial clothes.’ This can also be translated as: “burial bandages” or “strips of cloth.”
1759 37:10 elhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle 1 This sentence tells us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1760 37:10 gczy because of this miracle 1 This could mean ‘because God had done this amazing miracle’ or ‘because Jesus had made Lazarus come alive again.’
1761 37:11 u4lv envied 1 This could mean ‘were envious of Jesus’ power and popularity’ or ‘envious that so many Jews were believing in Jesus.’
1762 37:11 xgd2 gathered together 1 This could mean ‘met together’ or ‘joined together.’ This was a not a casual meeting, but a meeting for a specific purpose–to plan how to kill Jesus.
1763 37:11 lubz A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1764 38:0 pzee title Jesus Is Betrayed 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when Judas betrayed Jesus” or “How did Judas betray Jesus?”
1765 38:1 odl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Every year, the Jews celebrated the Passover. This was a celebration of how God had saved their ancestors from slavery in Egypt many centuries earlier. 1 This is background information about the Jewish Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1766 38:1 l9wg many centuries earlier 1 This could mean ‘hundreds of years earlier’ or ‘a very long time before.’
1767 38:1 bbwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there. 1 This is background information about why Jesus was in Jerusalem in the Passover, and what would happen to him there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1768 38:2 ysl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background One of Jesus’ disciples was a man named Judas. Judas was in charge of the apostles’ moneybag, but he often stole money out of the bag. After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders. He offered to betray Jesus by identifying him to the authorities in exchange for money. He knew that the Jewish leaders did not accept that Jesus was the Messiah. He knew that they wanted to kill him. 1 This is background information about Judas and his arrangement to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1769 38:2 s65y in charge of the apostles’ moneybag 1 This could mean ‘responsible to hold the apostles’ money’ or ‘responsible to hold the bag that had the disciples’ money in it and to distribute funds from it.’
1770 38:3 ni70 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas 30 silver coins to betray Jesus by handing him over to them. This happened just as the prophets said it would. Judas agreed, took the money, and went away. He began looking for an opportunity to help them arrest Jesus. 1 This is background information about the money Judas received to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1771 38:3 dvsn 30 silver coins 1 Each of these coins were worth about four days’ wages.
1772 38:4 ngb3 celebrated 1 This could mean ‘was celebrating.’
1773 38:4 i5p5 took some bread 1 This could be translated as: “picked up a piece of bread” or “picked up a flat loaf of bread.”
1774 38:4 wel0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit broke it 1 This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” or “ripped it” or “tore it.” He may have divided it into many pieces or he may have divided it into two pieces and given them to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression that would apply to either situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1775 38:4 aieh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage This is my body 1 Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. Possible meanings are 1. “This bread is my body” and 2. “This bread represents my body.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1776 38:4 euwd Do this to remember me 1 This could mean ‘Do this as a way to remind yourselves of what I am doing for you.’ Jesus was referring to his death, which would happen soon.
1777 38:5 fwjx Drink this 1 This could mean ‘Drink what is in this cup’ or ‘Drink from this cup.’ The drink in the cup was made from grapes so that it had a deep red color.
1778 38:5 jv1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage It is my blood 1 Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1779 38:5 wjkk blood of the New Covenant 1 This could be translated as: “blood that makes the New Covenant possible” or “blood that is the basis for the New Covenant.”
1780 38:5 tino I will pour out 1 This could be translated as: “I will bleed out.”
1781 38:5 bk4o remember me 1 This could mean ‘celebrate me’ or ‘commemorate me.’ It could also be translated as: “especially focus on me” or “remind you of me.”
1782 38:6 q31l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to the disciples, “One of you will betray me.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told his disciples that one of them would betray him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1783 38:6 d1u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “The person to whom I give this piece of bread is the betrayer.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “said that the person to whom he would give the piece of bread was the betrayer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1784 38:6 zsab give this piece of bread 1 This could mean ‘hand this piece of bread.’
1785 38:6 dvam is the betrayer 1 This could also be translated as: “will betray me” or “is the one who will betray me.”
1786 38:7 jawu Satan entered into him. 1 This could mean ‘Satan went into him’ or ‘Satan took control of him.’
1787 38:7 qgn2 Judas left and went 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “Judas left the meal and went” or “Judas left the room and went outside.”
1788 38:8 w29t Mount of Olives 1 This is the name of a hill covered with olive trees, just outside the walls of the city of Jerusalem. It can also be translated as: “Olive Tree Hill.”
1789 38:8 kxoz abandon me 1 This could mean ‘desert me’ or ‘leave me.’
1790 38:8 l9qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It is written 1 This could mean ‘It is written in God’s word’ or ‘It is written in the scriptures’ or ‘One of God’s prophets wrote.’ It is also possible to say: “What is written will happen” or “It will be like what is written.” This prophecy refers to Jesus’ death and his followers' desertion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1791 38:8 uzsg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will strike 1 This could mean ‘I will kill.’ Here **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1792 38:8 f8ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the shepherd and all the sheep 1 Do not use Jesus’ name in this quote because the prophet who first wrote it would not have known the shepherd’s name. Also, do not refer to the sheep being the disciples. It is best to use words that mean **shepherd** and **sheep** in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1793 38:8 d0j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive all the sheep will be scattered 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1794 38:9 a4vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations replied, “Even if all the others abandon you, I will not!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “replied that even if all the others abandoned Jesus, he would not!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1795 38:9 w4cs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Even if all the others abandon you, I will not! 1 Peter said this to emphasize that he would never abandon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1796 38:9 vqgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo Even if all the others abandon you 1 Peter is stating a hypothetical situation—the other disciples might abandon Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1797 38:9 wqn2 abandon you 1 Check to see how you translated this in [38:08](38/08).
1798 38:9 fwqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis I will not 1 This is an ellipse. The missing information can be stated: replied, “Even if all the others abandon you, I will not abandon you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1799 38:9 jupm to have all of you 1 This could mean ‘to completely control you’ or ‘to get you to serve him completely.’ The word **you** is plural in this phrase. All of the words **you** and **your** that follow are singular.
1800 38:9 ljun that your faith will not fail 1 This could mean ‘that you will not stop believing in me.’
1801 38:9 apdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy before the rooster crows 1 Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. Alternate translation: “Before the rooster crows at dawn tomorrow” or “before the rooster crows tomorrow morning.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1802 38:10 vahc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said to Jesus, “Even if I must die, I will never deny you!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “said to Jesus that even if he had to die, he would never deny Jesus!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1803 38:10 caiu deny you 1 This could mean ‘deny that I know you’ or ‘deny that I am your disciple’ or ‘disown you.’
1804 38:11 qfnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1805 38:11 un6j a place called Gethsemane 1 This could be translated as: “a nearby place called Gethsemane” or “a place called Gethsemane at the foot of the Mount of Olives.”
1806 38:11 xlgo they would not enter into temptation 1 This could be translated as: “they would not be tempted” or “Satan would not tempt them.”
1807 38:11 ko9n by himself 1 This could be translated as: “alone.”
1808 38:12 sqzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples My Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1809 38:12 o8yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit if it is possible 1 This means ‘if God would allow it to happen.’ Alternate translation: “if you will allow it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1810 38:12 zhjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor drink this cup of suffering 1 Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. Alternate translation: “go through this suffering” or “suffer what is about to happen” or “endure this suffering.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1811 38:12 siud let your will be done 1 This expression means ‘do what you have planned’ or ‘do what needs to be done.’
1812 38:13 r9oz After each time of prayer 1 This could mean ‘Every time Jesus prayed that prayer.’ This refers to the three times he prayed, as mentioned in [38:12](38/12).
1813 38:13 kl4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations said, “Wake up! My betrayer is here.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “told them to wake up, for his betrayer was there!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1814 38:14 q9cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Judas came with the Jewish leaders, soldiers, and a large crowd. They were carrying swords and clubs 1 This is background information about the people who came with Judas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1815 38:14 jfqa came to 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “went to.”
1816 38:14 uz7u Greetings 1 This can also be translated as: “Hello” or “Peace” or “Good evening.”
1817 38:14 xr4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit kissed him 1 Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1818 38:14 dkvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion are you betraying me with a kiss? 1 This could mean ‘are you really going to betray me with a kiss?’ Jesus is not looking for an answer to this question, so some languages would translate it as a statement, such as: “you are betraying me by kissing me!” or “you make your betrayal even worse by kissing me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1819 38:15 o35a pulled out his sword 1 This could mean ‘pulled out his sword from the place where he was carrying it.’
1820 38:15 fixn rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Father & my Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1821 38:15 bjy5 I must obey my Father 1 This could mean ‘I won’t do that because I must obey my Father’s will and allow myself to be arrested.’
1822 38:15 uwjn A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1823 39:0 pqwq title Jesus Is Put on Trial 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when the Jews judged Jesus” or “What happened when the Jews judged Jesus?”
1824 39:1 gnzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent It was now the middle of the night 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1825 39:1 ijbv the middle of the night 1 This expression means ‘halfway through the night’ or ‘very late at night.’
1826 39:1 vgsq to question Jesus 1 This could mean ‘to ask Jesus questions to try to find something they could accuse Jesus of doing wrong.’
1827 39:2 er8g put Jesus on trial 1 This could be translated as: “had a formal meeting to accuse Jesus of doing something wrong.” Usually a trial is held to find out if someone is innocent or guilty of a certain crime. In this case, the leaders were determined to have Jesus found guilty.
1828 39:2 n2nr lied about him 1 This could mean ‘told lies about him’ or ‘falsely accused him of doing something wrong.’
1829 39:2 rlg5 their statements did not agree with each other 1 This could be translated as: “they said things about Jesus that were very different from each other” or “the witnesses said things about Jesus that contradicted each other.”
1830 39:2 w4j3 he was guilty of anything 1 This could mean ‘that he had done anything wrong.’
1831 39:3 h1pp Finally 1 This could mean ‘After they were unable to find any evidence against him’ or ‘After they were unable to prove that he was guilty.’
1832 39:3 ky9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of the living God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1833 39:4 gtb6 I am 1 This could mean ‘I am as you said’ or ‘I am the Messiah and the Son of God.’ **I am** is also the name of God (See: [09:14](09/14)). By saying simply **I am**, Jesus was also saying that he is God. If possible, translate this so that people will see a similarity between Jesus’ answer and the name of God.
1834 39:4 asdn seated with God 1 This could be translated as: “reigning with God.” Because God is the ruler over all, people talk about him as sitting on a throne in heaven. By saying that he would be seated with God, Jesus claimed that he had authority to rule with the Father.
1835 39:4 quw7 seated with God and coming from heaven 1 This could be translated as: “sitting beside God and then coming from heaven.”
1836 39:4 o94e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction tore his clothes because he was angry 1 The Jews would tear their clothes to show grief or anger. If tearing the clothes means something else in your language, you may want to substitute a phrase such as “he was extremely angry.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1837 39:4 mc4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We do not need any more witnesses to tell us what this man has done! 1 The high priest said this to emphasize the he thought they had already proved that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1838 39:4 pmyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns You yourselves 1 These pronouns are plural, and refer to all the members of the council. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
1839 39:4 bfw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1840 39:4 cvtm What is your decision about him? 1 This could mean ‘Tell us what have you decided: Is he innocent or guilty?’ The chief priest wanted the religious leaders to condemn Jesus for claiming to be equal with God.
1841 39:5 k8lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations He deserves to die! 1 The Jewish leaders said this to emphasize how angry they were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1842 39:5 ontw they blindfolded Jesus 1 You could translate this as: “they covered Jesus’ eyes so that he could not see.”
1843 39:5 l65x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction spit on him 1 This could also be translated as: “spit on him to insult him” or “spit on him in order to say that he was worthless.” This was a way of showing contempt for someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1844 39:6 xzyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations You also were with Jesus! 1 The servant girl said this to accuse Peter of being a criminal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1845 39:6 lkuh denied it 1 This can be translated as: “said that it was not true” or “said that he was not with Jesus” or “said, ‘No. That is not true.’”
1846 39:6 rtyg Peter denied it again 1 This could be translated as: “Peter denied knowing Jesus a second time” or “again Peter said he had not been with Jesus.”
1847 39:6 ay4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit We know that you were with Jesus because you both are from Galilee 1 The servant girl could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1848 39:6 ki1l are from Galilee 1 This could also be translated as: “are Galileans.” The people could tell from the way Jesus and Peter talked that they came from the region of Galilee.
1849 39:7 y0nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations May God curse me if I know this man! 1 This is a curse that means ‘May God cause harm to me if what you say is true!’ or ‘May God punish me if I am lying to you!’ In this way Peter was saying very strongly that he did not know Jesus. He also referred to Jesus as **this man** to make it sound like he did not know him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1850 39:7 vjhz a rooster crowed 1 **Crowed** is the loud sound that a rooster makes. Compare how you translated this in [38:09](38/09).
1851 39:8 hli9 cried bitterly 1 This could mean ‘cried, feeling deep sorrow’ or ‘cried, feeling deep regret.’
1852 39:8 hfu0 the one who had betrayed Jesus 1 This could mean ‘who had helped the leaders arrest Jesus.’
1853 39:8 jjb9 had condemned Jesus to die 1 This could mean ‘had said that Jesus was guilty and must die.’
1854 39:9 su24 He worked for Rome 1 The Roman government had appointed Pilate to govern the region of Judea in Israel.
1855 39:9 fmzz condemn Jesus and kill him 1 As governor, Pilate had the authority to condemn Jesus to death and to give approval for his crucifixion, or he could set him free. The Jewish religious leaders did not have the authority to have someone killed.
1856 39:9 l9t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations asked Jesus, “Are you the king of the Jews?” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “asked Jesus if he was the king of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1857 39:10 jsmv my kingdom is not here on earth 1 This could mean ‘my kingdom is not like earthly kingdoms.’
1858 39:10 tmr3 my servants would fight for me 1 This could mean ‘my disciples would fight to protect me’ so that I could establish my kingdom.
1859 39:10 bdr9 listens to me 1 This could be translated as: “hears my teaching and obeys me.” It includes not just hearing Jesus’ words, but also doing what he says.
1860 39:10 rlmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion What is truth? 1 This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “Can anyone know what is true?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1861 39:11 b2dj He is not guilty 1 This could mean ‘He has done nothing wrong!’
1862 39:12 gq3c begin to riot 1 This could mean ‘start doing violent things in their anger.’
1863 39:12 rthe he agreed to have 1 Pilate did not want to kill Jesus because he believed that Jesus was innocent. But he was forced to tell his soldiers to crucify Jesus because of his fear of the crowd. If possible, translate this phrase in a way that shows his reluctance.
1864 39:12 hpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him 1 They put the robe and crown on Jesus to mock him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1865 39:12 kvnh a royal robe 1 This could mean ‘a robe like a king’s robe.’ This robe had a bright color, so it looked like the kind of robe that a king would wear.
1866 39:12 fg0e a crown made of thorns 1 This could mean ‘a ring woven from thorns.’ A king would wear a crown of gold.
1867 39:12 a1ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Look, the King of the Jews! 1 They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus “King of the Jews,” but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1868 39:12 dxyg Look 1 This could mean ‘Look at’ or ‘Here is.’
1869 39:12 dx8y the King of the Jews 1 Since the soldiers were mocking Jesus, this could be translated as: “the so-called King of the Jews.”
1870 39:12 jsvt A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1871 40:0 x435 title Jesus Is Crucified 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus died on a cross” or “What happened when Jesus died on a cross?”
1872 40:1 h3mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1873 40:1 tfdz led him away 1 This could mean ‘forced him to go with them.’ This could also be translated as: “took him away.”
1874 40:1 vuuq to crucify him 1 This could mean ‘to kill him on a cross.’
1875 40:2 wz0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a place called ‘the Skull’ 1 This can be stated in active form: “a place that people called ‘the Skull’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1876 40:2 bd3p the Skull 1 This is a small escarpment near Jerusalem with a rocky, white face which looks somewhat like a skull.
1877 40:2 u71m rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1878 40:2 iwe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit forgive them, because they do not know what they are doing 1 This could mean ‘they do not understand the meaning of what they are doing, so please forgive them.’ The soldiers thought Jesus was only a criminal who deserved to die. They did not understand that he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “for they do not really know whom they are crucifying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1879 40:3 ywr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the soldiers gambled for Jesus’ clothing 1 This could mean ‘played a game of chance to win Jesus’ clothes.’ We do not know how they did this, but in some cultures it could be translated as: “tossed stones on the ground to win Jesus’ clothing” or “chose sticks to decide who could take Jesus’ clothes.” The winner received his clothing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1880 40:3 coqe they fulfilled a prophecy that said 1 This could mean ‘they did what the scriptures had long ago predicted would happen to the Messiah’ or ‘they did what a prophet wrote long ago.’
1881 40:4 agw5 two robbers 1 This could also be translated as: “two bandits.” This refers to criminals who used force or violence to steal things.
1882 40:4 ql8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Do you not fear that God will punish you? 1 The robber does not expect an answer to this question; it is a way that some languages use to make a strong statement. If your language does not use questions in this way, then translate this as: “You should fear God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1883 40:4 xyzi We are guilty of doing many bad things, but this man is innocent 1 This could be translated as: “You and I have done evil things and deserve to die, but this man, Jesus, has done nothing wrong and does not deserve to die.”
1884 40:4 qmri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We are guilty 1 **We** here includes both robbers, but does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1885 40:4 wq87 this man 1 This phrase refers to Jesus.
1886 40:4 zw1p Please remember me 1 This could mean ‘Please accept me’ or ‘Please welcome me’ or ‘Please allow me to be with you.’ **Remember** here does not mean to recall something after forgetting it. Translate this in a way that communicates a humble request.
1887 40:4 t9ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in your kingdom 1 This is a metonym that refers to the time when Jesus will rule. Alternate translation: “when you establish your kingdom” or “when you are ruling as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1888 40:4 ccka Paradise 1 This is another name for ‘heaven.’
1889 40:5 czm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! 1 The people were mocking Jesus. Alternate translation: “We do not believe you are the King of the Jews, but if you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1890 40:5 sya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo If you are the Son of God 1 The people were mocking Jesus, but he truly was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]], [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1891 40:5 nxom rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1892 40:5 myax believe you 1 This could mean ‘believe in you’ or ‘believe that you are the Messiah.’
1893 40:7 xoev It is finished! 1 This could also be translated as: “It is completed” or “I have finished it” or “I have completed the work.” This means that Jesus’ work of salvation was complete.
1894 40:7 bylb rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1895 40:7 bahv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I am giving my spirit into your hands 1 This statement is a metonym that refers to God’s care. Alternate translation: “I entrust my spirit to your care” or “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1896 40:7 htj3 bowed his head 1 This could mean ‘lowered his head.’
1897 40:7 wyee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism gave up his spirit 1 This is a polite way to say that Jesus died. This could be translated as: “gave up his spirit to God” or “released his spirit to God and died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1898 40:7 s24z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive In the Temple, the large curtain that separated the people from the presence of God was torn in two 1 This can be stated in active form: “God tore in two the large curtain in the Temple that separated the people from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1899 40:7 dbk6 the large curtain 1 This was a large, strong fabric hung in the Temple. It was like a wall separating one room from another. It can also be translated as: “The thick curtain” or “The hanging fabric” or “The screen.”
1900 40:8 voji Through his death 1 This could mean ‘By means of his death’ or ‘By dying.’
1901 40:8 ehxc opened the way 1 This could mean ‘made it possible.’
1902 40:8 kiuq come to God 1 This could mean ‘come near to God’ or ‘go near to God’ or ‘approach God’ or ‘know God personally.’ The tearing of the curtain showed that the barrier between God and people had been removed.
1903 40:8 eukk rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1904 40:9 icnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Then two Jewish leaders named Joseph and Nicodemus came 1 This introduces two new characters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1905 40:9 kdet Joseph 1 This was not Mary’s husband. It was another man named Joseph.
1906 40:9 v4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background They believed that Jesus was the Messiah 1 This is background information about two Jewish leaders who believed Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1907 40:9 asjz asked Pilate for Jesus’ body 1 This could mean ‘asked Pilate to permit them to take Jesus’ body down from the cross.’
1908 40:9 tyxi A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1909 41:0 f1g8 title God Raises Jesus from the Dead 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how God made Jesus alive again” or “How did God make Jesus alive again?”
1910 41:1 w1o6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After the soldiers crucified Jesus 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequence of events. The Jewish leaders spoke to Pilate after he had had Jesus crucified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1911 41:1 fqyx That liar, Jesus, said 1 This could also be translated as: “That man, Jesus, lied and said.” They refused to believe that Jesus told the truth about being the Son of God.
1912 41:1 kmtf rise from the dead 1 This could mean ‘come back to life’ or ‘become alive again.’
1913 41:1 ow3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If they do, they will say he has risen from the dead 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. The Jewish leaders thought that the disciples would only be able to say Jesus had risen from the dead if they were able to steal his body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1914 41:2 ah4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations Pilate said, “Take some soldiers and guard the tomb as well as you can.” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “Pilate told them to take some soldiers and guard the tomb as well as they could.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1915 41:2 soxa they placed 1 This could mean ‘the religious leaders and the soldiers placed.’
1916 41:2 luep rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a seal on the stone 1 They put a soft material like clay or wax between the stone and the tomb and marked it with an official seal. If anyone moved the stone, the material would break and show that someone had entered the tomb. This could also be translated as: “a mark on the stone to forbid people from moving it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1917 41:3 xn5r No one could work on the Sabbath day 1 The Sabbath day rules did not permit a Jew to walk very far or to do any other kind of work.
1918 41:3 nbr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit put more spices on his body 1 It was the custom of the Jews to wash the body and then wrap it with strong, pleasant smelling spices to prevent the dead body from smelling bad so quickly. This was also a sign of honor and devotion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1919 41:3 olxt spices 1 This refers to sweet-smelling spices that were placed on a dead body to cover the bad smell. This can also be translated as: “sweet-smelling spices” or “sweet-smelling oils” or “sweet-smelling plants.”
1920 41:4 dubc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Before the women arrived, there was a great earthquake at the tomb 1 The connecting word **Before** introduces a sequential clause. First there was the earthquake and appearance of the angel, and then the women arrived at the tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1921 41:4 vz4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown there was a great earthquake 1 This could also be translated as: “there was a violent earthquake” or “there was a forceful shaking of the ground.” Some languages may prefer to reword this as: “the ground began to shake violently.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1922 41:4 x6gd was shining as brightly as lightning 1 This could mean ‘whose appearance was as bright as lightning.’
1923 41:4 yyge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile fell to the ground like dead men 1 This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move, just like dead men do not move. They probably had fainted from fright. To make this clear, this could be translated as: “suddenly fell to the ground and did not move.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1924 41:5 y64e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous When the women arrived at the tomb, the angel told them 1 The word **When** introduces a simultaneous clause. The two events happened at the same time, the women arrived at the tomb and the angel spoke to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1925 41:5 e2vx Do not be afraid 1 This could mean ‘Stop being afraid.’ An angel shining like lightning was a frightening sight!
1926 41:5 si3r He has risen from the dead 1 This could be translated as: “He has come back to life.”
1927 41:5 gyik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations His body was not there! 1 This exclamation emphasizes how surprised they were that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1928 41:6 omfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes “Go and tell the disciples, ‘Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.’” 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “Go and tell the disciples that Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1929 41:6 fa34 Go and tell the disciples 1 This is a command that the angel is giving to the women.
1930 41:6 sv6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj from the dead 1 This could mean ‘from among all those who have died.’ This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1931 41:6 rlot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual he will go to Galilee ahead of you 1 This could mean ‘he will meet you in Galilee’ or ‘he will be in Galilee when you get there.’ **You** here is plural, including the apostles and other disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1932 41:7 hwef the good news 1 This can also be translated as: “the good news that Jesus was alive again.” This good news refers to the fact that Jesus had risen from the dead.
1933 41:8 rn1s Do not be afraid. Go and tell my disciples 1 These are commands that Jesus is giving to the women.
1934 41:8 q02w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction bowed down at his feet 1 They did this symbolic action to honor Jesus as they would expect to do in the presence of a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1935 41:8 g5dt will see me 1 This could mean ‘will meet me’ or ‘can meet with me.’
1936 41:8 kreo A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1937 42:0 ezpr title Jesus Returns to Heaven 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus went back to heaven” or “How did Jesus go back to heaven?”
1938 42:1 fmsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast They had hoped that he was the Messiah, but then he was killed 1 This connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. They thought the Messiah would reign as king of Israel. They did not expect him to die so they could not reconcile Jesus being Messiah with Jesus being crucified. His death was in contrast to their expectations for the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1939 42:2 jlc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Jesus approached them and started walking with them, but they did not recognize him 1 The connecting word **but** indicates a contrast relationship. They knew Jesus well so you would expect them to recognize him, but they did not. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1940 42:2 mrbi did not recognize him 1 This could mean ‘did not know that it was Jesus.’
1941 42:2 urx1 all the things that had happened 1 This refers to the teaching and miracles of Jesus, his death, and the reports of his resurrection.
1942 42:3 w5fk on the third day 1 Some languages may prefer to say: “on the third day after his death.”
1943 42:4 axpd it was almost evening 1 This can also be translated as: “the day was ending” or “the sun was going down” or “it was starting to get dark.”
1944 42:4 ig7j he disappeared from their sight 1 This could also be translated as: “he was gone” or “he was no longer there.”
1945 42:5 id4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations That was Jesus! 1 This exclamation emphasizes how shocked the disciples were to see Jesus alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1946 42:5 ddek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations they told the disciples, “Jesus is alive! We have seen him!” 1 This is direct quotation. It can also be stated as an indirect quotation: “they told the disciples that Jesus was alive, and that they had seen him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1947 42:5 xvi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Jesus is alive! 1 The two disciples used this exclamation to emphasize to the other disciples that Jesus was alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1948 42:5 s84t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We have seen him! 1 The two disciples used this exclamation to emphasize that they not only heard that Jesus was alive, but had personally see him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1949 42:6 h7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Peace to you 1 ‘May you have peace’ or ‘May God give you peace!’ The word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1950 42:6 s4qm a ghost 1 This refers to the spirit of a dead person.
1951 42:6 n4cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why are you afraid? 1 Jesus uses this rhetorical question to comfort them. Alternate translation: “Do not be frightened.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1952 42:6 clza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why do you not think it is really I, Jesus? 1 Jesus uses this rhetorical question to mildly rebuke them. Jesus was telling them not to doubt that he was alive. Alternate translation: “Do not doubt I am Jesus!” or “Stop doubting!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1953 42:7 y51b on the third day 1 This could mean ‘after three days’ or ‘three days later.’
1954 42:8 ql7u proclaim 1 This could mean ‘announce’ or ‘preach.’
1955 42:8 hnot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If they repent, God will forgive their sins 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If people repent, then God will forgive their sins. If they do not repent, then he will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1956 42:8 qyeu My disciples will proclaim this message starting in Jerusalem 1 This could mean ‘My disciples will begin doing this in Jerusalem’ or ‘My disciples will begin to proclaim these things in Jerusalem.’
1957 42:8 ettk You are witnesses of everything 1 This could mean ‘You will tell other people all the things that.’
1958 42:10 wsz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you you & You 1 Each instance of **you** in this frame is plural, and refers to all the disciples present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1959 42:10 kp1r make disciples in all people groups 1 This could mean ‘help people from every people group become my disciples.’
1960 42:10 r9sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy in the name of 1 Here **name** is a metonym that means both, ‘by the authority of’ and, ‘under the authority of.’ Consider translating the word **name** literally if it will be understood in this way in your language. This phrase can also be repeated as in, ‘in the name of the Father, in the name of the Son, and in the name of the Holy Spirit.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1961 42:10 olb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples the Father, the Son 1 These are important titles for God the Father and for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1962 42:10 k7fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Holy Spirit 1 This introduces the Holy Spirit as a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1963 42:11 xd5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples my Father 1 This is an important title for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1964 42:11 hss1 a cloud hid him from their sight 1 This could also be translated as: “he disappeared into a cloud.”
1965 42:11 viir rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction Jesus sat down in heaven at the right hand of God 1 To sit down was a symbolic act that indicated that Jesus’ work was completed. Furthermore, sitting at the right hand of God represents taking the place of honor beside him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1966 42:11 pqja at the right hand of God 1 This could also be translated as: “at the right side of God.”
1967 42:11 w5zt over all things 1 This could mean ‘over everything.’
1968 42:11 gyyt A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
1969 43:0 upr3 title The Church Begins 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how the Church began” or “How did the Church begin?”
1970 43:1 b15k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem 1 The connecting word **After** introduces a sequential clause. First Jesus returned to heaven. Then the disciples waited in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1971 43:1 a3nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After Jesus returned to heaven, the disciples stayed in Jerusalem 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1972 43:1 r38h returned to heaven 1 This could mean ‘went back to heaven.’
1973 43:1 wy96 stayed in Jerusalem 1 This could mean ‘stayed in Jerusalem for a while.’ They didn’t stay there permanently.
1974 43:2 pbqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Every year, 50 days after the Passover, the Jews celebrated an important day called Pentecost. Pentecost was a time when the Jews celebrated the wheat harvest. Jews came from all over the world to Jerusalem to celebrate Pentecost together. 1 This is background information about Pentecost. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1975 43:2 jcgj Pentecost 1 **Pentecost** means ‘fiftieth (day).’ You could use the word **Pentecost** in your translation and let the text explain the meaning. Or you could use a term that means ‘50th day.’
1976 43:2 qcrv celebrated the wheat harvest 1 The Jews would thank God for the wheat harvest by bringing offerings and celebrate by having special meals. Wheat is a grain crop; if you have no word that means **wheat**, you can use a more general word for grain. This happened in May; other crops were harvested at other times of the year.
1977 43:2 kfl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent This year the time for Pentecost came about a week after Jesus had gone back to heaven. 1 This introduces a new event. It is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1978 43:2 s0am This year 1 This could mean ‘In the year that Jesus died.’
1979 43:3 pqol rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous While the believers were all together 1 The word **While** introduces a simultaneous clause. The two events happened at the same time—the believers were together, and there was a sound like a strong wind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1980 43:3 n07o a sound like a strong wind 1 This could mean ‘a noise that a strong wind makes’ or ‘the sound that the wind makes when it blows hard.’
1981 43:3 sl88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They were all filled with the Holy Spirit 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1982 43:3 e1be filled with the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘given ability by the Holy Spirit’ or ‘given power by the Holy Spirit.’
1983 43:3 ybc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit in other languages 1 This could be translated as: “in languages other than their own language” or “in foreign languages” or “as people from other places speak.” The believers did not know these languages until the Holy Spirit gave them the power to speak them. Make sure the word used to translate **languages** refers to languages people actually speak and understand. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1984 43:4 jyhd a crowd 1 This could be translated as: “a crowd of people” or “a large group of people.”
1985 43:5 gq24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Peter stood up and said to them 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. People said the disciples were drunk. But if they were drunk, you would not expect Peter to stand up and speak rationally and with authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1986 43:5 vvlp Listen to me! 1 Peter stated this command in order to cause the crowd to pay close attention to what he was going to tell them.
1987 43:5 lar2 Joel 1 Joel was a prophet in Israel who lived hundreds of years before this happened.
1988 43:5 y49s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes God said, ‘In the last days, I will pour out my Spirit.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “God said that in the last days, he would pour out his Spirit.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1989 43:5 rx76 the last days 1 This refers to the final days before the end of the world.
1990 43:5 c91i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I will pour out my Spirit 1 Here **pour out** is an idiom that means to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1991 43:5 e6zb my Spirit 1 This could mean ‘my Holy Spirit.’
1992 43:6 pc2i General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
1993 43:6 zoat Men of Israel 1 For some languages, it is better to say: “People of Israel” for it to be clear that this included men and women. This could also be translated as: “My fellow people of Israel” or “My fellow Jews” to make it clear that Peter was also a Jew and belonged to the “people of Israel.”
1994 43:6 gvyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations But you crucified him! 1 Peter used this exclamation to strongly accuse the people in the crowd of murdering Jesus, the Messiah whom God had sent to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1995 43:6 f708 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But you crucified him 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus did many wonderful things, so you would expect people to recognize that he was sent from God. Instead, they crucified him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1996 43:6 xjyg you crucified him! 1 This could also be translated as: “you caused him to be crucified” or “because of you, he was crucified.” The Jews did not actually nail Jesus to the cross. However, the Jewish leaders caused him to be condemned and many of the people in the crowd had shouted for him to be crucified.
1997 43:7 zxmo General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
1998 43:7 e7je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes what a prophet wrote: ‘You will not let your Holy One rot in the grave.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “what a prophet wrote, that you would not let your Holy One rot in the grave.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1999 43:7 l6ae You will not let your 1 **You** and **your** refer to God the Father. To make that clear, this could be translated as: “You, God, will not let your.” Some languages may have a special way of addressing someone, such as: “You, O God.”
2000 43:7 hqfx rot in the grave 1 This could mean ‘decay in the tomb’ or ‘decompose in the grave.’ This refers to the fact that Jesus did not remain in the tomb very long. It is another way of saying that he did not stay dead, but rather, came back to life again.
2001 43:7 t1k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We are witnesses 1 The word **We** refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. It does not include the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2002 43:7 yjxl raised Jesus to life again 1 This could mean ‘made Jesus alive again.’
2003 43:8 bah9 General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
2004 43:8 tkkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples God the Father 1 This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2005 43:8 ed3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom at his right hand 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to the highest place of honor and authority. Alternate translation: “in the most important position” or “in the place of highest honor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2006 43:8 di00 causing 1 This could mean ‘enabling the believers to do’ or ‘giving these people the power to do.’
2007 43:9 wl03 General Information 1 Peter continues preaching to the crowd.
2008 43:9 v9qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But know for certain that 1 This phrase indicates contrast relationship. The Jews killed Jesus, but God did the opposite—he made Jesus the lord of everything! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2009 43:10 c3r3 deeply moved by 1 This could mean ‘very troubled by’ or ‘felt very sad when they heard.’ To be **moved** is to feel strong emotions.
2010 43:10 sild rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they asked 1 The connecting word **So** connects the reason (they were deeply moved), with the result (they asked Peter and the disciples what they should do). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2011 43:10 ne4d Brothers 1 This was a normal way for a Jew to address fellow Jews. It could also be translated as: “Friends.”
2012 43:11 riu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal So repent and be baptized 1 The word **So** introduces a goal relationship. The people should repent and be baptized because they want to be forgiven of their sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2013 43:11 ru8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive be baptized 1 This can be stated in active form: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2014 43:11 abk9 in the name of 1 This phrase means both, ‘by the authority of’ and, ‘under the authority of.’ Consider translating the word **name** literally if it will be understood in this way in your language.
2015 43:11 jf53 Christ 1 This is the same meaning as ‘Messiah.’ It could be translated as: “Anointed One” or “Chosen One.” Instead of translating the meaning, some translators may choose to keep the word **Christ** and spell it using the sounds in their own language.
2016 43:11 r84p Jesus Christ 1 Since **Christ** is a title here, some translators may choose to change the order and say: “Christ Jesus.” Both orders are used in the Bible.
2017 43:11 pqqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Then God will also give you the Holy Spirit as a gift 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was because they had repented and had been forgiven of their sins, and the result is they would also receive the Holy Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2018 43:12 fx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive They were baptized 1 This can be stated in active form: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2019 43:13 bswm thought well of them 1 This could mean ‘had a positive opinion of them.’
2020 43:13 k59i A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2021 44:0 navx title Peter and John Heal a Beggar 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Peter and John healed a beggar” or “What happened when Peter and John healed a beggar?”
2022 44:1 htn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2023 44:1 zst9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to the Temple 1 They did not go into the Temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the Temple courtyard” or “into the Temple area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2024 44:1 s7a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants A crippled man was sitting at the gate, begging for money. 1 This introduces a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2025 44:1 xrou A crippled man 1 This could also be translated as: “A lame man.” This refers to a man who did not have full use of his legs, and could not stand or walk.
2026 44:2 anm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit I will give you what I do have 1 It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2027 44:2 swsg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy In the name of Jesus 1 Here **name** is a metonym that refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2028 44:2 ua2w get up 1 This could mean ‘stand up.’
2029 44:3 jj4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Immediately, God healed the lame man 1 The connecting word **Immediately** introduces a sequential clause. Peter spoke, and then the lame man was healed. But the writer wants the readers to know there was no delay—the healing took place as soon as Peter spoke. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2030 44:3 n7h5 the courtyard of the Temple 1 Only priests could enter the Temple, but ordinary Jews were allowed to come into this area that surrounded the Temple.
2031 44:4 j0ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We did not heal him with our own power 1 **We** here includes Peter and John, but not the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2032 44:4 imbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive because we believe in Jesus 1 **We** here includes Peter and John, but not the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2033 44:5 iqhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor turn to God 1 Here **turn** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2034 44:5 ye73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will wash away your sins 1 Peter is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if God were physically washing them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2035 44:6 onx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they arrested them and put them into prison 1 The connecting word **So** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the leaders of the Temple were very upset; the result is they arrested Peter and John and put them into prison. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2036 44:6 uzea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But many people believed what Peter said 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that people would not believe, because Peter and John were put in prison. Instead, 5000 men believed! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2037 44:6 tza5 The number of men 1 This was in addition to the women and children who believed.
2038 44:7 x8b9 By what power did you heal 1 “Who gave you power to heal”
2039 44:8 wz95 healed 1 This could mean ‘well’ or ‘strong.’
2040 44:8 yefn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God raised him to life again 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus was crucified, so you would expect him to be dead. But what actually happened is that God raised him to life again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2041 44:8 qn4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom God raised him to life again 1 Here to **raise** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2042 44:8 qgfl rejected him 1 This could mean ‘refused to accept him’ or ‘refused to believe in Jesus’ or ‘refused to believe that Jesus is the Savior.’
2043 44:8 yltt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but there is no other way to be saved 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. The leaders rejected Christ, so you would expect that he was not a person worth anything. However, he is actually the only one with the power to save people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2044 44:8 nsjy there is no other way to be saved except through the power of Jesus 1 This could also be translated as: “the only way to be saved is through the power of Jesus” or “only Jesus can save us by his power.”
2045 44:8 q4mj to be saved 1 This can also be translated as: “to be saved from our sins” or “that we can be saved from our sins.”
2046 44:9 cv5o were shocked 1 This could mean ‘were very surprised’ or ‘were amazed.’
2047 44:9 va1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ordinary men who were uneducated 1 The words **ordinary** and **uneducated** share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2048 44:9 sio0 ordinary 1 This could mean ‘common’ or ‘lower-class.’ Peter and John were simple fishermen.
2049 44:9 nm98 who were uneducated 1 This could mean ‘who did not have a formal education.’ This could also be translated as: “who had not gone to religious school.”
2050 44:9 q8wm then they remembered 1 This could also be translated as: “But then they thought about the fact that.”
2051 44:9 xrbn had been with Jesus 1 This could also be translated as: “had spend time with Jesus” or “had been taught by Jesus.”
2052 44:9 ma9m After saying many things like this 1 This could mean ‘after threatening Peter and John in similar ways.’
2053 44:9 a0u0 let Peter and John go 1 This could mean ‘allowed Peter and John to leave.’
2054 44:9 w34s A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2055 45:0 nwdv title Stephen and Philip 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Stephen and Philip told people about Jesus” or “What happened when Stephen and Philip told people about Jesus?”
2056 45:1 pgvx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants One of the leaders among the first followers of Jesus was a man named Stephen. 1 This introduces Stephen as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2057 45:1 c259 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Everyone respected him 1 This is background information about the kind of person Stephen was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2058 45:2 qdmu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2059 45:2 qssl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so they went to the religious leaders and told lies about him. 1 The word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the Jews were very angry with Stephen because they could not win arguments with him. The result is they told lies about him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2060 45:2 zrsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations We heard Stephen speak evil things about Moses and God! 1 They used this exclamation to express how angry they were with Stephen, and to try to make the other people angry with him as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2061 45:3 dn8c always reject the Holy Spirit 1 This could mean ‘never obey the Holy Spirit’ or ‘always refuse to listen to the Holy Spirit.’
2062 45:3 uusp our ancestors 1 This could be translated as: “our ancestors, the Israelites.”
2063 45:3 z0hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations But you did something worse than they did! You killed the Messiah! 1 Stephen used these exclamations to accuse the Jews of murdering the Messiah whom God had sent to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2064 45:4 vw1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction covered their ears 1 This was a symbolic action to show that they did not want to hear what Stephen said. This could also be translated as: “They put their hands over their ears.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2065 45:4 a6dh yelled loudly 1 They were yelling in anger. Translate this in a way that communicates that they were very upset.
2066 45:5 lvf4 As Stephen was dying 1 This could mean ‘Just before Stephen died.’
2067 45:5 qdks cried out 1 This could mean ‘called out in a loud voice’ or ‘said very loudly.’
2068 45:5 scz4 Jesus, receive my spirit 1 This could mean ‘take my spirit.’ It may be helpful to add ‘please’ to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit”
2069 45:5 gloy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction He fell to his knees 1 This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2070 45:5 kblz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes do not hold this sin against them 1 This could mean ‘do not consider them guilty of the sin of killing me.’ This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2071 45:5 phm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory Then he died 1 This is the end of the story about Stephen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2072 45:6 tskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background That day many people in Jerusalem started persecuting the followers of Jesus, so the believers fled to other places. But in spite of opposition, they preached about Jesus everywhere they went. 1 This is background information about the persecution of the believers after the death of Stephen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2073 45:6 yeqh But in spite of opposition 1 The Jewish leaders thought they could stop the spread of Jesus’ teaching by persecuting his followers. Instead, this caused them to scatter and spread the message even more widely.
2074 45:7 kqfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a believer in Jesus named Philip 1 This introduces Philip as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2075 45:7 cepk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2076 45:7 nocc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background This man was an important official from the land of Ethiopia. 1 This is background information about the official from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2077 45:7 suea Ethiopia 1 Ethiopia is a country in Eastern Africa.
2078 45:8 aphc the Ethiopian 1 That is, a person from the country of Ethiopia. See note on [45:07](45/07).
2079 45:8 zqlq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns led him like a lamb to be killed, and as a lamb is silent, he did not say a word. They treated him unfairly and did not respect him. They took his life away from him. 1 The pronouns **he**, **him**, and **his** in this quotation refer to the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2080 45:8 oj2z as a lamb is silent 1 This could also be translated as: “like a lamb that is silent even when it is about to be killed.”
2081 45:9 dnt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit “Do you understand what you are reading?” 1 The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2082 45:9 wc0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Please come and sit next to me 1 It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2083 45:9 moyr Was Isaiah writing about 1 This can also be translated as: “Was Isaiah referring to.”
2084 45:11 z0i6 some water 1 Use a term that means a larger body of water such as a pond, lake, or stream.
2085 45:11 vux5 May I be baptized? 1 This could also be translated as: “Is there any reason that I cannot be baptized?”
2086 45:12 aaai rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So they went down into the water 1 The connecting word **So** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the Ethiopian believed what Philip told him, and asked to be baptized when they saw water nearby. The result is Philip baptized him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2087 45:12 uhoz carried Philip away 1 This could mean ‘took Philip away’ or ‘snatched Philip away.’
2088 45:12 y6dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory There Philip continued to tell people about Jesus 1 This is the end of the story about Philip. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2089 45:13 ofea rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory The Ethiopian continued traveling toward his home. He was happy that he now knew Jesus. 1 This is the end of the story about the Ethiopian official. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2090 45:13 eorl A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2091 46:0 awnb title Saul Becomes a Follower of Jesus 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Saul became a follower of Christ” or “How did Saul become a follower of Christ?”
2092 46:1 qpas rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a man named Saul who did not believe in Jesus 1 This introduces Saul as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2093 46:1 u797 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background When he was a young man, he guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen 1 This is background information about Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2094 46:1 vtia guarded the robes of the men who killed Stephen 1 See [45:06](45/06).
2095 46:1 etoe from house to house 1 This could mean ‘into many houses.’
2096 46:1 ewvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to arrest both men and women 1 This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2097 46:1 ol4d Damascus 1 Damascus is now the capital of the country of Syria. During Saul’s time, it was a city belonging to the Roman Empire. Most of the people there were not Jewish, but there were some Jews and also some followers of Jesus living there.
2098 46:1 t1st rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to bring them back to Jerusalem 1 Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2099 46:2 phy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Just before he reached the city 1 This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2100 46:2 u8fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Why are you persecuting me? 1 This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural. Alternate translation: “You are persecuting me!” or a command “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2101 46:3 lv61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases Saul did not eat or drink anything for three days 1 It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2102 46:4 e3u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants There was a disciple in Damascus named Ananias 1 This introduces Ananias as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2103 46:4 gr6l But Ananias said 1 If it is not clear why the word **But** is used here, this could be translated as: “But Ananias was afraid, so he said.”
2104 46:4 jf7g God answered him 1 This could be translated as: “To reassure Ananias, God said” to make clear why God said this.
2105 46:4 duf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Go! 1 This is a command and also an exclamation. God is emphasizing that Ananias should stop objecting and go to Saul as God instructed him to do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2106 46:4 wsh4 to declare my name 1 This could mean ‘to teach about me’ or ‘to make me known.’
2107 46:4 lq5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy for my name 1 Here “my name” is a metonym that refers to Jesus. Saul will suffer many things because he will tell people about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for me” or “because of me” or “because he serves me” or “because he teaches others about me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2108 46:5 fb5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction placed his hands on him 1 Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2109 46:5 up5t here 1 This could mean ‘to Damascus.’
2110 46:5 xkhq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous Immediately 1 This introduces a simultaneous clause. Saul was able to see as soon as Ananias touched him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2111 46:6 eyeo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Right away 1 This introduces a new event. This can also be translated as: “Immediately” or “Then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2112 46:6 z4lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2113 46:6 t5hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because Saul had tried to kill believers 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (the change in Saul, that he had tried to kill people who believed in Jesus, and now he himself believed in Jesus), with the result (the Jews were amazed). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2114 46:6 xx3g argued with the Jews 1 This could also be translated as: “gave the Jews good reasons for believing in Jesus” or “spoke persuasively with the Jews.”
2115 46:7 yz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent After many days 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2116 46:7 xyxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the Jews made a plan to kill Saul 1 Here **the Jews** refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2117 46:7 kujx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit to watch for him at the city gates 1 The gates were the only normal way into or out of the walled cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2118 46:7 fa04 lowered him over the city wall in a basket 1 Another way to say this would be: “helped him get into a large basket and lowered the basket with him in it over the city wall.”
2119 46:8 rhgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Saul went to Jerusalem 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2120 46:8 mosr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but they were afraid of him 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Saul was now a disciple so you would expect the apostles would want to meet with him, but instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2121 46:8 b6d3 accepted Saul 1 This could mean ‘believed that Saul also was a believer in Jesus.’
2122 46:9 g78j the city of Antioch 1 This was an ancient city located in what is now the southernmost tip of the modern country of Turkey, near its border with Syria and close to the Mediterranean Sea. It was about 450 miles northwest of Jerusalem.
2123 46:9 rx27 to strengthen the church 1 This could also be translated as: “to help the church to grow strong spiritually” or “to help the believers in Jesus to grow strong in their faith” or “to help the people to believe more firmly in Jesus.”
2124 46:9 bw4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive believers in Jesus were first called ‘Christians.’ 1 This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form: “The people of Antioch first called the believers in Jesus ‘Christians.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2125 46:10 dyso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2126 46:10 a3p8 Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul to do the work I have called them to do. 1 This sentence could also be translated as: “Appoint Paul and Barnabas to do the special work I have chosen them to do.”
2127 46:10 edzp the church 1 This could also be translated as: “the believers” or “the followers of Jesus.”
2128 46:10 gx67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction placed their hands on them 1 This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. This could also be translated as: “blessed them with the power and authority of the Holy Spirit by putting their hands on them” or “put their hands on them as a sign of their unity in the Spirit.” Some languages may have to say where they placed their hands. If so, you could say they placed their hands on their head, shoulder or back. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2129 46:10 be3s sent them out 1 This could mean ‘sent them away’ or ‘sent them on their journey.’
2130 46:10 enk8 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2131 47:0 bh8m title Paul and Silas in Philippi 1 This title can also be translated as: “About what happened to Paul and Silas in Philippi” or “What happened to Paul and Silas in Philippi?”
2132 47:1 qk41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background As Saul traveled throughout the Roman Empire, he began to use his Roman name, ‘Paul.’ 1 This is background information about why Saul was now called Paul. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2133 47:1 mf3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent One day 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2134 47:1 o2qf proclaim 1 This could mean ‘teach’ or ‘preach.’
2135 47:1 l7vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants they met a woman named Lydia 1 This introduces Lydia as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2136 47:1 rjs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background who was a merchant. She loved and worshiped God. 1 This is background information about who Lydia was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2137 47:1 yuge merchant 1 This could also be translated as: “seller” or “business owner.”
2138 47:2 o810 She invited Paul and Silas to stay at her house 1 This was the normal custom of the day for people to provide hospitality to visitors in their homes. There were no immoral motives in this arrangement.
2139 47:3 l5gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants a slave girl 1 This introduces the unnamed slave girl as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2140 47:3 wt36 her masters 1 In this case, this could also be translated as: “her owners.”
2141 47:3 ech3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown a fortuneteller 1 This could mean ‘as someone who told people what would happen to them in the future.’ A fortuneteller tried to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a ‘diviner’ or ‘soothsayer.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2142 47:4 ne6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor the way to be saved 1 How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how you can be saved” or “how God saves people” or “God’s plan for saving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2143 47:5 fwpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent one day 1 This phrase introduces an event that happened in the past, but does not state the specific time. Many languages have a similar way to begin telling a true story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2144 47:5 b3ot turned to her 1 This could mean ‘turned around and looked at her.’
2145 47:5 mz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy In the name of Jesus 1 This could mean ‘by the authority of Jesus.’ Here **name** stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. Because of Jesus’ authority, Paul could command the demon to leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2146 47:5 a9n2 come out of her 1 This could mean ‘leave her’ or ‘go away from her.’
2147 47:5 kqpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Right away the demon left her 1 ‘the demon came out immediately’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2148 47:6 mi8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations The men who owned the slave girl became very angry! 1 This exclamation emphasizes how angry the men who owned the servant girl became at Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2149 47:6 l9k4 without the demon 1 This could mean ‘without the power from the demon’ or ‘now that she did not have the demon.’
2150 47:6 v9d5 the future 1 This could mean ‘what would happen to them in the future.’
2151 47:6 lkry This meant that 1 This could also be translated as: “Because of this” or “Therefore.”
2152 47:7 xv9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result So the owners of the slave girl 1 The connecting word **So** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the owners could no longer make money. The result was they took Paul and Silas to the Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2153 47:7 kses rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns who beat 1 **who** refers to the Roman authorities, not the owners of the slave girl. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2154 47:7 t4bn threw them 1 This could mean ‘put them.’
2155 47:8 s7d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But in the middle of the night 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Paul and Silas had been beaten, put in prison with their feet locked into wood. You would expect them to be crying or protesting, but instead of doing that, they were singing songs of praise to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2156 47:8 dyoz in the middle of the night 1 This could be translated as: “very late at night” or “very early in the morning.” This was when it was completely dark outside, when people would normally be asleep.
2157 47:8 bubf singing songs of praise to God 1 This can also be translated as: “praising God by singing” or “singing songs to praise God” or “singing songs that gave praise to God.”
2158 47:9 g265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent Suddenly 1 This introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2159 47:9 el5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the chains of all the prisoners 1 The possessive **of all the prisoners** here refers chains that were holding the prisoners in place. They did not belong to the prisoners—they belonged to the Roman government. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2160 47:9 ftb6 fell off 1 This could mean ‘suddenly came off’ or ‘suddenly came apart so that the prisoners were released.’
2161 47:10 u1yt the jailer 1 This could mean ‘the official in charge of the jail.’
2162 47:10 wurr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he got ready to kill himself 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the jailer was afraid of the Roman authorities because he thought the prisoners had escaped. The result is he intended to kill himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2163 47:10 by1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But Paul saw him and shouted 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that the prisoners had escaped and that the jailer will kill himself. Instead Paul stops him from killing himself, and tells him that all the prisoners are still in the jail. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2164 47:10 oukw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive We 1 Some languages have a special form of the word **We** which does not include the person being talked to. Here the **We** does not include the jailer, only Paul and the rest of the prisoners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2165 47:11 v1g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive What must I do to be saved? 1 The question refers to salvation from being punished by the God who caused the earthquake. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do for God to save me from my sins?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2166 47:11 dbry Believe in Jesus, the Master 1 This was addressed to both the jailer and his family, who all then believed and were baptized. Some languages may use a grammatical form of the verb **believe** to indicate that Paul is speaking to the group.
2167 47:11 hxx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive you and your family will be saved 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you and your family” or “God will save you and your family from eternal punishment for your sins.” Make sure it is clear that the salvation referred to here is spiritual, not physical. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2168 47:12 xl4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so Paul and Silas baptized them 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason was the jailer and his whole family believed in Jesus. The result was that Paul and Silas baptized all of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2169 47:13 e0f8 the leaders of the city 1 This refers to the officials of the city or the authorities of the city.
2170 47:13 eqfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory and then left the city 1 This indicates that end of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2171 47:13 cn7u The good news about Jesus kept spreading 1 This could mean ‘People in more and more places were hearing the good news about Jesus.’
2172 47:13 v34x the Church kept growing 1 This could mean ‘more and more people were becoming part of the Church’ or ‘more and more people were believing in Jesus.’
2173 47:14 rlpz A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2174 48:0 vwon title Jesus Is the Promised Messiah 1 This title can also be translated as: “About how Jesus Is the Messiah that God promised to send” or “How is Jesus Is the Messiah that God promised to send?”
2175 48:1 rs6v God created the world 1 This could mean ‘God made the world out of nothing.’
2176 48:1 yndx perfect 1 This could mean ‘exactly as it should be’ to accomplish all that God intended for it.
2177 48:1 rkk3 There was no sin 1 For some languages, it is not possible to express **sin** as a thing, rather it is an action. In those cases this could be translated as: “No one ever sinned” or “People did not sin” or “Nothing evil had happened.”
2178 48:1 n65i There was no sickness or death 1 This could mean ‘No one got sick and no one died’ or ‘They did not get sick or die.’
2179 48:2 wm77 the garden 1 This refers to the garden created by God where he placed the first man and woman.
2180 48:2 o12t deceive her 1 This could mean ‘lie to her.’ Satan lied by leading Eve to doubt what God had said. By doing this, he tricked her into disobeying God.
2181 48:2 euj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because they sinned, everyone on earth dies 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the reason (they sinned), with the result (everyone on earth dies). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2182 48:3 vkc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God wanted to make peace 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that God would want to destroy his enemies. Instead God wants to make peace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2183 48:4 u2wf crush Satan’s head 1 This could also be translated as: “step on Satan’s head and smash it down flat” or “shatter Satan’s head by stepping on it.” This (crushing the head) represents a person stepping on the head of a snake. The head is completely crushed, and the snake is dead and therefore harmless.
2184 48:4 ljfe bite his heel 1 This represents a snake on the ground biting a person’s foot. In this case, Satan would cause the Messiah to suffer, but would not destroy him.
2185 48:4 f6nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but God would raise him to life again 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Satan would kill the Messiah, so you would expect him to be dead. Instead, God would raise the Messiah to life again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2186 48:4 sspm raise him to life again 1 This could mean ‘make him alive again.’
2187 48:5 cbxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God sent Jesus 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect God to kill everyone because everyone has sinned. Instead, God sent Jesus to save people from their sin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2188 48:6 me7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background For hundreds of years, priests kept on offering sacrifices to God 1 This is background information about the sacrifices the priests offered to God in the past. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2189 48:6 scmb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions But those sacrifices could not forgive their sins 1 This indicates an exceptional relationship. The sacrifices could show people their sin and that it deserved punishment, but it could not forgive those sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2190 48:6 iv5i He gave himself 1 This could also be translated as: “Jesus allowed himself to be killed.”
2191 48:7 y4yo all the people groups on the earth 1 This could also be translated as: “people from all different parts of the world.”
2192 48:7 t1a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because God saves from sin everyone who believes in Jesus 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (God saves from sin those who believe in Jesus), with the result (all the people groups are blessed through Abraham’s descendant Jesus). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2193 48:7 nz4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result When these people believe in Jesus 1 The connecting word **When** connects the reason (people believe in Jesus (Abraham’s descendant)), with the result (God considers people who believe in Jesus to be Abraham’s descendants). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2194 48:8 cuj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But then God gave a ram for the sacrifice instead of Isaac 1 The connecting words **But then** introduces a contrast relationship. God told Abraham to sacrifice his son Isaac, instead of allowing Isaac to be sacrificed, God provided a ram. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2195 48:8 uhlj instead of Isaac 1 This can also be translated as: “in the place of Isaac” or “in Isaac’s place” or “so that he would not have to offer Isaac as a sacrifice.”
2196 48:8 gro5 deserve to die 1 This could mean ‘should die.’
2197 48:8 phrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God gave Jesus 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. We all deserve to die for our sin but instead God gave Jesus to die in our place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2198 48:8 ienk to die in our place 1 This can also be translated as: “to die in the place of each of us” or “so that he would not have to kill us.”
2199 48:9 weue rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background When God sent the last plague on Egypt 1 This clause gives background information about the time during the last plague on Egypt. The main event is the Passover that shows how God will pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2200 48:9 ra3r sent the last plague on Egypt 1 This could mean ‘caused the final disaster to come on Egypt.’ This was the tenth plague when God caused the firstborn sons of the Egyptians to die.
2201 48:9 mw2l its blood 1 This could mean ‘the lamb’s blood.’
2202 48:9 m5lu door frames 1 If door frames are not known, this could be translated as: “doors.”
2203 48:9 d9t0 passed over 1 This could also be translated as: “passed by” or “went by.” You may want to connect how this is translated with how **Passover** is translated.
2204 48:10 cx8j blood of Jesus 1 This could be translated as: “The sacrifice that Jesus made of himself when he died for sinners.” The word **blood** here also means ‘death.’
2205 48:11 c103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because they were the people he had chosen to belong to himself 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (the Israelites were God’s chosen people), with the result (God made a covenant with them). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2206 48:11 diqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result If anyone in any people group accepts this New Covenant 1 The connecting word **If** connects the reason (he accepts the New Covenant and believes in Jesus), with the result (he joins God’s people). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2207 48:12 z1s8 the greatest prophet 1 This could mean ‘the most important prophet.’
2208 48:12 zdtw call Jesus the Word of God 1 Jesus reveals God’s character. The other prophets preached the message God gave them, but Jesus revealed God in his preaching and his actions.
2209 48:13 hsjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he is the descendant of David who can rule forever 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah. The result is he is the descendant of David who can rule forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2210 48:14 fe5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Jesus is the king of the entire universe 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. David was a king of Israel, so you would expect him to be one of the greatest kings ever. Instead, Jesus is far greater, because he is king of the universe. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2211 48:14 f775 the king of the entire universe 1 This could mean ‘the king over everyone and everything everywhere.’
2212 48:14 fl51 A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2213 49:0 mnji title God’s New Covenant 1 This title can also be translated as: “About the New Covenant that God made with people” or “What is the New Covenant that God made with people?”
2214 49:1 l693 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples God’s Son 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2215 49:1 th09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but the Holy Spirit came to her 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. Mary was a virgin, so you would not expect her to become pregnant. Instead, the Holy Spirit caused her to become pregnant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2216 49:2 sfb3 raised dead people to life 1 This could also be translated as: “caused dead people to become alive again.”
2217 49:3 eqhg a great teacher 1 This could mean ‘a very important teacher’ or ‘an excellent teacher.’
2218 49:3 triq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Son of God 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2219 49:3 fne4 the same way 1 This could mean ‘as much as’ or ‘the same amount that’ or ‘to the same degree that.’
2220 49:6 lysi other people will not 1 This could mean ‘other people will not accept him and therefore will not be saved.’
2221 49:9 gyrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God loved everyone in the world 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. Everyone is an enemy of God, so you would expect God to hate and destroy them. Instead, God loves everyone and gave his son for them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2222 49:9 xxn2 gave his only Son 1 This could also be translated as: “offered his only Son to the world as a sacrifice for sins” or “gave us his only Son to be a sacrifice for our sins.”
2223 49:9 ew0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead, believers will live with him forever 1 The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. Those who believe in God still sin, so you would expect them to be punished. Instead, they will live with God forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2224 49:10 tn9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result because you have sinned 1 The connecting word **because** connects the reason (you have sinned), with the result (you deserve to die). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2225 49:10 i13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast but Jesus took the punishment for sin in our place 1 The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect God to be angry with you because of your sin. Instead, he punished Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2226 49:11 oxoq take away 1 This could mean ‘remove the penalty of’ or ‘remove the punishment for.’ The sacrifice of Jesus causes God to look at our sin as if it never existed.
2227 49:11 rnmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so God will forgive any sin 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (Jesus sacrificed himself), with the result (God forgives people’s sin). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2228 49:12 mjkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Instead 1 The connecting word **Instead** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that doing good things might save you, or that nothing could make you God’s friend. Instead, believing in Christ saves you and makes you God’s friend. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2229 49:12 es4b instead of you 1 This could mean ‘ in your place.’
2230 49:12 tv9x raised him to life again 1 This could also be translated as: “made him alive again.”
2231 49:12 c6uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you believe this 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you believe in Christ, then God will forgive your sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2232 49:13 ep3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions But he will not save 1 The connecting word **But** introduces an exceptional relationship. God saves everyone who believes. But people who do not believe are excluded from the **everyone**. Alternate translation: “God will only save those who believe in Jesus and accept him as their Master. He will not save those who do not believe in him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2233 49:13 o643 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result so he can be a friend to you. 1 The connecting word **so** connects the reason (you believe in Jesus), with the result (he can be a friend to you). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2234 49:14 m02a to believe in him 1 This can also be translated as: “to trust in him” or “to trust in him to save you” or “to entrust your whole life to him.”
2235 49:14 oxln to be baptized 1 This could also be translated as: “to have someone baptize you” or “to let them baptize you.”
2236 49:14 lmdd believe that 1 This can also be translated as: “acknowledge that” or “agree that.”
2237 49:14 gu3j to take away 1 See note on [49:11](49/11).
2238 49:15 n1sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you believe in Jesus and confess what he has done for you, you are a follower of Jesus! 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you believe in Jesus and confess what he has done for you, then you are a Christ follower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2239 49:15 akaq kingdom of darkness 1 **Darkness** is used here to refer to sin and everything that is evil. This could be translated as: “evil rule over people, which is like darkness.”
2240 49:15 nlsx kingdom of light 1 **Light** here refers to God’s holiness and goodness. This could be translated as: “righteous rule over people, which is like light.” The Bible often compares evil to darkness, and goodness to light.
2241 49:16 stvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you are a follower of Jesus 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you are a Christ follower, then God has forgiven your sins and you are his close friend. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2242 49:16 ujml considers you to be 1 This could mean ‘thinks of you as’ or ‘regards you as’ or ‘calls you.’
2243 49:17 xlnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you are a friend of God and a servant of Jesus the Master 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you are a friend of God, then you want to obey Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2244 49:17 f4z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God always does what he says he will do 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. You would expect that, when Satan tempts you to sin and you do sin, you would become the enemy of God again. Instead, God keeps his promise. He forgives the sin that you do and gives you the strength to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2245 49:17 oriw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical if you confess your sins 1 The connecting word **if** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you confess your sins, then God will forgive you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2246 49:17 nyv5 confess your sins 1 This could be translated as: “admit to God what you have done wrong.”
2247 49:17 bwcz He will give you strength to fight against sin 1 This could mean ‘He will give you spiritual strength to refuse to sin.’
2248 49:18 f9qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you do all these things 1 The connecting word **If** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you do the things God tells you to do, then you will become a strong friend of his. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2249 49:18 bk6b A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.
2250 50:0 hhwk title Jesus Returns 1 This title can also be translated as: “About when Jesus returns to earth again” or “What will happen when Jesus returns to earth again?”
2251 50:1 cb68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background For almost 2,000 years, more and more people around the world have been hearing the good news about Jesus the Messiah. The Church has been growing. 1 This is background information about what has happened to the Church until today. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2252 50:1 w43m The Church has been growing 1 This could also be translated as: “The number of people in the Church around the world has been increasing” or “The number of believers in Jesus has been increasing.”
2253 50:1 y5qd at the end of the world 1 This phrase means ‘right before the present world comes to an end’ or ‘in the final days of this world.’
2254 50:1 wy2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast Though he has not yet come back 1 The connecting word **Though** introduces a contrast relationship. Jesus has not come back for 2,000 years, so you would expect he is not coming back as he promised. Instead, Jesus will come back as he promised. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2255 50:2 kdkg the end will come 1 This could be translated as: “the end of this world will come” or “the end of this world will happen” or “this present world will end.”
2256 50:3 wk5h make disciples 1 This has the meaning, ‘help people to become my disciples.’
2257 50:3 udku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The fields are ripe for harvest 1 The words **fields** and **ripe for harvest** are metaphors. The **fields** represent people. The words **ripe for harvest** mean that people are ready to accept the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: This could also be translated as: “They are ready to be brought to God like fields that are ripe for harvest” or “They are ready to be gathered and brought to God like fields whose crops are ripe and ready to be gathered.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2258 50:3 xa4z The fields 1 In this expression, **The fields** represents the people in the world.
2259 50:3 q0ck ripe 1 **Ripe** here represents being ready to believe in Jesus.
2260 50:3 brsr harvest 1 **Harvest** here represents the work of bringing people to God by teaching them about Jesus.
2261 50:4 s8vy not greater than 1 This could mean ‘not more important than’ or in this case, ‘not treated better than.’
2262 50:4 p7vf because of me 1 This could mean ‘because you obey me’ or ‘because you teach people about me’ or ‘because you belong to me.’
2263 50:4 kshg in this world 1 This could also be translated as: “in this lifetime.”
2264 50:4 zu7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical If you remain faithful to me to the end, then God will save you 1 The connecting word **if** introduces a hypothetical conditional relationship. If you remain faithful to the end, then God will save you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2265 50:4 rbh7 remain faithful to me 1 This could mean ‘Keep obeying me.’
2266 50:4 xok1 to the end 1 This could mean ‘to the end of your life.’
2267 50:4 jdh8 will save you 1 This refers to spiritual salvation rather than physical deliverance from harm. It has already been stated that many believers will be killed or tortured.
2268 50:5 th62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables told his disciples a story 1 The story is in the form of a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2269 50:5 ya3w good seed 1 This seed was wheat grain. If this type of seed is not known in your language area, it is best to use a general term for **seed**. If there is no general term, it may be necessary to choose a type of grain seed that is known and say, for example: “good seed like rice.”
2270 50:5 avfj weed seeds 1 The weed seeds that were planted would grow up as tall grass but could not be eaten. They were useless.
2271 50:5 twzk wheat seeds 1 Wheat is a kind of grain that grows like a tall grass. It has seeds that people use for food.
2272 50:6 ut87 General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
2273 50:6 zfgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Master, you planted good seed 1 Here **you** is a metonym that refers to his servants. The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “we planted good seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2274 50:6 oa7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes The man answered, ‘Only my enemies would want to plant them. It is one of my enemies who did this.’ 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. The entire quotation can be restated so that this portion is an indirect quotation: “The man answered that only his enemies would want to plant them, so it was one of his enemies who did this.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2275 50:6 a7h4 Only my enemies would want to plant them 1 If possible, translate this in a way that indicates that the speaker did not see this happen.
2276 50:7 q14z General Information 1 Jesus continues to tell the story.
2277 50:7 sd9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Should we pull out 1 Here **we** is exclusive. It refers to the servants but not the master. The servants would not expect the master to pull weeds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2278 50:7 bka5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual If you do that, you will pull 1 Each occurrence of **you** in this frame is plural, referring to all of the servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
2279 50:7 rill you will pull out some of the wheat as well 1 This could mean ‘you will accidentally pull out some of the wheat also.’ It would be too difficult to distinguish young wheat from the weeds, and to pull the weeds without uprooting the wheat.
2280 50:7 hx3j until the harvest 1 This could mean ‘until the time when the wheat is ready to harvest’ or ‘until the wheat has grown enough to be harvested.’
2281 50:7 vk5r the wheat 1 This could mean ‘the harvested wheat grains.’
2282 50:7 fms0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown barn 1 This refers to the building where the harvested wheat grain was saved and stored. It could also be called a ‘storehouse.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2283 50:8 dsy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result The disciples did not understand the meaning of the story, so they asked Jesus to explain it to them 1 The connecting word **so** introduces a reason and result relationship. The reason is the disciples did not understand the meaning of the story. The result is they asked Jesus to explain it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2284 50:8 yjlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person the Messiah 1 Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2285 50:8 i02m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession the people of God’s kingdom 1 This refers to the people who belong to or are part of the kingdom of God. It can also be translated as: “the people who live under God’s authority” or “the people who have submitted to God’s rule” or “the people who will live with God in his kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2286 50:9 uzv1 who belong to the devil 1 This could mean ‘who obey the devil’ or ‘who are ruled by the devil.’
2287 50:9 nzl4 the devil 1 This could also be translated as: “Satan.”
2288 50:9 gqw6 the evil one 1 This is another title for Satan. It could be translated as: “Satan,” but the title, **evil one** describes his character.
2289 50:9 nmkm represents the end of the world 1 This could mean ‘represents what will happen to people at the end of the world.’
2290 50:9 w4ko the harvesters 1 This could also be translated as: “the men who harvest the ripe grain” or “the workers who gather in the ripe grain.”
2291 50:10 m3il who belong to the devil 1 This could also be translated as: “who obey the devil” or “who are ruled by the devil.” This refers to those who do not believe in Jesus but follow the evil ways of the devil.
2292 50:10 uu2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction cry and grind their teeth 1 They will **grind their teeth** as a symbolic act representing their extreme sadness and suffering. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2293 50:10 zlcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions But the people who are righteous 1 The word **But** introduces an exceptional relationship. The people who are righteous because they followed Jesus will not be thrown in the fire with everyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2294 50:10 gys2 the people who are righteous 1 This refers to the people who belong to the Messiah (See: [50:08](50/08)).
2295 50:10 tyy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile shine like the sun 1 This could also be translated as: “be glorious like the sun” or “show pure goodness as the sun shows bright light.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2296 50:11 k22r he left 1 This could also be translated as: “he left the earth” or “he left to go back to heaven.”
2297 50:11 jd9n will come on the clouds in the sky 1 This could mean ‘the clouds in the sky will surround him as he comes’ or ‘the clouds of the sky will carry him along.’
2298 50:11 yaba rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous When Jesus returns 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a simultaneous clause. Jesus’ followers who have died will rise and meet him in the sky at the time of Jesus’ return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
2299 50:11 o821 Jesus returns 1 This could mean ‘Jesus returns to the earth.’
2300 50:11 v0d4 meet him in the sky 1 This could mean ‘join him in the sky.’ Those who believe in Jesus will go up to be near Jesus while he is in the sky.
2301 50:12 t9kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential Then the followers of Jesus who are still alive 1 The connecting word **Then** introduces a sequential clause. After the Jesus followers who died rise to meet Jesus in the air, the Jesus followers who are still alive will also join Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2302 50:12 g9jf still alive 1 This could mean ‘still alive when Jesus returns.’
2303 50:12 suuz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential After that, Jesus will live with his people 1 The connecting words **After that** introduce a sequential clause. After Jesus followers have joined Jesus, they will live together forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2304 50:13 pucg a crown 1 This crown represents our reward for believing in Jesus and serving him in this life.
2305 50:13 zj3j perfect 1 This could mean ‘complete’ or ‘total.’
2306 50:14 u49v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But God will judge everyone who does not believe 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. In contrast to the wonderful place of peace where Jesus’ followers will live, those who did not believe will suffer forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2307 50:14 txh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction weep and grind their teeth 1 See note on [50:10](50/10). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2308 50:15 yi59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential When Jesus returns 1 The connecting word **When** introduces a sequential clause. After Jesus returns, he will destroy Satan and his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
2309 50:15 wtdb his kingdom 1 This could also be translated as: “Satan’s evil rule over people” or “all the evil things he does and the evil people he controls.”
2310 50:15 lp9m rather than 1 This could mean ‘instead of.’
2311 50:16 lrvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Because Adam and Eve disobeyed God 1 The connecting word **Because** connects the result (God destroyed the world), with the reason (Adam and Eve disobeyed God and brought sin into the world). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2312 50:16 evgf brought sin into 1 This could be translated as: “caused sin to enter.”
2313 50:16 tvuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast But some day God will create 1 The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast relationship. It is expected that God will destroy the world because of sin. Instead of leaving it destroyed, God creates a new heaven and a new earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2314 50:16 tdlr a new heaven 1 This could also be translated as: “a new sky” or “a new universe.” It refers to a new set of stars and everything else in the sky.
2315 50:16 gews a new earth 1 This current earth on which we live will be replaced by a new and improved one.
2316 50:17 v7hx wipe away every tear 1 This could also be translated as: “bring an end to all of our grief” or “make trouble end” or “tenderly take away any sadness people have.”
2317 50:17 ovna rule his kingdom justly and with peace 1 This could also be translated as: “rule over his people fairly, in a way that brings them peace.”
2318 50:17 jmjj A Bible story from 1 These references may be slightly different in some Bible translations.